Occurrences
Śatapathabrāhmaṇa
ŚBM, 1, 1, 1, 3.1 atha saṃsthite visṛjate /
ŚBM, 1, 1, 1, 6.1 atha saṃsthite visṛjate /
ŚBM, 1, 1, 1, 7.1 athāto 'śanānaśanasyaiva /
ŚBM, 1, 1, 1, 8.2 yo manuṣyeṣv anaśnatsu pūrvo 'śnīyād atha kimu yo deveṣv anaśnatsu pūrvo 'śnīyāt tasmād u naivāśnīyāt //
ŚBM, 1, 1, 1, 22.1 atha tṛṇaiḥ paristṛṇāti /
ŚBM, 1, 1, 1, 22.2 dvandvam pātrāṇyudāharati śūrpaṃ cāgnihotrahavaṇīṃ ca sphyaṃ ca kapālāni ca śamyāṃ ca kṛṣṇājinaṃ colūkhalamusale dṛṣadupale taddaśa daśākṣarā vai virāḍ virāḍvai yajñas tadvirājamevaitad yajñam abhisaṃpādayaty atha yaddvandvaṃ dvandvaṃ vai vīryaṃ yadā vai dvau saṃrabhete atha tadvīryam bhavati dvandvaṃ vai mithunam prajananam mithunamevaitatprajananaṃ kriyate //
ŚBM, 1, 1, 1, 22.2 dvandvam pātrāṇyudāharati śūrpaṃ cāgnihotrahavaṇīṃ ca sphyaṃ ca kapālāni ca śamyāṃ ca kṛṣṇājinaṃ colūkhalamusale dṛṣadupale taddaśa daśākṣarā vai virāḍ virāḍvai yajñas tadvirājamevaitad yajñam abhisaṃpādayaty atha yaddvandvaṃ dvandvaṃ vai vīryaṃ yadā vai dvau saṃrabhete atha tadvīryam bhavati dvandvaṃ vai mithunam prajananam mithunamevaitatprajananaṃ kriyate //
ŚBM, 1, 1, 2, 1.1 atha śūrpaṃ cāgnihotrahavaṇīṃ cādatte /
ŚBM, 1, 1, 2, 2.1 atha vācaṃ yacchati /
ŚBM, 1, 1, 2, 2.2 vāgvai yajño 'vikṣubdho yajñaṃ tanavā ity atha pratapati pratyuṣṭaṃ rakṣaḥ pratyuṣṭā arātayo niṣṭaptaṃ rakṣo niṣṭaptā arātaya iti vā //
ŚBM, 1, 1, 2, 4.1 atha praiti /
ŚBM, 1, 1, 2, 9.2 agnireva dhūr agnirhi vai dhūr atha ya enadvahantyagnidagdhamivaiṣāṃ vaham bhavaty atha yajjaghanena kastambhīm praugaṃ vedirevāsya sā nīḍa eva havirdhānam //
ŚBM, 1, 1, 2, 9.2 agnireva dhūr agnirhi vai dhūr atha ya enadvahantyagnidagdhamivaiṣāṃ vaham bhavaty atha yajjaghanena kastambhīm praugaṃ vedirevāsya sā nīḍa eva havirdhānam //
ŚBM, 1, 1, 2, 12.1 atha jaghanena kastambhīmīṣāmabhimṛśya japati /
ŚBM, 1, 1, 2, 13.1 athākramate /
ŚBM, 1, 1, 2, 13.2 viṣṇustvā kramatāmiti yajño vai viṣṇuḥ sa devebhya imāṃ vikrāntiṃ vicakrame yaiṣāmiyaṃ vikrāntir idameva prathamena padena paspārāthedam antarikṣaṃ dvitīyena divamuttamenaitām v evaiṣa etasmai viṣṇuryajño vikrāntiṃ vikramate //
ŚBM, 1, 1, 2, 14.1 atha prekṣate /
ŚBM, 1, 1, 2, 15.1 athāpāsyati /
ŚBM, 1, 1, 2, 16.1 athābhipadyate /
ŚBM, 1, 1, 2, 17.1 atha gṛhṇāti /
ŚBM, 1, 1, 2, 18.1 atha devatāyā ādiśati /
ŚBM, 1, 1, 2, 20.1 athābhimṛśati /
ŚBM, 1, 1, 2, 21.1 atha prāṅprekṣate /
ŚBM, 1, 1, 2, 22.1 athāvarohati /
ŚBM, 1, 1, 2, 22.2 dṛṃhantāṃ duryāḥ pṛthivyāmiti gṛhā vai duryāste heta īśvaro gṛhā yajamānasya yo 'syaiṣo 'dhvaryuryajñena carati tam prayantamanu pracyotos tasyeśvaraḥ kulaṃ vikṣobdhos tān evaitad asyām pṛthivyāṃ dṛṃhati tathā nānupracyavante tathā na vikṣobhante tasmādāha dṛṃhantāṃ duryāḥ pṛthivyām ity atha praity urvantarikṣamanvemīti so 'sāveva bandhuḥ //
ŚBM, 1, 1, 3, 3.1 atho api trīṇi syuḥ /
ŚBM, 1, 1, 3, 5.2 sa hataḥ pūtiḥ sarvata evāpo 'bhiprasusrāva sarvata iva hyayaṃ samudras tasmād u haikā āpo bībhatsāṃcakrire tā uparyupary atipupruvire 'ta ime darbhās tā haitā anāpūyitā āpo 'sti vā itarāsu saṃsṛṣṭam iva yad enā vṛtraḥ pūtir abhiprāsravat tad evāsām etābhyām pavitrābhyām apahanty atha medhyābhir evādbhiḥ prokṣati tasmād vā etābhyām utpunāti //
ŚBM, 1, 1, 3, 10.2 tadetābhyo nihnute 'tha haviḥ prokṣatyeko vai prokṣaṇasya bandhurmedhyamevaitatkaroti //
ŚBM, 1, 1, 3, 12.1 atha yajñapātrāṇi prokṣati /
ŚBM, 1, 1, 4, 1.1 atha kṛṣṇājinamādatte /
ŚBM, 1, 1, 4, 4.1 atha kṛṣṇājinamādatte /
ŚBM, 1, 1, 4, 6.1 atha dakṣiṇenolūkhalamāharati /
ŚBM, 1, 1, 4, 7.1 atholūkhalaṃ nidadhāti /
ŚBM, 1, 1, 4, 8.1 atha havirāvapati /
ŚBM, 1, 1, 4, 10.1 atha musalamādatte /
ŚBM, 1, 1, 4, 11.1 atha haviṣkṛtam udvādayati /
ŚBM, 1, 1, 4, 19.1 atha śūrpamādatte /
ŚBM, 1, 1, 4, 20.1 atha havirnirvapati /
ŚBM, 1, 1, 4, 21.1 atha niṣpunāti /
ŚBM, 1, 1, 4, 21.2 parāpūtaṃ rakṣaḥ parāpūtā arātaya ity atha tuṣānprahanty apahataṃ rakṣa iti tannāṣṭrā evaitadrakṣāṃsyato 'pahanti //
ŚBM, 1, 1, 4, 22.1 athāpavinakti /
ŚBM, 1, 1, 4, 23.1 athānumantrayate /
ŚBM, 1, 1, 4, 23.2 devo vaḥ savitā hiraṇyapāṇiḥ pratigṛbhṇātvachidreṇa pāṇinā supratigṛhītā asannity atha triḥ phalīkaroti trivṛddhi yajñaḥ //
ŚBM, 1, 1, 4, 24.1 taddhaike devebhyaḥ śundhadhvaṃ devebhyaḥ śundhadhvamiti phalīkurvanti tad u tathā na kuryād ādiṣṭaṃ vā etaddevatāyai havirbhavaty athaitad vaiśvadevaṃ karoti yadāha devebhyaḥ śundhadhvamiti tatsamadaṃ karoti tasmād u tūṣṇīmeva phalīkuryāt //
ŚBM, 1, 2, 1, 3.2 sa upaveṣamādatte dhṛṣṭirasīti sa yadenenāgniṃ dhṛṣṇvivopacarati tena dhṛṣṭir atha yadenena yajña upālabhata upeva vā enenaitad veṣṭi tasmādupaveṣo nāma //
ŚBM, 1, 2, 1, 4.2 apāgne agnim āmādaṃ jahi niṣkravyādaṃ sedhety ayaṃ vā āmād yenedam manuṣyāḥ paktvāśnanty atha yena puruṣaṃ dahanti sa kravyād etāvevaitadubhāvato 'pahanti //
ŚBM, 1, 2, 1, 5.1 athāṅgāram āskauti /
ŚBM, 1, 2, 1, 8.1 athāṅgāramāskauti /
ŚBM, 1, 2, 1, 9.1 athāṅgāramadhyūhati /
ŚBM, 1, 2, 1, 10.1 atha yatpaścāttadupadadhāti /
ŚBM, 1, 2, 1, 11.1 atha yatpurastāttadupadadhāti /
ŚBM, 1, 2, 1, 12.1 atha yaddakṣiṇatastadupadadhāti /
ŚBM, 1, 2, 1, 13.1 athāṅgārairabhyūhati /
ŚBM, 1, 2, 1, 14.1 atha yo dṛṣadupale upadadhāti /
ŚBM, 1, 2, 1, 15.1 atha dṛṣadamupadadhāti /
ŚBM, 1, 2, 1, 16.1 atha śamyāmudīcīnāgrāmupadadhāti /
ŚBM, 1, 2, 1, 17.1 athopalāmupadadhāti /
ŚBM, 1, 2, 1, 18.1 atha havir adhivapati /
ŚBM, 1, 2, 1, 19.1 atha pinaṣṭi /
ŚBM, 1, 2, 1, 20.2 jīvaṃ vai devānāṃ havir amṛtam amṛtānām athaitad ulūkhalamusalābhyāṃ dṛṣadupalābhyāṃ haviryajñaṃ ghnanti //
ŚBM, 1, 2, 1, 22.1 athaika ājyaṃ nirvapati /
ŚBM, 1, 2, 2, 2.1 athāntarvedyupaviśati /
ŚBM, 1, 2, 2, 2.2 athaika upasarjanībhiraiti tā ānayati tāḥ pavitrābhyām pratigṛhṇāti sam āpa oṣadhībhiriti saṃ hyetad āpa oṣadhībhiretābhiḥ piṣṭābhiḥ saṃgacchante samoṣadhayo raseneti saṃ hyetad oṣadhayo rasenaitāḥ piṣṭā adbhiḥ saṃgacchanta āpo hyetāsāṃ rasaḥ saṃ revatīrjagatībhiḥ pṛcyantām iti revatya āpo jagatya oṣadhayas tā u hyetad ubhayyaḥ saṃpṛcyante saṃ madhumatīr madhumatībhiḥ pṛcyantām iti saṃ rasavantyo rasavatībhiḥ pṛcyantām ityevaitad āha //
ŚBM, 1, 2, 2, 3.1 atha saṃyauti /
ŚBM, 1, 2, 2, 4.1 atha dvedhā karoti /
ŚBM, 1, 2, 2, 7.1 atha puroḍāśamadhivṛṇakti /
ŚBM, 1, 2, 2, 16.1 yadā śṛto 'thābhivāsayati /
ŚBM, 1, 2, 2, 18.1 atha pātrīnirṇejanam /
ŚBM, 1, 2, 3, 1.2 sa yamagre 'gniṃ hotrāya prāvṛṇata sa prādhanvad yaṃ dvitīyam prāvṛṇata sa praivādhanvad yaṃ tṛtīyam prāvṛṇata sa praivādhanvad atha yo 'yametarhyagniṃ sa bhīṣā nililye so 'paḥ praviveśa taṃ devā anuvidya sahasaivādbhya āninyuḥ so 'po 'bhitiṣṭhevāvaṣṭhyūtā stha yā aprapadanaṃ stha yābhyo vo mām akāmaṃ nayantīti tata āptyāḥ saṃbabhūvustrito dvita ekataḥ //
ŚBM, 1, 2, 3, 8.1 yadā piṣṭānyatha lomāni bhavanti /
ŚBM, 1, 2, 3, 8.2 yadāpa ānayatyatha tvagbhavati yadā saṃyautyatha māṃsam bhavati saṃtata iva hi sa tarhi bhavati saṃtatamiva hi māṃsaṃ yadā śṛto 'thāsthi bhavati dāruṇa iva hi sa tarhi bhavati dāruṇamityasthyatha yadudvāsayiṣyannabhighārayati tam majjānaṃ dadhāty eṣo sā sampadyadāhuḥ pāṅktaḥ paśuriti //
ŚBM, 1, 2, 3, 8.2 yadāpa ānayatyatha tvagbhavati yadā saṃyautyatha māṃsam bhavati saṃtata iva hi sa tarhi bhavati saṃtatamiva hi māṃsaṃ yadā śṛto 'thāsthi bhavati dāruṇa iva hi sa tarhi bhavati dāruṇamityasthyatha yadudvāsayiṣyannabhighārayati tam majjānaṃ dadhāty eṣo sā sampadyadāhuḥ pāṅktaḥ paśuriti //
ŚBM, 1, 2, 3, 8.2 yadāpa ānayatyatha tvagbhavati yadā saṃyautyatha māṃsam bhavati saṃtata iva hi sa tarhi bhavati saṃtatamiva hi māṃsaṃ yadā śṛto 'thāsthi bhavati dāruṇa iva hi sa tarhi bhavati dāruṇamityasthyatha yadudvāsayiṣyannabhighārayati tam majjānaṃ dadhāty eṣo sā sampadyadāhuḥ pāṅktaḥ paśuriti //
ŚBM, 1, 2, 3, 8.2 yadāpa ānayatyatha tvagbhavati yadā saṃyautyatha māṃsam bhavati saṃtata iva hi sa tarhi bhavati saṃtatamiva hi māṃsaṃ yadā śṛto 'thāsthi bhavati dāruṇa iva hi sa tarhi bhavati dāruṇamityasthyatha yadudvāsayiṣyannabhighārayati tam majjānaṃ dadhāty eṣo sā sampadyadāhuḥ pāṅktaḥ paśuriti //
ŚBM, 1, 2, 4, 1.2 sa prahṛtaścaturdhā 'bhavat tasya sphyastṛtīyaṃ vā yāvadvā yūpas tṛtīyaṃ vā yāvad vā rathastṛtīyaṃ vā yāvadvātha yatra prāharat tacchakalo 'śīryata sa patitvā śaro 'bhavat tasmāccharo nāma yad aśīryataivam u sa caturdhā vajro 'bhavat //
ŚBM, 1, 2, 4, 11.2 ahamuttarataḥ paryeṣyāmy atha yūyamita upasaṃrotsyatha tānt saṃrudhyaibhiśca lokairabhinidhāsyāmo yad u cemāṃllokānati caturthaṃ tataḥ punarna saṃhāsyanta iti //
ŚBM, 1, 2, 4, 12.2 athema ita upasamarundhaṃs tānt saṃrudhyaibhiśca lokair abhinyadadhur yad u cemāṃllokān ati caturthaṃ tataḥ punar na samajihata tad etannidānena yat stambayajuḥ //
ŚBM, 1, 2, 4, 15.1 atha tṛṇamantardhāya praharati /
ŚBM, 1, 2, 4, 17.1 atha dvitīyam praharati /
ŚBM, 1, 2, 4, 19.1 atha tṛtīyam praharati /
ŚBM, 1, 2, 5, 1.2 ubhaye prājāpatyāḥ paspṛdhire tato devā anuvyam ivāsur atha hāsurā menire 'smākam evedaṃ khalu bhuvanamiti //
ŚBM, 1, 2, 5, 17.2 prācī hi devānāṃ dig atho udakpravaṇodīcī hi manuṣyāṇāṃ dig dakṣiṇataḥ purīṣam pratyudūhaty eṣā vai dikpitṝṇāṃ sā yaddakṣiṇāpravaṇā syāt kṣipre ha yajamāno 'muṃ lokam iyāt tatho ha yajamāno jyogjīvati tasmād dakṣiṇataḥ purīṣam pratyudūhati purīṣavatīṃ kurvīta paśavo vai purīṣam paśumatīm evainām etat kurute //
ŚBM, 1, 2, 5, 20.1 athāha prokṣaṇīrāsādayeti /
ŚBM, 1, 2, 5, 20.2 vajro vai sphyo brāhmaṇaścemam purā yajñam abhyajūgupatāṃ vajro vā āpas tad vajram evaitad abhiguptyā āsādayati sa vā uparyuparyeva prokṣaṇīṣu dhāryamāṇāsvatha sphyam udyacchaty atha yannihita eva sphye prokṣaṇīr āsādayed vajrau ha samṛccheyātāṃ tatho ha vajrau na samṛcchete tasmād uparyuparyeva prokṣaṇīṣu dhāryamāṇāsvatha sphyam udyacchati //
ŚBM, 1, 2, 5, 20.2 vajro vai sphyo brāhmaṇaścemam purā yajñam abhyajūgupatāṃ vajro vā āpas tad vajram evaitad abhiguptyā āsādayati sa vā uparyuparyeva prokṣaṇīṣu dhāryamāṇāsvatha sphyam udyacchaty atha yannihita eva sphye prokṣaṇīr āsādayed vajrau ha samṛccheyātāṃ tatho ha vajrau na samṛcchete tasmād uparyuparyeva prokṣaṇīṣu dhāryamāṇāsvatha sphyam udyacchati //
ŚBM, 1, 2, 5, 20.2 vajro vai sphyo brāhmaṇaścemam purā yajñam abhyajūgupatāṃ vajro vā āpas tad vajram evaitad abhiguptyā āsādayati sa vā uparyuparyeva prokṣaṇīṣu dhāryamāṇāsvatha sphyam udyacchaty atha yannihita eva sphye prokṣaṇīr āsādayed vajrau ha samṛccheyātāṃ tatho ha vajrau na samṛcchete tasmād uparyuparyeva prokṣaṇīṣu dhāryamāṇāsvatha sphyam udyacchati //
ŚBM, 1, 2, 5, 21.1 athaitāṃ vācaṃ vadati /
ŚBM, 1, 2, 5, 22.1 athodañcaṃ sphyam praharati /
ŚBM, 1, 2, 5, 23.1 atha pāṇī avanenikte /
ŚBM, 1, 2, 5, 24.2 te ha smāvamarśaṃ yajante te pāpīyāṃsa āsur atha ye nejire te śreyāṃsa āsus tato 'śraddhā manuṣyānviveda ye yajante pāpīyāṃsaste bhavanti ya u na yajante śreyāṃsaste bhavantīti tata ito devān havirna jagāmetaḥ pradānāddhi devā upajīvanti //
ŚBM, 1, 2, 5, 26.2 bṛhaspatirāṅgiraso yadvai śuśruma devānām pariṣūtaṃ tadeṣa yajño bhavati yacchṛtāni havīṃṣi kᄆptā vedis tenāvamarśam acāriṣṭa tasmātpāpīyāṃso 'bhūta tenānavamarśaṃ yajadhvaṃ tathā śreyāṃso bhaviṣyathety ā kiyata ity ā barhiṣa staraṇāditi barhiṣā ha vai khalveṣā śāmyati sa yadi purā barhiṣa staraṇāt kiṃcid āpadyeta barhir eva tatstṛṇannapāsyed atha yadā barhi stṛṇantyapi padābhitiṣṭhanti sa yo haivaṃ vidvān anavamarśaṃ yajate śreyān ha vai bhavati tasmād anavamarśam eva yajate //
ŚBM, 1, 3, 1, 2.1 atha pātrāṇi nirṇenijati /
ŚBM, 1, 3, 1, 4.1 atha sruvamādatte /
ŚBM, 1, 3, 1, 9.2 athetarāḥ sruco yoṣā vai srug vṛṣā sruvas tasmādyadyapi bahvya iva striyaḥ sārdhaṃ yanti ya eva tāsvapi kumāraka iva pumānbhavati sa eva tatra prathama ety anūcya itarās tasmātsruvamevāgre saṃmārṣṭy athetarāḥ srucaḥ //
ŚBM, 1, 3, 1, 9.2 athetarāḥ sruco yoṣā vai srug vṛṣā sruvas tasmādyadyapi bahvya iva striyaḥ sārdhaṃ yanti ya eva tāsvapi kumāraka iva pumānbhavati sa eva tatra prathama ety anūcya itarās tasmātsruvamevāgre saṃmārṣṭy athetarāḥ srucaḥ //
ŚBM, 1, 3, 1, 12.1 atha patnīṃ saṃnahyati /
ŚBM, 1, 3, 1, 13.2 yoktreṇa hi yogyaṃ yuñjanty asti vai patnyā amedhyaṃ yadavācīnaṃ nābher athaitadājyam avekṣiṣyamāṇā bhavati tadevāsyā etadyoktreṇāntardadhātyatha medhyenaivottarārdhenājyam avekṣate tasmātpatnīṃ saṃnahyati //
ŚBM, 1, 3, 1, 13.2 yoktreṇa hi yogyaṃ yuñjanty asti vai patnyā amedhyaṃ yadavācīnaṃ nābher athaitadājyam avekṣiṣyamāṇā bhavati tadevāsyā etadyoktreṇāntardadhātyatha medhyenaivottarārdhenājyam avekṣate tasmātpatnīṃ saṃnahyati //
ŚBM, 1, 3, 1, 18.1 athājyamavekṣate /
ŚBM, 1, 3, 1, 19.2 adabdhena tvā cakṣuṣāvapaśyāmīty anārtena tvā cakṣuṣāvapaśyāmīty evaitad āhāgner jihvāsīti yadā vā etadagnau juhvatyathāgnerjihvā ivottiṣṭhanti tasmād āhāgner jihvāsīti suhūr devebhya iti sādhu devebhya ity evaitad āha dhāmne dhāmne me bhava yajuṣe yajuṣa iti sarvasmai me yajñāyaidhītyevaitadāha //
ŚBM, 1, 3, 1, 20.1 athājyamādāya prāṅ udāharati /
ŚBM, 1, 3, 1, 20.2 tadāhavanīye 'dhiśrayati yasyāhavanīye havīṃṣi śrapayanti sarvo me yajña āhavanīye śṛto 'sad ity atha yadamutrāgre 'dhiśrayati patnīṃ hyavakāśayiṣyan bhavati na hi tadavakalpate yat sāmi pratyaggharet patnīm avakāśayiṣyāmīty atha yat patnīṃ nāvakāśayed antariyāddha yajñāt patnīṃ tatho ha yajñāt patnīṃ nāntareti tasmād u sārdham eva vilāpya prāg udāharaty avakāśya patnīṃ yasyo patnī na bhavaty agra eva tasyāhavanīye 'dhiśrayati tat tata ādatte tad antarvedyāsādayati //
ŚBM, 1, 3, 1, 20.2 tadāhavanīye 'dhiśrayati yasyāhavanīye havīṃṣi śrapayanti sarvo me yajña āhavanīye śṛto 'sad ity atha yadamutrāgre 'dhiśrayati patnīṃ hyavakāśayiṣyan bhavati na hi tadavakalpate yat sāmi pratyaggharet patnīm avakāśayiṣyāmīty atha yat patnīṃ nāvakāśayed antariyāddha yajñāt patnīṃ tatho ha yajñāt patnīṃ nāntareti tasmād u sārdham eva vilāpya prāg udāharaty avakāśya patnīṃ yasyo patnī na bhavaty agra eva tasyāhavanīye 'dhiśrayati tat tata ādatte tad antarvedyāsādayati //
ŚBM, 1, 3, 1, 24.1 athājyaliptābhyām pavitrābhyām /
ŚBM, 1, 3, 1, 25.2 prokṣaṇīr utpunāti tad apsu payo dadhāti tad idam apsu payo hitam idaṃ hi yadā varṣaty athauṣadhayo jāyanta oṣadhīr jagdhvāpaḥ pītvā tata eṣa rasaḥ sambhavati tasmād u rasasyo caiva sarvatvāya //
ŚBM, 1, 3, 1, 26.1 athājyamavekṣate /
ŚBM, 1, 3, 2, 4.2 athedam antarikṣam upabhṛd iyam eva dhruvā tad vā asyā eveme sarve lokāḥ prabhavanti tasmād u dhruvāyā eva sarvo yajñaḥ prabhavati //
ŚBM, 1, 3, 2, 7.1 atha yānyājyāni gṛhyante /
ŚBM, 1, 3, 2, 9.1 atha yadaṣṭau kṛtva upabhṛti gṛhṇāti /
ŚBM, 1, 3, 2, 10.1 atha yaccaturdhruvāyāṃ gṛhṇāti /
ŚBM, 1, 3, 2, 12.2 attāram evaitat parimitataraṃ kanīyāṃsaṃ karoty atha yad aṣṭau kṛtva upabhṛti gṛhṇāty ādyam evaitad aparimitataram bhūyāṃsaṃ karoti taddhi samṛddhaṃ yatrāttā kanīyānādyo bhūyān //
ŚBM, 1, 3, 2, 14.2 bhūya ājyaṃ gṛhṇāty attāram evaitat parimitataraṃ kanīyāṃsaṃ kurvaṃs tasmin vīryam balaṃ dadhāty atha yad aṣṭau kṛtva upabhṛti gṛhṇankanīya ājyaṃ gṛhṇāty ādyam evaitad aparimitataram bhūyāṃsaṃ kurvaṃs tam avīryam abalīyāṃsaṃ karoti tasmāduta rājāpārāṃ viśam prāvasāyāpy ekaveśmanaiva jināti tvad yathā tvat kāmayate tathā sacata eteno ha tad vīryeṇa yaj juhvāṃ bhūya ājyaṃ gṛhṇāti sa yaj juhvāṃ gṛhṇāti juhvaiva taj juhoti yad upabhṛti gṛhṇāti juhvaiva taj juhoti //
ŚBM, 1, 3, 2, 15.2 kasmā u tarhyupabhṛti gṛhṇīyād yad upabhṛtā na juhotīti sa yaddhopabhṛtā juhuyāt pṛthagghaivemāḥ prajāḥ syur naivāttā syān nādyaḥ syād atha yat tajjuhveva samānīya juhoti tasmād imā viśaḥ kṣatriyasyaiva vaśe sati vaiśyam paśava upatiṣṭhante 'tha yattajjuhveva samānīya juhoti tasmād yadota kṣatriyaḥ kāmayate 'thāha vaiśya mayi yat te paro nihitaṃ tad āhareti taṃ jināti tvad yathā tvat kāmayate tathā sacata eteno ha tad vīryeṇa //
ŚBM, 1, 3, 2, 15.2 kasmā u tarhyupabhṛti gṛhṇīyād yad upabhṛtā na juhotīti sa yaddhopabhṛtā juhuyāt pṛthagghaivemāḥ prajāḥ syur naivāttā syān nādyaḥ syād atha yat tajjuhveva samānīya juhoti tasmād imā viśaḥ kṣatriyasyaiva vaśe sati vaiśyam paśava upatiṣṭhante 'tha yattajjuhveva samānīya juhoti tasmād yadota kṣatriyaḥ kāmayate 'thāha vaiśya mayi yat te paro nihitaṃ tad āhareti taṃ jināti tvad yathā tvat kāmayate tathā sacata eteno ha tad vīryeṇa //
ŚBM, 1, 3, 2, 15.2 kasmā u tarhyupabhṛti gṛhṇīyād yad upabhṛtā na juhotīti sa yaddhopabhṛtā juhuyāt pṛthagghaivemāḥ prajāḥ syur naivāttā syān nādyaḥ syād atha yat tajjuhveva samānīya juhoti tasmād imā viśaḥ kṣatriyasyaiva vaśe sati vaiśyam paśava upatiṣṭhante 'tha yattajjuhveva samānīya juhoti tasmād yadota kṣatriyaḥ kāmayate 'thāha vaiśya mayi yat te paro nihitaṃ tad āhareti taṃ jināti tvad yathā tvat kāmayate tathā sacata eteno ha tad vīryeṇa //
ŚBM, 1, 3, 2, 16.2 chandobhya ājyāni gṛhyante sa yac catur juhvāṃ gṛhṇāti gāyatryai tad gṛhṇāty atha yad aṣṭau kṛtva upabhṛti gṛhṇāti triṣṭubjagatībhyāṃ tad gṛhṇāty atha yaccatur dhruvāyāṃ gṛhṇāty anuṣṭubhe tad gṛhṇāti vāgvā anuṣṭub vāco vā idaṃ sarvam prabhavati tasmād u dhruvāyā eva sarvo yajñaḥ prabhavatīyam vā anuṣṭub asyai vā idaṃ sarvaṃ prabhavati tasmād u dhruvāyā eva sarvo yajñaḥ prabhavati //
ŚBM, 1, 3, 2, 16.2 chandobhya ājyāni gṛhyante sa yac catur juhvāṃ gṛhṇāti gāyatryai tad gṛhṇāty atha yad aṣṭau kṛtva upabhṛti gṛhṇāti triṣṭubjagatībhyāṃ tad gṛhṇāty atha yaccatur dhruvāyāṃ gṛhṇāty anuṣṭubhe tad gṛhṇāti vāgvā anuṣṭub vāco vā idaṃ sarvam prabhavati tasmād u dhruvāyā eva sarvo yajñaḥ prabhavatīyam vā anuṣṭub asyai vā idaṃ sarvaṃ prabhavati tasmād u dhruvāyā eva sarvo yajñaḥ prabhavati //
ŚBM, 1, 3, 3, 2.1 atha vedim prokṣati /
ŚBM, 1, 3, 3, 3.1 athāsmai barhiḥ prayacchati /
ŚBM, 1, 3, 3, 4.1 atha yāḥ prokṣaṇyaḥ pariśiṣyante /
ŚBM, 1, 3, 3, 5.1 atha visraṃsya granthim /
ŚBM, 1, 3, 3, 6.1 atha saṃnahanaṃ visraṃsayati /
ŚBM, 1, 3, 3, 7.1 atha barhi stṛṇāti /
ŚBM, 1, 3, 3, 7.2 ayaṃ vai stupaḥ prastaro 'tha yānyavāñci lomāni tānyevāsya yaditaram barhis tānyevāsminn etad dadhāti tasmād barhi stṛṇāti //
ŚBM, 1, 3, 3, 10.2 yatra vā asyai bahulatamā oṣadhayas tad asyā upajīvanīyatamaṃ tasmād bahulaṃ stṛṇīyād iti tad vai tadāhartaryevādhi trivṛt stṛṇāti trivṛddhi yajño 'tho api pravarhaṃ stṛṇīyāt stṛṇanti barhir ānuṣagiti tvṛṣiṇābhyanūktam adharamūlaṃ stṛṇāty adharamūlā iva hīmā asyām pṛthivyām oṣadhayaḥ pratiṣṭhitās tasmād adharamūlaṃ stṛṇāti //
ŚBM, 1, 3, 3, 12.1 athāgniṃ kalpayati /
ŚBM, 1, 3, 3, 13.1 atha paridhīn paridadhāti /
ŚBM, 1, 3, 3, 13.2 tad yat paridhīn paridadhāti yatra vai devā agre 'gniṃ hotrāya prāvṛṇata taddhovāca na vā ahamidamutsahe yad vo hotā syāṃ yadvo havyaṃ vaheyaṃ trīn pūrvān prāvṛḍhvaṃ te prādhanviṣus tān nu me 'vakalpayatātha vā aham etad utsākṣye yadvo hotā syāṃ yadvo havyaṃ vaheyamiti tatheti tān asmā etān avākalpayaṃs ta ete paridhayaḥ //
ŚBM, 1, 3, 3, 16.2 yad bahiṣparidhi skantsyati tad yuṣmāsu hutam atha yadva uparyupari hoṣyanti tad vo 'viṣyatīti sa yadagnau juhvati tad enān avaty atha yad enān uparyupari juhvati tad enān avaty atha yad bahiṣparidhi skandati tad eteṣu hutaṃ tasmād u ha nāga iva skannaṃ syād imāṃ vai te prāviśan yad vā idaṃ kiṃca skandaty asyām eva tat sarvaṃ pratitiṣṭhati //
ŚBM, 1, 3, 3, 16.2 yad bahiṣparidhi skantsyati tad yuṣmāsu hutam atha yadva uparyupari hoṣyanti tad vo 'viṣyatīti sa yadagnau juhvati tad enān avaty atha yad enān uparyupari juhvati tad enān avaty atha yad bahiṣparidhi skandati tad eteṣu hutaṃ tasmād u ha nāga iva skannaṃ syād imāṃ vai te prāviśan yad vā idaṃ kiṃca skandaty asyām eva tat sarvaṃ pratitiṣṭhati //
ŚBM, 1, 3, 3, 16.2 yad bahiṣparidhi skantsyati tad yuṣmāsu hutam atha yadva uparyupari hoṣyanti tad vo 'viṣyatīti sa yadagnau juhvati tad enān avaty atha yad enān uparyupari juhvati tad enān avaty atha yad bahiṣparidhi skandati tad eteṣu hutaṃ tasmād u ha nāga iva skannaṃ syād imāṃ vai te prāviśan yad vā idaṃ kiṃca skandaty asyām eva tat sarvaṃ pratitiṣṭhati //
ŚBM, 1, 3, 3, 20.2 atho api vaikaṅkatā syur yadi vaikaṅkatān na vinded atho api kārṣmaryamayāḥ syur yadi kārṣmaryamayān na vinded atho api bailvāḥ syur atho khādirā atho audumbarā ete hi vṛkṣā yajñiyās tasmād eteṣāṃ vṛkṣāṇām bhavanti //
ŚBM, 1, 3, 3, 20.2 atho api vaikaṅkatā syur yadi vaikaṅkatān na vinded atho api kārṣmaryamayāḥ syur yadi kārṣmaryamayān na vinded atho api bailvāḥ syur atho khādirā atho audumbarā ete hi vṛkṣā yajñiyās tasmād eteṣāṃ vṛkṣāṇām bhavanti //
ŚBM, 1, 3, 3, 20.2 atho api vaikaṅkatā syur yadi vaikaṅkatān na vinded atho api kārṣmaryamayāḥ syur yadi kārṣmaryamayān na vinded atho api bailvāḥ syur atho khādirā atho audumbarā ete hi vṛkṣā yajñiyās tasmād eteṣāṃ vṛkṣāṇām bhavanti //
ŚBM, 1, 3, 3, 20.2 atho api vaikaṅkatā syur yadi vaikaṅkatān na vinded atho api kārṣmaryamayāḥ syur yadi kārṣmaryamayān na vinded atho api bailvāḥ syur atho khādirā atho audumbarā ete hi vṛkṣā yajñiyās tasmād eteṣāṃ vṛkṣāṇām bhavanti //
ŚBM, 1, 3, 3, 20.2 atho api vaikaṅkatā syur yadi vaikaṅkatān na vinded atho api kārṣmaryamayāḥ syur yadi kārṣmaryamayān na vinded atho api bailvāḥ syur atho khādirā atho audumbarā ete hi vṛkṣā yajñiyās tasmād eteṣāṃ vṛkṣāṇām bhavanti //
ŚBM, 1, 3, 4, 3.1 atha dakṣiṇam paridadhāti /
ŚBM, 1, 3, 4, 4.1 athottaram paridadhāti /
ŚBM, 1, 3, 4, 5.1 atha samidhamabhyādadhāti /
ŚBM, 1, 3, 4, 5.2 sa madhyamamevāgre paridhim upaspṛśati tenaitānagre samindhe 'thāgnāv abhyādadhāti teno agnim pratyakṣaṃ samindhe //
ŚBM, 1, 3, 4, 7.1 atha yāṃ dvitīyāṃ samidham abhyādadhāti /
ŚBM, 1, 3, 4, 8.1 athābhyādhāya japati /
ŚBM, 1, 3, 4, 8.2 sūryastvā purastāt pātu kasyāścid abhiśastyā iti guptyai vā abhitaḥ paridhayo bhavanty athaitat sūryameva purastādgoptāraṃ karoti net purastānnāṣṭrā rakṣāṃsy abhyavacarāniti sūryo hi nāṣṭrāṇāṃ rakṣasām apahantā //
ŚBM, 1, 3, 4, 9.1 atha yāmevāmūṃ tṛtīyāṃ samidhamabhyādadhāti /
ŚBM, 1, 3, 4, 10.1 atha stīrṇāṃ vedim upāvartate /
ŚBM, 1, 3, 4, 10.2 sa dve tṛṇe ādāya tiraścī nidadhāti savitur bāhū stha ity ayaṃ vai stupaḥ prastaro 'thāsyaite bhruvāveva tiraścī nidadhāti tasmād ime tiraścyau bhruvau kṣatraṃ vai prastaro viśa itaram barhiḥ kṣatrasya caiva viśaśca vidhṛtyai tasmāt tiraścī nidadhāti tasmād v eva vidhṛtī nāma //
ŚBM, 1, 3, 4, 13.1 atha dakṣiṇena juhūm pratigṛhṇāti /
ŚBM, 1, 3, 4, 14.1 atha juhūm pratigṛhṇāti /
ŚBM, 1, 3, 5, 3.2 agnaye samidhyamānāya hotaranubrūhīti tad u tathā na brūyād ahotā vā eṣa purā bhavati yadaivainam pravṛṇīte 'tha hotā tasmād u brūyād agnaye samidhyamānāyānubrūhītyeva //
ŚBM, 1, 3, 5, 15.2 apy ekaikām evānavānann anubrūyāt tad ekaikayaivemāṃl lokāṃt saṃtanotyekaikayemāṃl lokāṃt spṛṇute 'tha yatprāṇaṃ dadhāti gāyatrī vai prāṇaḥ sa yatkṛtsnāṃ gāyatrīmanvāha tatkṛtsnaṃ prāṇaṃ dadhāti tasmād ekaikām evānavānann anubrūyāt //
ŚBM, 1, 4, 1, 3.2 atha yad uccair hiṃkuryād anyatarad eva kuryād vācameva tasmād upāṃśu hiṃkaroti //
ŚBM, 1, 4, 1, 13.2 taṃ tvā ghṛtasnav īmaha ityevābhivyāharad athāsya ghṛtakīrtāvevāgnirvaiśvānaro mukhādujjajvāla tam na śaśāka dhārayituṃ so 'sya mukhānniṣpede sa imām pṛthivīm prāpādaḥ //
ŚBM, 1, 4, 1, 18.1 atha hovāca /
ŚBM, 1, 4, 2, 3.1 athārṣeyam pravṛṇīte /
ŚBM, 1, 4, 2, 4.2 parastāddhyarvācyaḥ prajāḥ prajāyante jyāyasaspataya u caivaitaṃ nihnuta idaṃ hi pitaivāgre 'tha putro 'tha pautras tasmāt parastād arvāk pravṛṇīte //
ŚBM, 1, 4, 2, 4.2 parastāddhyarvācyaḥ prajāḥ prajāyante jyāyasaspataya u caivaitaṃ nihnuta idaṃ hi pitaivāgre 'tha putro 'tha pautras tasmāt parastād arvāk pravṛṇīte //
ŚBM, 1, 4, 2, 17.1 atha yathādevatam /
ŚBM, 1, 4, 3, 10.2 ya evāyamavāṅprāṇa etamevaitayā saminddha ā juhotā duvasyateti sarvamātmānaṃ saminddha ā nakhebhyo 'tho lomabhyaḥ //
ŚBM, 1, 4, 4, 2.2 tanmano devebhyo yajñaṃ vahaty atha yadvācā niruktaṃ kriyate tadvāgdevebhyo yajñaṃ vahaty etad vā idaṃ dvayaṃ kriyate tadete evaitat saṃtarpayati tṛpte prīte devebhyo yajñaṃ vahāta iti //
ŚBM, 1, 4, 4, 14.1 atha saṃmārṣṭi /
ŚBM, 1, 4, 4, 15.2 agne vājajidvājaṃ tvā sariṣyantaṃ tvā vājajitaṃ saṃmārjmīti yajñaṃ tvā vakṣyantaṃ yajñiyaṃ saṃmārjmīty evaitad āhāthopariṣṭāt tūṣṇīṃ tris tad yathā yuktvā prājet prehi vahety evam evaitat kaśayopakṣipati prehi devebhyo yajñaṃ vaheti tasmād upariṣṭāttūṣṇīṃ tris tad yad etadantareṇa karma kriyate tasmād idam manaśca vākca samānam eva sannāneva //
ŚBM, 1, 4, 5, 5.1 athāsaṃsparśayant srucau paryetya /
ŚBM, 1, 4, 5, 8.1 athāto manasaścaiva vācaśca /
ŚBM, 1, 4, 5, 10.1 atha ha vāguvāca /
ŚBM, 1, 5, 1, 1.2 tad yat pravarāyāśrāvayati yajño vā āśrāvaṇaṃ yajñam abhivyāhṛtyātha hotāram pravṛṇā iti tasmāt pravarāyāśrāvayati //
ŚBM, 1, 5, 1, 4.2 ya eva devānāṃ hotā tamevāgre pravṛṇīte 'gnimeva tadagnaye caivaitaddevebhyaśca nihnute yadahāgre 'gnim pravṛṇīte tadagnaye nihnute 'tha yo devānāṃ hotā tamagre pravṛṇīte tad u devebhyo nihnute //
ŚBM, 1, 5, 1, 5.2 agnirdevo daivyo hotety agnirhi devānāṃ hotā tasmādāhāgnirdevo daivyo hoteti tadagnaye caiva devebhyaśca nihnute yadahāgre 'gnimāha tadagnaye nihnute 'tha yo devānāṃ hotā tamagra āha tad u devebhyo nihnute //
ŚBM, 1, 5, 1, 9.1 athārṣeyam pravṛṇīte /
ŚBM, 1, 5, 1, 10.2 parastāddhyarvācyaḥ prajāḥ prajāyante jyāyasaspataya u caivaitannihnuta idaṃ hi pitaivāgre 'tha putro 'tha pautras tasmāt parastād arvāk pravṛṇīte //
ŚBM, 1, 5, 1, 10.2 parastāddhyarvācyaḥ prajāḥ prajāyante jyāyasaspataya u caivaitannihnuta idaṃ hi pitaivāgre 'tha putro 'tha pautras tasmāt parastād arvāk pravṛṇīte //
ŚBM, 1, 5, 1, 13.2 tadimam mānuṣaṃ hotāraṃ pravṛṇīte hotā haiṣa purāthaitarhi hotā //
ŚBM, 1, 5, 1, 15.1 tatra japati etat tvā deva savitarvṛṇata iti tatsavitāram prasavāyopadhāvati sa hi devānām prasavitāgniṃ hotrāyeti tadagnaye caivaitaddevebhyaśca nihnute yadahāgre 'gnimāha tadagnaye nihnute 'tha yo devānāṃ hotā tamagra āha tad u devebhyo nihnute //
ŚBM, 1, 5, 1, 21.1 athādhvaryuṃ cāgnīdhaṃ ca saṃmṛśati /
ŚBM, 1, 5, 1, 23.1 atha hotṛṣadanamupāvartate /
ŚBM, 1, 5, 1, 24.1 atha hotṛṣadana upaviśati /
ŚBM, 1, 5, 1, 26.1 athāgnimīkṣamāṇo japati /
ŚBM, 1, 5, 2, 7.2 yajñamevaitadanumantrayata ā naḥ śṛṇūpa na āvartasvety atha yatpratyāśrāvayati yajña evaitad upāvartate 'stu tatheti tenopāvṛttena retasā bhūtenartvijaḥ sampradāyaṃ caranti yajamānena parokṣaṃ yathā pūrṇapātreṇa sampradāyaṃ careyurevamanenartvijaḥ sampradāyaṃ caranti tad vācaivaitat sampradāyaṃ caranti vāgghi yajño vāg u hi retas tad etenaivaitat saṃpradāyaṃ caranti //
ŚBM, 1, 5, 2, 11.2 ā vaṣaṭkārāt taṃ vaṣaṭkāreṇāgnāveva yonau reto bhūtaṃ siñcaty agnirvai yonir yajñasya sa tataḥ prajāyata iti nu haviryajñe 'tha saumye 'dhvare //
ŚBM, 1, 5, 3, 8.2 samidho yajeti tadvasantaṃ saminddhe sa vasantaḥ samiddho 'nyān ṛtūnt saminddha ṛtavaḥ samiddhāḥ prajāśca prajanayantyoṣadhīśca pacanti tad v eva khalu sarvānṛtūnnirāhātha yaja yajety evottarān āhājāmitāyai jāmi ha kuryād yat tanūnapātaṃ yajeḍo yajeti brūyāt tasmād yaja yajetyevottarānāha //
ŚBM, 1, 5, 3, 10.1 atha tanūnapātaṃ yajati /
ŚBM, 1, 5, 3, 11.1 atheḍo yajati /
ŚBM, 1, 5, 3, 12.1 atha barhiryajati /
ŚBM, 1, 5, 3, 13.1 atha svāhā svāheti yajati /
ŚBM, 1, 5, 3, 16.1 atha caturthe prayāje samānayati barhiṣi /
ŚBM, 1, 5, 3, 20.1 athottarāṃ juhūmadhyūhati /
ŚBM, 1, 5, 3, 23.1 atha yathādevataṃ /
ŚBM, 1, 5, 3, 25.2 yena yajñaṃ samasthāpayaṃstenaiva yathāpūrvaṃ havīṃṣyabhyaghārayan punarevaināni tad āpyāyayann ayātayāmānyakurvann ayātayāma hyājyaṃ tasmāduttamam prayājamiṣṭvā yathāpūrvaṃ havīṃṣy abhighārayati punarevaināni tadāpyāyayatyayātayāmāni karotyayātayāma hyājyaṃ tasmādyasya kasya ca haviṣo 'vadyati punar eva tad abhighārayati sviṣṭakṛta eva tat punar āpyāyaty ayātayāma karoty atha yadā sviṣṭakṛte 'vadyati na tataḥ punar abhighārayati no hi tataḥ kāṃcana haviṣo 'gnāvāhutiṃ hoṣyan bhavati //
ŚBM, 1, 5, 4, 2.1 atha tanūnapātaṃ yajati /
ŚBM, 1, 5, 4, 3.1 atheḍo yajati /
ŚBM, 1, 5, 4, 3.2 prajā vā iḍo yadā vai retaḥ siktaṃ prajāyate 'tha tad īḍitam ivānnam icchamānaṃ carati tat praivaitajjanayati tasmādiḍo yajati //
ŚBM, 1, 5, 4, 4.1 atha barhiryajati /
ŚBM, 1, 5, 4, 5.1 atha svāhāsvāheti yajati /
ŚBM, 1, 5, 4, 6.2 ubhaye prājāpatyāḥ paspṛdhire te daṇḍair dhanurbhirna vyajayanta te hāvijayamānā ūcur hanta vācyeva brahman vijigīṣāmahai sa yo no vācaṃ vyāhṛtām mithunena nānunikrāmāt sa sarvam parājayātā atha sarvam itare jayāniti tatheti devā abruvaṃste devā indramabruvan vyāhareti //
ŚBM, 1, 5, 4, 7.2 eko mamety athāsmākam eketītare 'bruvaṃs tad u tan mithunam evāvindan mithunaṃ hyekaścaikā ca //
ŚBM, 1, 5, 4, 8.2 athāsmākaṃ dve itītare 'bruvaṃs tad u tan mithunam evāvindan mithunaṃ hi dvau ca dve ca //
ŚBM, 1, 5, 4, 9.2 athāsmākaṃ tisra itītare 'bruvaṃs tad u tan mithunamevāvindan mithunaṃ hi trayaśca tisraśca //
ŚBM, 1, 5, 4, 10.2 athāsmākaṃ catasra itītare 'bruvaṃs tad u tan mithunamevāvindan mithunaṃ hi catvāraśca catasraśca //
ŚBM, 1, 8, 1, 3.2 yāvadvai kṣullakā bhavāmo bahvī vai nastāvannāṣṭrā bhavaty uta matsya eva matsyaṃ gilati kumbhyām māgre bibharāsi sa yadā tāmativardhā atha karṣūṃ khātvā tasyām mā bibharāsi sa yadā tām ativardhā atha mā samudram abhyavaharāsi tarhi vā atināṣṭro bhavitāsmīti //
ŚBM, 1, 8, 1, 3.2 yāvadvai kṣullakā bhavāmo bahvī vai nastāvannāṣṭrā bhavaty uta matsya eva matsyaṃ gilati kumbhyām māgre bibharāsi sa yadā tāmativardhā atha karṣūṃ khātvā tasyām mā bibharāsi sa yadā tām ativardhā atha mā samudram abhyavaharāsi tarhi vā atināṣṭro bhavitāsmīti //
ŚBM, 1, 8, 1, 4.2 sa hi jyeṣṭhaṃ vardhate 'thetithīṃ samāṃ tadaugha āgantā tanmā nāvamupakalpyopāsāsai sa augha utthite nāvam āpadyāsai tatastvā pārayitāsmīti //
ŚBM, 1, 8, 1, 6.2 apīparaṃ vai tvā vṛkṣe nāvam pratibadhnīṣva taṃ tu tvā mā girau santam udakam antaśchaitsīd yāvadudakaṃ samavāyāt tāvat tāvad anvavasarpāsīti sa ha tāvattāvad evānvavasasarpa tadapyetaduttarasya girermanoravasarpaṇam ity augho ha tāḥ sarvāḥ prajā niruvāhātheha manurevaikaḥ pariśiśiṣe //
ŚBM, 1, 8, 1, 15.1 atha hoturiha nilimpati /
ŚBM, 1, 8, 1, 16.2 idaṃ vai me taniṣṭhaṃ yajñasya yadiyamiḍā pākayajñiyā yadvai ma iha rakṣāṃsi yajñaṃ na hiṃsyuriti tāmetatpurā rakṣobhyaḥ purā rakṣobhya ityeva prāpayata tatho evaināmeṣa etatpurā rakṣobhyaḥ purā rakṣobhya ityeva prāpayate 'tha yatpratyakṣaṃ na prāśnāti nedanupahūtām prāśnāmīty etad evainām prāpayate yad oṣṭhayor nilimpate //
ŚBM, 1, 8, 1, 17.1 atha hotuḥ pāṇau samavadyati /
ŚBM, 1, 8, 1, 18.1 athopāṃśūpahvayate /
ŚBM, 1, 8, 1, 24.1 atha pratipadyate /
ŚBM, 1, 8, 1, 25.2 atha nānevopahvayate 'jāmitāyai jāmi ha kuryād yad iḍopahūteḍopahūtety evopahvayetopahūteḍeti veḍopahūteti tad arvācīm upahvayata upahūteḍeti tat parācīm upo asmāṁ iḍā hvayatāmiti tad ātmānaṃ caivaitan nāntarety anyatheva ca bhavatīḍopahūteti tatpunararvācīmupahvayate tadarvācīṃ caivainām etatparācīṃ copahvayate //
ŚBM, 1, 8, 1, 27.2 yadeva mitrāvaruṇābhyāṃ samagacchata sa eva maitrāvaruṇo nyaṅgo brahmā devakṛtopahūteti brahmā hyeṣāṃ devakṛtopahūtopahūtā daivyā adhvaryava upahūtā manuṣyā iti taddaivāṃścaivādhvaryūnupahvayate ye ca mānuṣā vatsā vai daivyā adhvaryavo 'tha ya itare te mānuṣāḥ //
ŚBM, 1, 8, 1, 30.2 tadasmā etajjīvātumeva parokṣam āśāste jīvanhi pūrvam iṣṭvāthāparaṃ yajate //
ŚBM, 1, 8, 1, 31.2 yasya hi prajā bhavatyamuṃ lokamātmanaity athāsmiṃlloke prajā yajate tasmātprajottarā devayajyā //
ŚBM, 1, 8, 1, 32.1 tadasmā etatpaśūneva parokṣam āśāste yasya hi paśavo bhavanti sa pūrvamiṣṭvāthāparaṃ yajate //
ŚBM, 1, 8, 1, 33.2 tadasmā etajjīvātumeva parokṣam āśāste jīvan hi pūrvamiṣṭvātha bhūyobhūya eva haviṣkaroti //
ŚBM, 1, 8, 1, 34.1 tadasmā etatprajāmeva parokṣam āśāste yasya hi prajā bhavatyeka ātmanā bhavaty athota daśadhā prajayā haviṣkriyate tasmātprajā bhūyo haviṣkaraṇam //
ŚBM, 1, 8, 1, 35.2 yasya hi paśavo bhavanti sa pūrvamiṣṭvātha bhūyobhūya eva haviṣkaroti //
ŚBM, 1, 8, 1, 39.2 hotari tvad yajamāne tvad adhvaryau tvad atha yatpūrvārdham puroḍāśasya praśīrya purastād dhruvāyai nidadhāti yajamāno vai dhruvā tadyajamānasya prāśitam bhavaty atha yatpratyakṣaṃ na prāśnāti nedasaṃsthite yajñe prāśnānīty etad evāsya prāśitam bhavati sarve prāśnanti sarveṣu me hutāsaditi pañca prāśnanti paśavo vā iḍā pāṅktā vai paśavas tasmāt pañca prāśnanti //
ŚBM, 1, 8, 1, 39.2 hotari tvad yajamāne tvad adhvaryau tvad atha yatpūrvārdham puroḍāśasya praśīrya purastād dhruvāyai nidadhāti yajamāno vai dhruvā tadyajamānasya prāśitam bhavaty atha yatpratyakṣaṃ na prāśnāti nedasaṃsthite yajñe prāśnānīty etad evāsya prāśitam bhavati sarve prāśnanti sarveṣu me hutāsaditi pañca prāśnanti paśavo vā iḍā pāṅktā vai paśavas tasmāt pañca prāśnanti //
ŚBM, 1, 8, 1, 40.1 atha yatra pratipadyate /
ŚBM, 1, 8, 1, 41.1 atha yatrāhopahūte dyāvāpṛthivī iti /
ŚBM, 1, 8, 1, 42.1 atha yatrāśiṣamāśāste /
ŚBM, 1, 8, 1, 43.1 atha pavitrayormārjayante /
ŚBM, 1, 8, 1, 44.1 atha te pavitre prastare 'pisṛjati /
ŚBM, 1, 8, 2, 3.1 atha samidhamabhyādadhāti /
ŚBM, 1, 8, 2, 5.1 atha saṃmārṣṭi /
ŚBM, 1, 8, 2, 6.2 agne vājajidvājaṃ tvā sasṛvāṃsaṃ vājajitaṃ saṃmārjmīti sariṣyantamiti vā agra āha sariṣyanniva hi tarhi bhavaty athātra sasṛvāṃsamiti sasṛveva hyatra bhavati tasmādāha sasṛvāṃsamiti //
ŚBM, 1, 8, 2, 7.1 athānuyājānyajati /
ŚBM, 1, 8, 2, 7.2 yā vā etena yajñena devatā hvayati yābhya eṣa yajñastāyate sarvā vai tattā iṣṭā bhavanti tadyattāsu sarvāsviṣṭāsvathaitat paścevānuyajati tasmādanuyājā nāma //
ŚBM, 1, 8, 2, 8.1 atha yadanuyājānyajati /
ŚBM, 1, 8, 2, 8.2 chandāṃsi vā anuyājāḥ paśavo vai devānāṃ chandāṃsi tadyathedaṃ paśavo yuktā manuṣyebhyo vahanty evaṃ chandāṃsi yuktāni devebhyo yajñaṃ vahanti tadyatra chandāṃsi devānt samatarpayann atha chandāṃsi devāḥ samatarpayaṃs tadatas tat prāg abhūd yacchandāṃsi yuktāni devebhyo yajñam avākṣur yad enānt samatītṛpan //
ŚBM, 1, 8, 2, 9.1 atha yadanuyājānyajati /
ŚBM, 1, 8, 2, 10.2 tadvai kaniṣṭhaṃ chandaḥ sadgāyatrī prathamā chandasāṃ yujyate tad u tadvīryeṇaiva yacchyeno bhūtvā divaḥ somamāharat tad ayathāyatham manyante yatkaniṣṭhaṃ chandaḥ sadgāyatrī prathamā chandasāṃ yujyate 'thātra yathāyathaṃ devāśchandāṃsyakalpayannanuyājeṣu net pāpavasyasam asad iti //
ŚBM, 1, 8, 2, 12.1 atha narāśaṃsaṃ dvitīyaṃ yajati /
ŚBM, 1, 8, 2, 13.1 athāgniruttamaḥ /
ŚBM, 1, 8, 2, 16.1 atha yad vasuvane vasudheyasyeti yajati /
ŚBM, 1, 8, 2, 17.1 athottamam anuyājam iṣṭvā samānīya juhoti /
ŚBM, 2, 1, 1, 2.1 athollikhati /
ŚBM, 2, 1, 1, 2.3 atha yajñiyāyām eva pṛthivyām ādhatte /
ŚBM, 2, 1, 1, 3.1 athādbhir abhyukṣati /
ŚBM, 2, 1, 1, 3.5 tasmād yademaṃ lokam āpa āgacchanty athehānnādyaṃ jāyate /
ŚBM, 2, 1, 1, 5.1 atha hiraṇyaṃ saṃbharati /
ŚBM, 2, 1, 1, 5.11 atha yaśaḥ /
ŚBM, 2, 1, 1, 6.1 athoṣānt saṃbharati /
ŚBM, 2, 1, 1, 7.1 athākhukarīṣaṃ saṃbharati /
ŚBM, 2, 1, 1, 8.1 atha śarkarāḥ saṃbharati /
ŚBM, 2, 1, 2, 2.2 athaitā eva bhūyiṣṭhā yat kṛttikāḥ /
ŚBM, 2, 1, 2, 4.1 atha yasmān na kṛttikāsv ādadhītarkṣāṇāṃ ha vā etā agre patnya āsuḥ /
ŚBM, 2, 1, 2, 9.1 atha yasmān na mṛgaśīrṣa ādadhīta /
ŚBM, 2, 1, 2, 16.1 atha hovācānvā ahaṃ tāṃ dāsye yā mameheti /
ŚBM, 2, 1, 3, 3.2 atha yatra dakṣiṇāvartate pitṛṣu tarhi bhavati pitṝṃs tarhy abhigopāyati //
ŚBM, 2, 1, 3, 4.4 atha yatra dakṣiṇāvartate yas tarhy ādhatte 'napahatapāpmānaḥ pitaro na pāpmānam apahate /
ŚBM, 2, 1, 3, 7.1 atha yaḥ kāmayeta kṣatraṃ śriyā yaśasā syām iti grīṣme sa ādadhīta /
ŚBM, 2, 1, 3, 8.1 atha yaḥ kāmayeta bahuḥ prajayā paśubhiḥ syām iti varṣāsu sa ādadhīta /
ŚBM, 2, 1, 3, 9.4 tasmād yadaivainaṃ kadā ca yajña upanamed athāgnī ādadhīta /
ŚBM, 2, 1, 4, 2.2 atha kim u yo deveṣv anaśnatsu pūrvo 'śnīyāt /
ŚBM, 2, 1, 4, 4.1 atha cātuṣprāśyam odanam pacanti chandāṃsy anena prīṇīma iti yathā yena vāhanena syant syant syāt tat suhitaṃ kartavai brūyād evam etad iti vadantaḥ /
ŚBM, 2, 1, 4, 7.1 atha jāgrati /
ŚBM, 2, 1, 4, 10.1 tad āhur yan narcā na sāmnā na yajuṣāgnir ādhīyate 'tha kenādhīyata iti /
ŚBM, 2, 1, 4, 14.2 atha yat sarvair ādadhyāt kenāhavanīyam ādadhyāt /
ŚBM, 2, 1, 4, 18.3 athābhayenānāṣṭreṇa haranti //
ŚBM, 2, 1, 4, 19.5 atha yasmāt parāṅ bhavati parāṅ u haivāsmād yajño bhavati /
ŚBM, 2, 1, 4, 20.4 atha yasmāt parāṅ bhavati parāṅ u haivāsmāt prāṇo bhavati /
ŚBM, 2, 1, 4, 21.5 atha yasmāt parāṅ bhavati parāṅ u haivāsmād yajño bhavati /
ŚBM, 2, 1, 4, 22.4 atha yasmāt parāṅ bhavati parāṅ u haivāsmāt prāṇo bhavati /
ŚBM, 2, 1, 4, 23.1 athāśvam ākramayati /
ŚBM, 2, 1, 4, 25.2 athodyacchati /
ŚBM, 2, 1, 4, 25.3 athopaspṛśati /
ŚBM, 2, 1, 4, 26.1 athedaṃ dvitīyam /
ŚBM, 2, 1, 4, 26.3 athodyacchati /
ŚBM, 2, 1, 4, 28.1 atha purastāt parītya pūrvārdham ulmukānām abhipadya japati dyaur iva bhūmnā pṛthivīva varimṇeti /
ŚBM, 2, 1, 4, 29.1 atha sarparājñyā ṛgbhir upatiṣṭhata āyaṃ gauḥ pṛśnir akramīd asadan mātaram puraḥ pitaraṃ ca prayant svaḥ antaś carati rocanāsya prāṇād apānatī vyakhyan mahiṣo divaṃ triṃśaddhāma virājati vāk pataṅgāya dhīyate prati vastor aha dyubhir iti tat /
ŚBM, 2, 2, 1, 5.1 tad āhur etām evāhutiṃ hutvāthottarāṇi havīṃṣi nādriyeta /
ŚBM, 2, 2, 1, 7.1 athāgnaye pāvakāya nirvapati /
ŚBM, 2, 2, 1, 8.1 athāgnaye śucaye nirvapati /
ŚBM, 2, 2, 1, 8.6 yadā hy evāsminn etām āhutiṃ juhoty athāsyaitad vīryaṃ śucy ujjvalati //
ŚBM, 2, 2, 1, 9.1 tasmād āhur etām evāhutiṃ hutvāthottarāṇi havīṃṣi nādriyeta /
ŚBM, 2, 2, 1, 10.2 yadā vai jāyate 'tha prāṇaḥ /
ŚBM, 2, 2, 1, 10.3 atha yāvan na jāyate mātur vaiva tāvat prāṇam anu prāṇiti /
ŚBM, 2, 2, 1, 11.1 atha yad agnaye pāvakāya nirvapaty annaṃ vai pāvakam /
ŚBM, 2, 2, 1, 12.1 atha yad agnaye śucaye nirvapati vīryaṃ vai śuci /
ŚBM, 2, 2, 1, 12.2 yadā vā annena vardhate 'tha vīryam /
ŚBM, 2, 2, 1, 12.3 tad annenaivainam etad vardhayitvāthāsminn etad vīryaṃ śuci dadhāti /
ŚBM, 2, 2, 1, 14.3 atha yat pāvakaṃ tad antarikṣe /
ŚBM, 2, 2, 1, 14.4 atha yacchuci tad divi /
ŚBM, 2, 2, 1, 15.2 atha yad agnaye pāvakāya nirvapati yad evāsyāntarikṣe rūpaṃ tad evāsyaitenāpnoti /
ŚBM, 2, 2, 1, 15.3 atha yad agnaye śucaye nirvapati yad evāsya divi rūpaṃ tad evāsyaitenāpnoti /
ŚBM, 2, 2, 1, 16.2 ayaṃ vai lokaḥ prathamaṃ havir athedam antarikṣaṃ dvitīyaṃ dyaur eva tṛtīyam /
ŚBM, 2, 2, 1, 18.1 athādityai caruṃ nirvapati /
ŚBM, 2, 2, 1, 20.3 atho triṣṭubhau /
ŚBM, 2, 2, 1, 20.5 atho jagatyau /
ŚBM, 2, 2, 1, 22.1 athedaṃ dvitīyam /
ŚBM, 2, 2, 1, 22.3 athāñjasaivainam etat pratyakṣam ādhatte /
ŚBM, 2, 2, 1, 22.4 tasmād agnaye 'thādityai caruṃ nirvapati /
ŚBM, 2, 2, 2, 2.5 atha samṛddha eva yajño bhavati /
ŚBM, 2, 2, 2, 6.3 atha ye brāhmaṇāḥ śuśruvāṃso 'nūcānās te manuṣyadevāḥ /
ŚBM, 2, 2, 2, 12.2 atha yūyaṃ kiṃ kariṣyatheti //
ŚBM, 2, 2, 2, 13.1 te hocur athainaṃ vayaṃ ny eva dhāsyāmahe 'tra tṛṇāni dahātra dārūṇi dahātraudanam pacātra māṃsam paceti /
ŚBM, 2, 2, 2, 14.1 athainaṃ devā antarātmann ādadhata /
ŚBM, 2, 2, 2, 19.5 atha yo 'nṛtaṃ vadati yathāgniṃ samiddhaṃ tam udakenābhiṣiñced evaṃ hainaṃ sa jāsayati /
ŚBM, 2, 2, 3, 7.4 athādo varṣam akurmādo varṣam akurmeti saṃvatsarānt saṃpaśyanti /
ŚBM, 2, 2, 3, 8.1 athaitad eva parokṣaṃ rūpam /
ŚBM, 2, 2, 3, 9.2 yadaivodety atha vasanto yadā saṃgavo 'tha grīṣmo yadā madhyandino 'tha varṣā yadāparāhṇo 'tha śarad yadaivāstam ety atha hemantaḥ /
ŚBM, 2, 2, 3, 9.2 yadaivodety atha vasanto yadā saṃgavo 'tha grīṣmo yadā madhyandino 'tha varṣā yadāparāhṇo 'tha śarad yadaivāstam ety atha hemantaḥ /
ŚBM, 2, 2, 3, 9.2 yadaivodety atha vasanto yadā saṃgavo 'tha grīṣmo yadā madhyandino 'tha varṣā yadāparāhṇo 'tha śarad yadaivāstam ety atha hemantaḥ /
ŚBM, 2, 2, 3, 9.2 yadaivodety atha vasanto yadā saṃgavo 'tha grīṣmo yadā madhyandino 'tha varṣā yadāparāhṇo 'tha śarad yadaivāstam ety atha hemantaḥ /
ŚBM, 2, 2, 3, 9.2 yadaivodety atha vasanto yadā saṃgavo 'tha grīṣmo yadā madhyandino 'tha varṣā yadāparāhṇo 'tha śarad yadaivāstam ety atha hemantaḥ /
ŚBM, 2, 2, 3, 16.3 vaiśvadevo 'nyo yajño 'thaiṣa niṣkevalya āgneyaḥ /
ŚBM, 2, 2, 3, 20.1 atha svāhāgnim ity āhāgneyam ājyabhāgaṃ svāhāgnim pavamānam iti yadi pavamānāya dhriyerant svāhāgnim indumantam iti yady agnaya indumate dhriyeran /
ŚBM, 2, 2, 3, 21.1 athāhāgnaye 'nubrūhīty āgneyam ājyabhāgam /
ŚBM, 2, 2, 3, 22.1 atha yady agnaye pavamānāya dhriyerann agnaye pavamānāyānubrūhīti brūyāt /
ŚBM, 2, 2, 3, 23.1 atha yady agnaya indumate dhriyerann agnaya indumate 'nubrūhīti brūyāt /
ŚBM, 2, 2, 3, 24.1 athāhāgnaye 'nubrūhīti haviṣaḥ /
ŚBM, 2, 2, 3, 24.3 atha yad devān yajety agnīn yajety evaitad āha //
ŚBM, 2, 2, 4, 4.1 athainam agnir vyāttenopaparyāvavarta /
ŚBM, 2, 2, 4, 8.2 athāsya śarīram evāgnir dahati /
ŚBM, 2, 2, 4, 11.5 atheyam eva pṛthivy āstāvaḥ //
ŚBM, 2, 2, 4, 17.4 atha tubhyam iti sūryam /
ŚBM, 2, 2, 4, 17.5 atha yad eva hūyamānasya vyaśnute tad evaitasya yo 'yam pavata iti /
ŚBM, 2, 2, 4, 17.7 atha yad eva hūyamānasya vyaśnute tad evaitasya yo 'yam pavate //
ŚBM, 2, 3, 1, 2.2 atha yat prātar anudite juhoti ya idaṃ tasminn iha sati juhavānīti /
ŚBM, 2, 3, 1, 3.1 atha yad astam eti tad agnāv eva yonau garbho bhūtvā praviśati /
ŚBM, 2, 3, 1, 3.4 atha yad rātris tira evaitat karoti tira iva hi garbhāḥ //
ŚBM, 2, 3, 1, 5.1 atha yat prātar anudite juhoti prajanayaty evainam /
ŚBM, 2, 3, 1, 7.2 atha yat param bhāḥ prajāpatir vā sa indro vā /
ŚBM, 2, 3, 1, 8.1 atha yaḥ purādityasyāstamayād āhavanīyam uddharati yathā śreyasy āgamiṣyaty āvasathenopakᄆptenopāsītaivaṃ tat /
ŚBM, 2, 3, 1, 9.2 atha yat prātar anudite juhoty apretebhya evaibhya etaj juhoti /
ŚBM, 2, 3, 1, 12.1 atha yat prātar anudite juhoty asya rasasya jīvanasya devebhyo juhavāni yad eṣām idaṃ sad upajīvāma iti /
ŚBM, 2, 3, 1, 13.3 api dvādaśasaṃvatsaram antavad eva athaitad evānantam /
ŚBM, 2, 3, 1, 16.2 athāpaḥ pratyānayati śāntyai nv eva rasasyo caiva sarvatvāya /
ŚBM, 2, 3, 1, 16.3 idaṃ hi yadā varṣaty athauṣadhayo jāyante /
ŚBM, 2, 3, 1, 17.1 atha catur unnayati /
ŚBM, 2, 3, 1, 17.3 atha samidham ādāyodādravati samiddhahomāyaiva /
ŚBM, 2, 3, 1, 17.6 atha yad anupasādya yathā yasmā aśanam āharet tasmā āhṛtyaivopanidadhyād evaṃ tat /
ŚBM, 2, 3, 1, 19.3 atha yad upamārṣṭi tat pitṛṣu cauṣadhīṣu ca juhoti /
ŚBM, 2, 3, 1, 19.5 atha yaddhutvā prāśnāti tan manuṣyeṣu juhoti /
ŚBM, 2, 3, 1, 21.3 athaitad agnau hutvotsṛpyācāmati nirleḍhi /
ŚBM, 2, 3, 1, 22.2 atha yad eta etat paścevādhriyantāgnir yo 'yam pavate sūryas tasmād eṣā dvitīyāhutir hūyate //
ŚBM, 2, 3, 1, 23.3 atha yottarā sviṣṭakṛdbhājanam eva sā /
ŚBM, 2, 3, 1, 29.4 atha yottarā sā prajām abhi hūyate /
ŚBM, 2, 3, 1, 30.2 atha prātaḥ sūryo jyotir jyotiḥ sūryaḥ svāheti /
ŚBM, 2, 3, 1, 30.4 yadā hy eva sūryo 'stam ety athāgnir jyotiḥ /
ŚBM, 2, 3, 1, 30.5 yadā sūrya udety atha sūryo jyotiḥ /
ŚBM, 2, 3, 1, 33.1 atha prātaḥ sūryo jyotir jyotiḥ sūryaḥ svāheti tad ubhayato jyotī reto devatayā parigṛhṇāti /
ŚBM, 2, 3, 1, 35.1 atha prātaḥ jyotiḥ sūryaḥ sūryo jyotiḥ svāheti tad bahirdhā jyotī reto devatayā karoti /
ŚBM, 2, 3, 1, 36.3 yadā hy eva sūryo 'stam ety athāgnir jyotiḥ /
ŚBM, 2, 3, 1, 36.4 yadā sūrya udety atha sūryo jyotiḥ /
ŚBM, 2, 3, 1, 36.8 atha prātaḥ sūryo jyotir jyotiḥ sūryaḥ svāheti tatra na sūryāya svāheti //
ŚBM, 2, 3, 1, 38.1 atha prātaḥ sajūr devena savitreti /
ŚBM, 2, 3, 1, 39.7 atha yat sthālyāṃ yathā parīṇaho nirvaped evaṃ tat /
ŚBM, 2, 3, 2, 2.2 athaiṣa eva gārhapatyo yamo rājā /
ŚBM, 2, 3, 2, 2.3 athaiṣa eva naḍo naiṣidho yad anvāhāryapacanaḥ /
ŚBM, 2, 3, 2, 3.1 atha ya eṣa sabhāyām agnir eṣa evānaśnant sāṃgamanaḥ /
ŚBM, 2, 3, 2, 3.3 atha yad etad bhasmoddhṛtya parāvapanty eṣa evāsan pāṃsavaḥ /
ŚBM, 2, 3, 2, 4.3 atha yad eva pratiparetya gārhapatyam āste vā śete vā tad eva tasyopasthānam /
ŚBM, 2, 3, 2, 4.4 atha yatraiva saṃvrajann anvāhāryapacanam upasmaret tad eva tam manasopatiṣṭheta tad eva tasyopasthānam //
ŚBM, 2, 3, 2, 5.1 atha prātar anaśitvā muhūrtaṃ sabhāyām āsitvāpi kāmam palyayeta /
ŚBM, 2, 3, 2, 5.3 atha yatraiva bhasmoddhṛtam upanigacchet tad eva tasyopasthānam /
ŚBM, 2, 3, 2, 6.2 athaiṣa bhrātṛvyadevatyo yad anvāhāryapacanaḥ /
ŚBM, 2, 3, 2, 10.1 atha yatraitat pradīptataro bhavati tarhi haiṣa bhavati varuṇaḥ /
ŚBM, 2, 3, 2, 11.1 atha yatraitat pradīpto bhavaty uccair dhūmaḥ paramayā jūtyā balbalīti tarhi haiṣa bhavatīndraḥ /
ŚBM, 2, 3, 2, 12.1 atha yatraitat pratitarām iva tiraścīvārciḥ saṃśāmyato bhavati tarhi haiṣa bhavati mitraḥ /
ŚBM, 2, 3, 2, 13.1 atha yatraitad aṅgārāś cākaśyanta iva tarhi haiṣa bhavati brahma /
ŚBM, 2, 3, 2, 14.2 atha yo 'nyathānyathā juhoti yathāpo vābhikhanann anyad vānnādyaṃ sa sāmi nivartetaivaṃ tat /
ŚBM, 2, 3, 2, 14.3 atha yaḥ sārdhaṃ juhoti yathāpo vābhikhanann anyad vānnādyaṃ tat kṣipre 'bhitṛndyād evaṃ tat //
ŚBM, 2, 3, 2, 16.2 atha yottarā te manuṣyāḥ /
ŚBM, 2, 3, 2, 16.3 atha yat sruci pariśinaṣṭi te paśavaḥ //
ŚBM, 2, 3, 2, 18.2 atha yad bhūya ivottarām bhūyāṃso hi manuṣyā devebhyaḥ /
ŚBM, 2, 3, 2, 18.3 atha yad bhūya iva sruci pariśinaṣṭi bhūyāṃso hi paśavo manuṣyebhyaḥ /
ŚBM, 2, 3, 3, 7.3 atha yāḥ parācyas te devāḥ /
ŚBM, 2, 3, 3, 8.3 sa yo haitaṃ mṛtyum anatimucyāthāmuṃ lokam eti yathā haivāsmiṃl loke na saṃyatam ādriyate yadā yadaiva kāmayate 'tha mārayaty evam u haivāmuṣmiṃl loke punaḥ punar eva pramārayati //
ŚBM, 2, 3, 3, 8.3 sa yo haitaṃ mṛtyum anatimucyāthāmuṃ lokam eti yathā haivāsmiṃl loke na saṃyatam ādriyate yadā yadaiva kāmayate 'tha mārayaty evam u haivāmuṣmiṃl loke punaḥ punar eva pramārayati //
ŚBM, 2, 3, 3, 9.2 atha yat prātar anudite dve āhutī juhoti tad etābhyām aparābhyāṃ padbhyām etasmin mṛtyau pratitiṣṭhati /
ŚBM, 2, 3, 3, 14.3 atha yo dakṣiṇata etyāste yathā bahirdhā cared evaṃ tat //
ŚBM, 2, 3, 3, 15.3 athaiṣa eva nāvājo yat kṣīrahotā //
ŚBM, 2, 3, 3, 16.5 atha yo dakṣiṇata etyāste yathā pratīrṇāyām āgacchet sa vihīyeta sa tata eva bahirdhā syād evaṃ tat //
ŚBM, 2, 3, 3, 17.1 atha yām etāṃ samidham abhyādadhāti seṣṭakā /
ŚBM, 2, 3, 3, 17.3 yadā vā iṣṭakopadhīyate 'thāhutir hūyate /
ŚBM, 2, 6, 2, 16.1 athaitān yajamāno 'ñjalau samopya /
ŚBM, 2, 6, 2, 18.1 atha dakṣiṇānbāhūn anvāvartante /
ŚBM, 2, 6, 2, 19.1 atha keśaśmaśrūptvā /
ŚBM, 2, 6, 2, 19.2 samārohyāgnā udavasāyeva hyetena yajate na hi tadavakalpate yaduttaravedāvagnihotraṃ juhuyāt tasmādudavasyati gṛhānitvā nirmathyāgnī paurṇamāsena yajata utsannayajña iva vā eṣa yaccāturmāsyānyathaiṣa kᄆptaḥ pratiṣṭhito yajño yatpaurṇamāsaṃ tat kᄆptenaivaitad yajñenāntataḥ pratitiṣṭhati tasmād udavasyati //
ŚBM, 3, 1, 1, 2.5 atho udakpravaṇam /
ŚBM, 3, 1, 1, 11.1 athāraṇī pāṇau kṛtvā śālām adhyavasyati /
ŚBM, 3, 1, 2, 2.1 athottareṇa śālām pariśrayanti /
ŚBM, 3, 1, 2, 4.2 savyasya vā agre mānuṣe 'thaivaṃ devatrā /
ŚBM, 3, 1, 2, 4.4 kaniṣṭhikayorvā agre mānuṣe 'thaivaṃ devatrā //
ŚBM, 3, 1, 2, 5.2 savyaṃ vā agre mānuṣe 'thaivaṃ devatrā //
ŚBM, 3, 1, 2, 7.1 atha darbhataruṇakam antardadhāty oṣadhe trāyasveti /
ŚBM, 3, 1, 2, 7.4 atha kṣureṇābhinidadhāti svadhite mainaṃ hiṃsīriti /
ŚBM, 3, 1, 2, 9.1 atha nāpitāya kṣuram prayacchati /
ŚBM, 3, 1, 2, 10.1 atha snāti /
ŚBM, 3, 1, 2, 12.1 atha prāṅṅ ivodaṅṅ utkrāmaty ud id ābhyaḥ śucir ā pūta emīti /
ŚBM, 3, 1, 2, 13.1 atha vāsaḥ paridhatte sarvatvāyaiva /
ŚBM, 3, 1, 2, 19.4 atho yadidaṃ snātavasyaṃ nihitam apalpūlanakṛtaṃ bhavati teno hāpi dīkṣeta //
ŚBM, 3, 1, 2, 20.2 adīkṣitasya vā asyaiṣāgre tanūr bhavaty athātra dīkṣātapasoḥ /
ŚBM, 3, 1, 2, 20.8 athātra bhadraṃ /
ŚBM, 3, 1, 2, 21.1 athainaṃ śālām prapādayati /
ŚBM, 3, 1, 3, 7.1 athāgreṇa śālāṃ tiṣṭhannabhyaṅkte /
ŚBM, 3, 1, 3, 8.3 athaitannāhaiva ghṛtaṃ no phāṇṭam /
ŚBM, 3, 1, 3, 10.1 athākṣyāvānakti /
ŚBM, 3, 1, 3, 14.2 savyaṃ vā agre mānuṣe 'thaivaṃ devatrā //
ŚBM, 3, 1, 3, 16.2 athottaraṃ sakṛdyajuṣānakti dvistūṣṇīm /
ŚBM, 3, 1, 3, 18.1 athainaṃ darbhapavitreṇa pāvayati /
ŚBM, 3, 1, 3, 20.1 atho api trīṇi syuḥ /
ŚBM, 3, 1, 3, 21.1 atho api sapta syuḥ /
ŚBM, 3, 1, 3, 24.1 athāśiṣāmārambhaṃ vācayaty ā vo devāsa īmahe vāmam prayatyadhvare ā vo devāsa āśiṣo yajñiyāso havāmaha iti /
ŚBM, 3, 1, 3, 25.1 athāṅgulīrnyacati svāhā yajñam manasa iti dve /
ŚBM, 3, 1, 3, 27.1 atha yatsvāhā svāheti karoti /
ŚBM, 3, 1, 3, 28.1 athainaṃ śālām prapādayati /
ŚBM, 3, 1, 4, 1.9 athaiṣa pratyakṣaṃ yajño yad āhutiḥ /
ŚBM, 3, 1, 4, 2.3 atha yat pañcamaṃ srucā juhoti tadeva pratyakṣamaudgrabhaṇam /
ŚBM, 3, 1, 4, 3.5 atha yadenenāyopayaṃstasmādyūpo nāma //
ŚBM, 3, 1, 4, 6.1 athāto homasyaiva /
ŚBM, 3, 1, 4, 15.1 atha caturthīṃ juhoti /
ŚBM, 3, 1, 4, 16.1 atha yāṃ pañcamīṃ srucā juhoti sā haiva pratyakṣaṃ yajñaḥ /
ŚBM, 3, 1, 4, 17.1 atha yaddhruvāyāmājyam pariśiṣṭam bhavati tajjuhvāmānayati /
ŚBM, 3, 1, 4, 22.6 atha yatsruvamabhipūrayati srucaṃ tadabhipūrayati /
ŚBM, 3, 2, 1, 5.1 atha jaghanena kṛṣṇājine paścāt prāṅ jānvākna upaviśati /
ŚBM, 3, 2, 1, 8.1 atha dakṣiṇena jānunārohati śarmāsi śarma me yaccheti /
ŚBM, 3, 2, 1, 9.2 atha yadagra eva madhya upaviśedya enaṃ tatrānuṣṭhyā hared drapsyati vā pra vā patiṣyatīti tathā haiva syāt /
ŚBM, 3, 2, 1, 10.1 atha mekhalām pariharate /
ŚBM, 3, 2, 1, 15.1 atha nīvim udgūhate somasya nīvir asīti /
ŚBM, 3, 2, 1, 15.2 adīkṣitasya vā asyaiṣāgre nīvirbhavaty athātra dīkṣitasya somasya /
ŚBM, 3, 2, 1, 16.1 atha prorṇute /
ŚBM, 3, 2, 1, 18.1 atha kṛṣṇaviṣāṇāṃ sici badhnīte /
ŚBM, 3, 2, 1, 28.6 atha yadenāmindra āveṣṭyāchinattasmādāveṣṭiteva /
ŚBM, 3, 2, 1, 29.3 atha dakṣiṇām bhruvamuparyupari lalāṭamupaspṛśatīndrasya yonir asīti /
ŚBM, 3, 2, 1, 30.1 athollikhati susasyāḥ kṛṣīs kṛdhīti /
ŚBM, 3, 2, 1, 30.3 yadā vai suṣamam bhavatyathālaṃ yajñāya bhavati /
ŚBM, 3, 2, 1, 31.1 atha na dīkṣitaḥ kāṣṭhena vā nakhena vā kaṇḍūyeta /
ŚBM, 3, 2, 1, 32.1 athāsmai daṇḍam prayacchati /
ŚBM, 3, 2, 1, 37.1 atha yaddīkṣita ṛcaṃ vā yajurvā sāma vābhivyāharaty abhisthiram abhisthiram evaitad yajñamārabhate /
ŚBM, 3, 2, 1, 38.1 atha yadvācaṃ yacchati vāgvai yajño yajñam evaitadātman dhatte /
ŚBM, 3, 2, 1, 38.2 atha yad vācaṃyamo vyāharati tasmād u haiṣa visṛṣṭo yajñaḥ parāṅāvartate /
ŚBM, 3, 2, 1, 39.1 athaika udvadati dīkṣito 'yam brāhmaṇo dīkṣito 'yam brāhmaṇa iti /
ŚBM, 3, 2, 1, 40.1 atha yadbrāhmaṇa ityāha anaddheva vā asyātaḥ purā jānam bhavati /
ŚBM, 3, 2, 1, 40.4 athātrāddhā jāyate yo brahmaṇo yo yajñājjāyate /
ŚBM, 3, 2, 2, 2.5 atha yad enenāyopayaṃs tasmād yūpo nāma //
ŚBM, 3, 2, 2, 8.1 athāgnim abhyāvṛtya vācaṃ visṛjate /
ŚBM, 3, 2, 2, 10.1 athāsmai vrataṃ śrapayanti /
ŚBM, 3, 2, 2, 11.5 atha yad enenāyopayaṃs tasmād yūpo nāma //
ŚBM, 3, 2, 2, 16.1 athāsmai vratam prayacchaty atinīya mānuṣaṃ kālaṃ sāyaṃdugdham apararātre prātardugdham aparāhṇe vyākṛtyā eva /
ŚBM, 3, 2, 2, 17.1 athāsmai vratam pradāsyann apa upasparśayati daivīṃ dhiyam manāmahe sumṛḍīkām abhiṣṭaye varcodhāṃ yajñavāhasaṃ sutīrthā no asad vaśa iti /
ŚBM, 3, 2, 2, 17.2 mānuṣāya vā eṣa purāśanāyāvanenikte 'thātra daivyai dhiye /
ŚBM, 3, 2, 2, 18.1 atha vrataṃ vratayati ye devā manojātā manoyujo dakṣakratavas te no 'vantu te naḥ pāntu tebhyaḥ svāheti /
ŚBM, 3, 2, 2, 19.1 atha vrataṃ vratayitvā nābhim upaspṛśate śvātrāḥ pītā bhavata yūyam āpo asmākam antar udare suśevāḥ tā asmabhyam ayakṣmā anamīvā anāgasaḥ svadantu devīr amṛtā ṛtāvṛdhā iti /
ŚBM, 3, 2, 2, 19.5 athaitad vrataprado mithyākaroti /
ŚBM, 3, 2, 2, 20.1 atha yatra mekṣyan bhavati tat kṛṣṇaviṣāṇayā loṣṭaṃ vā kiṃcid vopahantīyaṃ te yajñiyā tanūr iti /
ŚBM, 3, 2, 2, 20.4 tasyā etad udgṛhyaiva yajñiyāṃ tanūm athāyajñiyaṃ śarīram abhimehaty apo muñcāmi na prajām iti /
ŚBM, 3, 2, 2, 21.1 atha punar loṣṭaṃ nyasyati pṛthivyā saṃbhaveti /
ŚBM, 3, 2, 2, 21.4 tasyā etad udgṛhyaiva yajñiyāṃ tanūm athāyajñiyaṃ śarīram abhyamikṣat /
ŚBM, 3, 2, 2, 22.1 athāgnaye paridāya svapiti /
ŚBM, 3, 2, 2, 23.1 atha yatra suptvā punar nāvadrāsyan bhavati tad vācayati punar manaḥ punar āyur ma āgan punaḥ prāṇaḥ punar ātmā ma āgan punaś cakṣuḥ punaḥ śrotram ma āgann iti /
ŚBM, 3, 2, 2, 24.1 atha yad dīkṣito 'vratyaṃ vā vyāharati krudhyati vā tan mithyākaroti /
ŚBM, 3, 2, 2, 25.1 atha yad dīkṣitāyābhiharanti tasmin vācayati rāsveyat somā bhūyo bhareti /
ŚBM, 3, 2, 2, 27.9 atha parihvālaṃ vācaṃ vadati na mānuṣīm prasṛtām /
ŚBM, 3, 2, 2, 28.5 atha yad enenāyopayaṃs tasmād yūpaḥ //
ŚBM, 3, 2, 3, 5.4 atha yajñaṃ drakṣyatha /
ŚBM, 3, 2, 3, 5.5 atha prajñāsyatheti //
ŚBM, 3, 2, 3, 8.1 athaibhyaḥ pathyā svastiḥ prārocata /
ŚBM, 3, 2, 3, 9.1 athaibhyo 'gniḥ prārocata /
ŚBM, 3, 2, 3, 10.1 athaibhyaḥ somaḥ prārocata /
ŚBM, 3, 2, 3, 11.1 athaibhyaḥ savitā prārocata /
ŚBM, 3, 2, 3, 11.6 atha yasyai devatāyai havir niruptam āsīt tām ayajan //
ŚBM, 3, 2, 4, 1.1 divi vai soma āsīd atheha devāḥ /
ŚBM, 3, 2, 4, 2.4 atha no nāgacchati /
ŚBM, 3, 2, 4, 6.1 atha devā vīṇām eva sṛṣṭvā vādayanto nigāyanto niṣedur iti vai vayaṃ gāsyāma iti tvā pramodayiṣyāmaha iti /
ŚBM, 3, 2, 4, 8.1 atha yad dhruvāyām ājyam pariśiṣṭam bhavati taj juhvāṃ catuṣkṛtvo vigṛhṇāti /
ŚBM, 3, 2, 4, 13.1 atha hiraṇyam apoddharati /
ŚBM, 3, 2, 4, 15.1 athāparaṃ caturgṛhītam ājyaṃ gṛhītvānvārabhasva yajamānety āha /
ŚBM, 3, 2, 4, 16.1 athopaniṣkramyābhimantrayate cid asi manāsīti /
ŚBM, 3, 3, 1, 3.1 atha saptamam padam paryupaviśanti /
ŚBM, 3, 3, 1, 5.1 atha sphyam ādāya parilikhati /
ŚBM, 3, 3, 1, 6.3 atha samullikhya padaṃ sthālyāṃ saṃvapaty asme te bandhur iti /
ŚBM, 3, 3, 1, 7.1 athāpa upaninayati /
ŚBM, 3, 3, 1, 8.1 atha yajamānāya padaṃ prayacchati tve rāya iti /
ŚBM, 3, 3, 1, 9.1 athādhvaryur ātmānam upaspṛśati mā vayaṃ rāyaspoṣeṇa viyauṣmeti /
ŚBM, 3, 3, 1, 10.1 atha patnyai padam pratiparāharanti /
ŚBM, 3, 3, 1, 11.2 athaināṃ somakrayaṇyā saṃkhyāpayati /
ŚBM, 3, 3, 1, 14.2 atha yā rohiṇī sā vārtraghnī yām idaṃ rājā saṃgrāmaṃ jitvodākurute /
ŚBM, 3, 3, 1, 14.3 atha yā rohiṇī śyetākṣī sā pitṛdevatyā yām idam pitṛbhyo ghnanti //
ŚBM, 3, 3, 2, 2.1 athāsyāṃ hiraṇyam badhnīte /
ŚBM, 3, 3, 2, 3.1 atha saṃpreṣyati somopanahanam āhara /
ŚBM, 3, 3, 2, 3.8 atha ya āha yad eva kiṃ ceti yaddhaiva kiṃ ca bhavati /
ŚBM, 3, 3, 2, 5.1 athāgreṇa rājānaṃ vicinvanti /
ŚBM, 3, 3, 2, 6.12 athetya prāṅ upaviśati //
ŚBM, 3, 3, 2, 9.1 atha vāso dviguṇaṃ vā caturguṇaṃ vā prāgdaśaṃ vodagdaśaṃ vopastṛṇāti /
ŚBM, 3, 3, 2, 14.4 atha yatsaha sarvābhirmimīte /
ŚBM, 3, 3, 2, 17.1 atha yad daśa kṛtvo mimīte /
ŚBM, 3, 3, 2, 18.1 atha somopanahanasya samutpāryāntān uṣṇīṣeṇa vigrathnāti prajābhyas tveti /
ŚBM, 3, 3, 2, 19.1 atha madhye 'ṅgulyākāśaṃ karoti prajās tvānuprāṇantv iti /
ŚBM, 3, 3, 2, 19.8 athātaḥ paṇanasyaiva //
ŚBM, 3, 3, 3, 4.4 atha yad adhvaryur eva gor vīryāṇy udācaṣṭe na somasya somavikrayī mahito vai somo devo hi somaḥ /
ŚBM, 3, 3, 3, 4.5 atha tad adhvaryur gām mahayati tasyai paśyan vīryāṇi krīṇād iti /
ŚBM, 3, 3, 3, 5.1 atha yat pañca kṛtvaḥ paṇate /
ŚBM, 3, 3, 3, 6.1 atha hiraṇye vācayati śukraṃ tvā śukreṇa krīṇāmīti /
ŚBM, 3, 3, 3, 7.1 atha somavikrayiṇam abhiprakampayati sagme te gor iti /
ŚBM, 3, 3, 3, 8.1 athājāyām pratīcīnamukhyāṃ vācayati tapasas tanūr asīti /
ŚBM, 3, 3, 3, 10.1 atha rājānam ādatte mitro na ehi sumitradha iti /
ŚBM, 3, 3, 3, 11.1 atha somakrayaṇān anudiśati svāna bhrājāṅghare bambhāre hasta suhasta kṛśānav ete vaḥ somakrayaṇās tān rakṣadhvam mā vo dabhann iti /
ŚBM, 3, 3, 3, 12.1 athātrāporṇute /
ŚBM, 3, 3, 3, 13.1 atha vācayati pari māgne duścaritād bādhasvā mā sucarite bhajeti /
ŚBM, 3, 3, 3, 14.1 atha rājānam ādāyottiṣṭhaty ud āyuṣā svāyuṣodasthām amṛtāṁ anv iti /
ŚBM, 3, 3, 3, 15.1 atha rājānam ādāyārohaṇam abhipraiti prati panthām apadmahi svastigām anehasam yena viśvāḥ pari dviṣo vṛṇakti vindate vasv iti //
ŚBM, 3, 3, 3, 18.1 atha yad apām ante krīṇāti /
ŚBM, 3, 3, 3, 18.4 atha yaddhiraṇyam bhavati saśukram evaitat krīṇāti /
ŚBM, 3, 3, 3, 18.5 atha yad vāso bhavati satvacasam evaitat krīṇāti /
ŚBM, 3, 3, 3, 18.6 atha yad ajā bhavati satapasam evaitat krīṇāti /
ŚBM, 3, 3, 3, 18.7 atha yad dhenur bhavati sāśiram evaitat krīṇāti /
ŚBM, 3, 3, 3, 18.8 atha yan mithunau bhavataḥ samithunam evaitat krīṇāti /
ŚBM, 3, 3, 4, 1.3 athainam āsādayaty adityai sada āsīdeti /
ŚBM, 3, 3, 4, 2.1 athaivam abhipadya vācayaty astabhnād dyāṃ vṛṣabho antarikṣam iti /
ŚBM, 3, 3, 4, 6.1 atha somaparyāṇahanena paryāṇahyati ned enaṃ nāṣṭrā rakṣāṃsi pramṛśān iti /
ŚBM, 3, 3, 4, 8.1 atha yadi dve kṛṣṇājine bhavatas tayor anyatarat pratyānahyati pratīnāhabhājanam /
ŚBM, 3, 3, 4, 8.4 athābhayenānāṣṭreṇa parivahanti //
ŚBM, 3, 3, 4, 11.1 athānaḍvāhāv ājanti /
ŚBM, 3, 3, 4, 12.1 atha yunakty usrāv etaṃ dhūrṣāhāv iti /
ŚBM, 3, 3, 4, 13.1 atha paścāt parikramyāpālambam abhipadyāha somāya krītāyānubrūhīti somāya paryuhyamāṇāyeti vāto yatarathā kāmayeta //
ŚBM, 3, 3, 4, 14.1 atha vācayati bhadro me 'si pracyavasva bhuvaspata iti /
ŚBM, 3, 3, 4, 16.1 atha śarīram evānvavahanti /
ŚBM, 3, 3, 4, 17.1 atha subrahmaṇyām āhvayati /
ŚBM, 3, 3, 4, 21.1 atha pratiprasthātāgreṇa śālām agnīṣomīyeṇa paśunā pratyupatiṣṭhate /
ŚBM, 3, 3, 4, 23.4 yadi kṛṣṇasāraṅgaṃ na vinded atho api lohitasāraṅga syāt //
ŚBM, 3, 3, 4, 25.1 athādhvaryur ārohaṇaṃ vimuñcati /
ŚBM, 3, 3, 4, 26.1 atha catvāro rājāsandīm ādadate /
ŚBM, 3, 3, 4, 26.3 athaitāṃ catvāro yo 'sya sakṛt sarvasyeṣṭe //
ŚBM, 3, 3, 4, 29.2 atha kṛṣṇājinam āstṛṇāti varuṇasya ṛtasadanam asīti /
ŚBM, 3, 3, 4, 29.3 athainam āsādayati varuṇasya ṛtasadanam āsīdeti /
ŚBM, 3, 3, 4, 30.1 athainaṃ śālām prapādayati /
ŚBM, 3, 4, 1, 2.1 atha yasmād ātithyaṃ nāma /
ŚBM, 3, 4, 1, 4.2 atha gṛhṇīyāt /
ŚBM, 3, 4, 1, 5.6 atha yadaiva vimuñcate 'thāsmā udakaṃ haranty athāpacitiṃ kurvanti /
ŚBM, 3, 4, 1, 5.6 atha yadaiva vimuñcate 'thāsmā udakaṃ haranty athāpacitiṃ kurvanti /
ŚBM, 3, 4, 1, 5.6 atha yadaiva vimuñcate 'thāsmā udakaṃ haranty athāpacitiṃ kurvanti /
ŚBM, 3, 4, 1, 6.4 paryuhyamāṇaṃ vai yajamāno 'nvārabhate 'thātra patny ubhayata eva /
ŚBM, 3, 4, 1, 14.1 atha yat pañca kṛtvo gṛhṇāti /
ŚBM, 3, 4, 1, 14.6 atha yad viṣṇave tvā viṣṇave tveti gṛhṇāti viṣṇave hi gṛhṇāti yo yajñāya gṛhṇāti //
ŚBM, 3, 4, 1, 18.3 athotpūyājyaṃ sarvāṇy eva caturgṛhītāny ājyāni gṛhṇāti /
ŚBM, 3, 4, 1, 21.1 atha darbhataruṇake nidadhāti vṛṣaṇau stha iti /
ŚBM, 3, 4, 1, 22.1 athādharāraṇiṃ nidadhāty urvaśyasīti /
ŚBM, 3, 4, 1, 22.2 athottarāraṇyājyavilāpanīm upaspṛśaty āyur asīti /
ŚBM, 3, 4, 1, 22.6 atha yat tasmān mithunād ajāyata tad āyuḥ /
ŚBM, 3, 4, 1, 22.8 athāhāgnaye mathyamānāyānubrūhīti //
ŚBM, 3, 4, 1, 25.1 atha sruveṇopahatyājyam agnim abhijuhoty agnāv agniś carati praviṣṭa ṛṣīṇām putro abhiśastipāvā sa naḥ syonaḥ suyajā yajeha devebhyo havyaṃ sadam aprayucchant svāheti /
ŚBM, 3, 4, 2, 9.2 athaita ājyāny eva gṛhṇānā juṣṭās tanūḥ priyāṇi dhāmāni sārdhaṃ samavadyante /
ŚBM, 3, 4, 2, 10.1 athāto gṛhṇāty evāpataye tvā paripataye gṛhṇāmīti /
ŚBM, 3, 4, 2, 13.1 athātaḥ samavamṛśanty eva /
ŚBM, 3, 4, 2, 15.1 atha yās tad devā juṣṭās tanūḥ priyāṇi dhāmāni sārdhaṃ samavadadire tad indre saṃnyadadhata /
ŚBM, 3, 4, 2, 16.1 atha yās tad devā juṣṭās tanūḥ priyāṇi dhāmāni sārdhaṃ samavadadire tat sārdhaṃ saṃjaghne tat sāmābhavat /
ŚBM, 3, 4, 3, 10.1 athainam ato madantībhir upacaranti /
ŚBM, 3, 4, 3, 11.1 atha madantībhir upaspṛśya rājānam āpyāyayanti /
ŚBM, 3, 4, 3, 12.1 tadāhur yasmā etad āpyāyanaṃ kriyata ātithyaṃ somāya tam evāgra āpyāyayeyur athāvāntaradīkṣām atha tānūnaptrāṇīti /
ŚBM, 3, 4, 3, 12.1 tadāhur yasmā etad āpyāyanaṃ kriyata ātithyaṃ somāya tam evāgra āpyāyayeyur athāvāntaradīkṣām atha tānūnaptrāṇīti /
ŚBM, 3, 4, 3, 12.5 te saṃśamam eva pūrvam upāyann athāvāntaradīkṣām athāpyāyanam //
ŚBM, 3, 4, 3, 12.5 te saṃśamam eva pūrvam upāyann athāvāntaradīkṣām athāpyāyanam //
ŚBM, 3, 4, 3, 14.3 athaita eva saragho madhukṛto yad ṛtvijaḥ /
ŚBM, 3, 4, 3, 15.4 atha yad enenāyopayaṃs tasmād yūpo nāma //
ŚBM, 3, 4, 3, 18.14 atha yad anubrūte tad u tad āha yan medhayeti /
ŚBM, 3, 4, 3, 19.1 atha prastare nihnuvate /
ŚBM, 3, 4, 3, 19.3 athaitad dakṣiṇevānv ity āpyāyayanti /
ŚBM, 3, 4, 3, 22.1 athāha samullupya prastaram agnīn madanty āpā3 iti /
ŚBM, 3, 4, 3, 22.6 atha yad uparyupary agnim atiharati tad evāsyānuprahṛtabhājanaṃ bhavati /
ŚBM, 3, 4, 4, 1.2 tasmād yadi pravargyavān bhavati pravargyeṇa pracaryāthopasadbhiḥ pracaranti /
ŚBM, 3, 4, 4, 7.2 atho itarathāhuś catur eva kṛtvo juhvāṃ gṛhṇīyād aṣṭau kṛtva upabhṛtīti //
ŚBM, 3, 4, 4, 10.1 athāśrāvya na hotāram pravṛṇīte /
ŚBM, 3, 4, 4, 12.1 athāha somāyānubrūhīti /
ŚBM, 3, 4, 4, 13.1 atha yad upabhṛty ājyam bhavati tat samānayamāna āha viṣṇave 'nubrūhīti /
ŚBM, 3, 4, 4, 14.2 atha yad etā devatā yajati vajram evaitat saṃskaroty agnim anīkaṃ somaṃ śalyaṃ viṣṇuṃ kulmalam //
ŚBM, 3, 4, 4, 15.4 atha yad antareṇa tad viṣṇuḥ /
ŚBM, 3, 4, 4, 21.3 atha yad aparāhṇe pracarati sujitam asad iti /
ŚBM, 3, 4, 4, 21.4 atha yaj juhotīdaṃ vai puraṃ yudhyanti /
ŚBM, 3, 4, 4, 22.2 atha yat saṃtiṣṭhate taj jayati /
ŚBM, 3, 4, 4, 22.3 atha yaj juhoti svām evaitat satīm prapadyate //
ŚBM, 3, 4, 4, 24.1 atha juhoti yayā dvir ekasyāhnaḥ pracariṣyan bhavati yā te agne rajaḥśayā tanūr varṣiṣṭhā gahvareṣṭhā ugraṃ vaco apāvadhīt tveṣaṃ vaco apāvadhīt svāheti /
ŚBM, 3, 4, 4, 25.1 atha juhoti yayā dvir ekasyāhnaḥ pracariṣyan bhavati yā te agne hariśayā tanūr varṣiṣṭhā ugraṃ vaco apāvadhīt tveṣaṃ vaco apāvadhīt svāheti /
ŚBM, 3, 4, 4, 26.1 athāto vratopasadām eva /
ŚBM, 3, 4, 4, 26.3 sa yāsām ekam prathamāhaṃ dogdhy atha dvāv atha trīṃs tāḥ paraurvīḥ /
ŚBM, 3, 4, 4, 26.3 sa yāsām ekam prathamāhaṃ dogdhy atha dvāv atha trīṃs tāḥ paraurvīḥ /
ŚBM, 3, 4, 4, 26.4 atha yāsāṃ trīn prathamāhaṃ dogdhy atha dvāv athaikaṃ tāḥ paro'hvīḥ /
ŚBM, 3, 4, 4, 26.4 atha yāsāṃ trīn prathamāhaṃ dogdhy atha dvāv athaikaṃ tāḥ paro'hvīḥ /
ŚBM, 3, 4, 4, 26.4 atha yāsāṃ trīn prathamāhaṃ dogdhy atha dvāv athaikaṃ tāḥ paro'hvīḥ /
ŚBM, 3, 5, 1, 7.1 atha yat triṃśadvikramā paścād bhavati /
ŚBM, 3, 5, 1, 8.1 atho api trayastriṃśat syuḥ /
ŚBM, 3, 5, 1, 9.1 atha yat ṣaṭtriṃśadvikramā prācī bhavati /
ŚBM, 3, 5, 1, 10.1 atha yac caturviṃśativikramā purastād bhavati /
ŚBM, 3, 5, 1, 11.1 atha yat paścādvarīyasī bhavati /
ŚBM, 3, 5, 1, 12.2 atha yad enām uttarāṃ veder upakirati tasmād uttaravedir nāma //
ŚBM, 3, 5, 1, 15.5 atha vayam adyasutyām eva tubhyam prabrūmo 'ṅgirobhyaś ca /
ŚBM, 3, 5, 1, 19.1 athaibhyaḥ sūryaṃ dakṣiṇām ānayan /
ŚBM, 3, 5, 1, 22.3 atha haiṣā devān uvāca yām mayā kāṃ cāśiṣam āśāsiṣyadhve sā vaḥ sarvā samardhiṣyata iti /
ŚBM, 3, 5, 1, 23.3 atha yad uttaravedim upakirati yajñasyaiva sarvatvāya /
ŚBM, 3, 5, 1, 26.1 atha śamyāṃ ca sphyaṃ cādatte /
ŚBM, 3, 5, 1, 28.1 atha purastād udīcīṃ śamyāṃ nidadhāti /
ŚBM, 3, 5, 1, 29.1 athānuvedyantaṃ prācīṃ śamyāṃ nidadhāti /
ŚBM, 3, 5, 1, 30.1 athottarataḥ prācīṃ śamyāṃ nidadhāti /
ŚBM, 3, 5, 1, 31.1 atha harati /
ŚBM, 3, 5, 1, 33.1 athānuvyūhati siṃhy asi sapatnasāhī devebhyaḥ kalpasveti /
ŚBM, 3, 5, 1, 36.2 atha sikatābhir anuvikirati /
ŚBM, 3, 5, 1, 36.10 athaināṃ chādayati /
ŚBM, 3, 5, 2, 1.5 athotpūyājyam pañcagṛhītaṃ gṛhṇīte yadā pradīpta idhmo bhavati //
ŚBM, 3, 5, 2, 2.1 athodyacchantīdhmam /
ŚBM, 3, 5, 2, 2.3 athāhāgnaye prahriyamāṇāyānubrūhy ekasphyayānūdehīti /
ŚBM, 3, 5, 2, 5.1 atha paścāt prokṣati pracetās tvā rudraiḥ paścāt pātv iti /
ŚBM, 3, 5, 2, 6.1 atha dakṣiṇataḥ prokṣati manojavās tvā pitṛbhir dakṣiṇataḥ pātv iti /
ŚBM, 3, 5, 2, 7.1 athottarataḥ prokṣati viśvakarmā tvādityair uttarataḥ pātv iti /
ŚBM, 3, 5, 2, 8.1 atha yāḥ prokṣaṇyaḥ pariśiṣyante tad ye ete pūrve sraktī tayor yā dakṣiṇā tā nyantena bahirvedi ninayatīdam ahaṃ taptaṃ vār bahirdhā yajñān niḥsṛjāmīti /
ŚBM, 3, 5, 2, 10.2 atha yaiṣām madhye nābhikeva bhavati tasyai ye pūrve sraktī tayor yā dakṣiṇā //
ŚBM, 3, 5, 2, 11.2 athāparayor uttarasyāṃ siṃhy asy ādityavaniḥ svāheti /
ŚBM, 3, 5, 2, 11.3 athāparayor dakṣiṇasyāṃ siṃhy asi brahmavaniḥ kṣatravaniḥ svāheti /
ŚBM, 3, 5, 2, 12.1 atha pūrvayor uttarasyāṃ siṃhy asi suprajāvanī rāyaspoṣavaniḥ svāheti /
ŚBM, 3, 5, 2, 13.1 atha madhya āghārayati siṃhy asy āvaha devān yajamānāya svāheti /
ŚBM, 3, 5, 2, 13.3 atha srucam udyacchati bhūtebhyas tveti /
ŚBM, 3, 5, 2, 14.1 atha paridhīn paridadhāti dhruvo 'si pṛthivīṃ dṛṃheti madhyamaṃ dhruvakṣid asy antarikṣaṃ dṛṃheti dakṣiṇam acyutakṣid asi divaṃ dṛṃhety uttaram /
ŚBM, 3, 5, 2, 18.1 atha yad vṛṣṇe stukā bhavati /
ŚBM, 3, 5, 3, 2.3 atha yad asmint somo bhavati havir vai devānāṃ somas tasmāddhavirdhānaṃ nāma //
ŚBM, 3, 5, 3, 5.4 atha yad asmin viśve devā asīdaṃs tasmāt sado nāma /
ŚBM, 3, 5, 3, 6.1 atha yāv etau jaghanenāgnī pādāv evāsyaitau /
ŚBM, 3, 5, 3, 10.1 atha punaḥ prapadya caturgṛhītam ājyaṃ gṛhītvā sāvitram prasavāya juhoti /
ŚBM, 3, 5, 3, 13.1 athāparaṃ caturgṛhītam ājyaṃ gṛhītvopaniṣkrāmati /
ŚBM, 3, 5, 3, 16.1 atha yat patny akṣasya saṃtāpam upānakti prajananam evaitat kriyate /
ŚBM, 3, 5, 3, 16.2 yadā vai striyai ca puṃsaś ca saṃtapyate 'tha retaḥ sicyate /
ŚBM, 3, 5, 3, 16.6 athāha havirdhānābhyām pravartyamānābhyām anubrūhīti //
ŚBM, 3, 5, 3, 17.1 atha vācayati prācī pretam adhvaraṃ kalpayantī iti /
ŚBM, 3, 5, 3, 21.1 athottareṇa paryetyādhvaryur dakṣiṇaṃ havirdhānam upastabhnāti viṣṇor nu kaṃ vīryāṇi pravocaṃ yaḥ pārthivāni vimame rajāṃsi yo askabhāyad uttaraṃ sadhasthaṃ vicakramāṇas tredhorugāyo viṣṇave tveti /
ŚBM, 3, 5, 3, 22.1 atha pratiprasthātottaraṃ havirdhānam upastabhnāti divo vā viṣṇa uta vā pṛthivyā maho vā viṣṇa uror antarikṣāt /
ŚBM, 3, 5, 3, 23.1 atha madhyamaṃ chadir upaspṛśya vācayati pra tad viṣṇu stavate vīryeṇa mṛgo na bhīmaḥ kucaro giriṣṭhāḥ yasyoruṣu triṣu vikramaṇeṣv adhikṣiyanti bhuvanāni viśveti /
ŚBM, 3, 5, 3, 24.1 atha rarāṭyām upaspṛśya vācayati viṣṇo rarāṭam asīti /
ŚBM, 3, 5, 3, 24.3 athocchrāyyā upaspṛśya vācayati viṣṇoḥ śnaptre stha iti /
ŚBM, 3, 5, 3, 24.5 atha yad idam paścāc chadir bhavatīdaṃ haivāsyaitacchīrṣakapālaṃ yad idam paścāt //
ŚBM, 3, 5, 3, 25.1 atha laspūjanyā spandyayā prasīvyati viṣṇoḥ syūr asīti /
ŚBM, 3, 5, 3, 25.2 atha granthiṃ karoti viṣṇor dhruvo 'sīti ned vyavapadyātā iti /
ŚBM, 3, 5, 4, 3.3 yadā vai kṛtyām utkhananty atha sālasā moghā bhavati /
ŚBM, 3, 5, 4, 6.1 tad yāv etau pūrvau tayor dakṣiṇam evāgre parilikhed athāparayor uttaram athāparayor dakṣiṇam atha pūrvayor uttaram //
ŚBM, 3, 5, 4, 6.1 tad yāv etau pūrvau tayor dakṣiṇam evāgre parilikhed athāparayor uttaram athāparayor dakṣiṇam atha pūrvayor uttaram //
ŚBM, 3, 5, 4, 6.1 tad yāv etau pūrvau tayor dakṣiṇam evāgre parilikhed athāparayor uttaram athāparayor dakṣiṇam atha pūrvayor uttaram //
ŚBM, 3, 5, 4, 7.1 atho itarathāhur aparayor evāgra uttaram parilikhed atha pūrvayor dakṣiṇam athāparayor dakṣiṇam atha pūrvayor uttaram iti /
ŚBM, 3, 5, 4, 7.1 atho itarathāhur aparayor evāgra uttaram parilikhed atha pūrvayor dakṣiṇam athāparayor dakṣiṇam atha pūrvayor uttaram iti /
ŚBM, 3, 5, 4, 7.1 atho itarathāhur aparayor evāgra uttaram parilikhed atha pūrvayor dakṣiṇam athāparayor dakṣiṇam atha pūrvayor uttaram iti /
ŚBM, 3, 5, 4, 7.1 atho itarathāhur aparayor evāgra uttaram parilikhed atha pūrvayor dakṣiṇam athāparayor dakṣiṇam atha pūrvayor uttaram iti /
ŚBM, 3, 5, 4, 7.2 atho api samīca eva parilikhet /
ŚBM, 3, 5, 4, 16.1 athādhvaryuś ca yajamānaś ca saṃmṛśete /
ŚBM, 3, 5, 4, 17.1 athāparayor dakṣiṇe 'dhvaryur bhavati pūrvayor uttare yajamānaḥ /
ŚBM, 3, 5, 4, 17.7 atha yat pṛṣṭo bhadram iti pratyāha kalyāṇam evaitan mānuṣyai vāco vadati /
ŚBM, 3, 5, 4, 17.9 atha prokṣati /
ŚBM, 3, 5, 4, 19.1 atha yāḥ prokṣaṇyaḥ pariśiṣyante tā avaṭeṣv avanayati /
ŚBM, 3, 5, 4, 20.2 atha barhīṃṣi prācīnāgrāṇi codīcīnāgrāṇi cāvastṛṇāti /
ŚBM, 3, 5, 4, 21.2 atha barhīṃṣi tanūnīvopariṣṭāt pracchādayati /
ŚBM, 3, 5, 4, 22.1 athādhiṣavaṇe phalake upadadhāti rakṣohaṇau vāṃ valagahanā upadadhāmi vaiṣṇavī iti /
ŚBM, 3, 5, 4, 22.3 atha paryūhati rakṣohaṇau vāṃ valagahanau paryūhāmi vaiṣṇavī iti /
ŚBM, 3, 5, 4, 23.1 athādhiṣavaṇam parikṛttam bhavati sarvarohitam /
ŚBM, 3, 5, 4, 24.1 atha grāvṇa upāvaharati /
ŚBM, 3, 6, 1, 1.4 atha yad asmin viśve devā asīdaṃs tasmāt sado nāma /
ŚBM, 3, 6, 1, 3.1 atha ya eṣa madhyamaḥ śaṅkur bhavati veder jaghanārdhe tasmāt prāṅ prakrāmati ṣaḍ vikramān /
ŚBM, 3, 6, 1, 5.1 athāvaṭam parilikhatīdam ahaṃ rakṣasāṃ grīvā apikṛntāmīti /
ŚBM, 3, 6, 1, 6.1 atha khanati /
ŚBM, 3, 6, 1, 7.1 atha yavamatyaḥ prokṣaṇyo bhavanti /
ŚBM, 3, 6, 1, 7.6 yadaivobhayyaḥ saṃsṛṣṭā bhavanty athaiva dhinvanti /
ŚBM, 3, 6, 1, 11.3 atha prokṣati /
ŚBM, 3, 6, 1, 13.1 atha yāḥ prokṣaṇyaḥ pariśiṣyante tā avaṭe 'vanayati śundhantāṃ lokāḥ pitṛṣadanā iti /
ŚBM, 3, 6, 1, 14.1 atha barhīṃṣi prācīnāgrāṇi codīcīnāgrāṇi cāvastṛṇāti pitṛṣadanam asīti /
ŚBM, 3, 6, 1, 16.1 atha minoti dyutānas tvā māruto minotv iti /
ŚBM, 3, 6, 1, 17.1 atha paryūhati brahmavani tvā kṣatravani rāyaspoṣavani paryūhāmīti /
ŚBM, 3, 6, 1, 18.1 atha paryṛṣati brahma dṛṃha kṣatraṃ dṛṃhāyur dṛṃha prajāṃ dṛṃheti /
ŚBM, 3, 6, 1, 18.5 athaivaṃ devatrā /
ŚBM, 3, 6, 1, 19.1 athāpa upaninayati /
ŚBM, 3, 6, 1, 20.1 athaivam abhipadya vācayati dhruvāsi dhruvo 'yaṃ yajamāno 'sminn āyatane prajayā bhūyād iti /
ŚBM, 3, 6, 1, 21.1 atha sruveṇopahatyājyaṃ viṣṭapam abhi juhoti ghṛtena dyāvāpṛthivī pūryethām iti /
ŚBM, 3, 6, 1, 22.1 atha chadir adhinidadhātīndrasya chadir asīti /
ŚBM, 3, 6, 1, 23.6 athaite miśre yad āgnīdhraṃ ca sadaś ca /
ŚBM, 3, 6, 1, 25.1 atha laspūjanyā spandyayā prasīvyatīndrasya syūr asīti /
ŚBM, 3, 6, 1, 25.2 atha granthiṃ karotīndrasya dhruvo 'sīti /
ŚBM, 3, 6, 1, 26.1 atha havirdhānayor jaghanārdhaṃ samanvīkṣyottareṇāgnīdhram minoti /
ŚBM, 3, 6, 1, 26.3 atho api bhūyo 'rdhād antarvedi syāt kanīyo bahirvedi /
ŚBM, 3, 6, 1, 26.4 atho api sarvam evāntarvedi syāt /
ŚBM, 3, 6, 2, 2.1 divi vai soma āsīd atheha devāḥ /
ŚBM, 3, 6, 2, 4.4 taṃ hīty atha ha kadrūr uvāca /
ŚBM, 3, 6, 2, 5.7 atha yat kadrūr uvāca tasya vālo nyaṣañji /
ŚBM, 3, 6, 2, 11.1 atha dvitīyāṃ kuśīm ācicheda /
ŚBM, 3, 6, 2, 19.3 athainān abruvaṃs tṛtīyasavane vo ghṛtyāhutiḥ prāpsyati na saumyā /
ŚBM, 3, 6, 2, 20.1 atha yad agnau hoṣyanti tad vo viṣyatīti /
ŚBM, 3, 6, 2, 20.3 atha yad vaḥ somam bibhrata uparyupari cariṣyanti tad vo viṣyatīti /
ŚBM, 3, 6, 2, 21.2 atha ye sadasi te paścāt //
ŚBM, 3, 6, 2, 23.2 atha yān anudiśanti tenāmuṣmiṃl loke pratyakṣam bhavanti //
ŚBM, 3, 6, 2, 24.5 tair arādhnuvan yān apahṛtasomapīthānt sato 'tha yajña ābhajan /
ŚBM, 3, 6, 2, 25.3 atha yat sadasi bhakṣayanti tan manuṣyeṣu juhoti /
ŚBM, 3, 6, 2, 25.5 atha yaddhavirdhānayor nārāśaṃsāḥ sīdanti tat pitṛṣu juhoti /
ŚBM, 3, 6, 3, 3.4 idam eva prathamena padena paspārāthedam antarikṣaṃ dvitīyena divam uttamena /
ŚBM, 3, 6, 3, 4.5 atha somakrayaṇyai padaṃ jaghanena gārhapatyam parikirati /
ŚBM, 3, 6, 3, 6.3 athotpūyājyaṃ caturgṛhīte juhvāṃ copabhṛti ca gṛhṇāti pañcagṛhītam pṛṣadājyaṃ jyotir asi viśvarūpaṃ viśveṣāṃ devānāṃ samid iti /
ŚBM, 3, 6, 3, 7.1 atha juhoti tvaṃ soma tanūkṛdbhyo dveṣobhyo 'nyakṛtebhya uru yantāsi varūthaṃ svāheti /
ŚBM, 3, 6, 3, 8.1 athāptave dvitīyām āhutiṃ juhoti juṣāṇo aptur ājyasya vetu svāheti /
ŚBM, 3, 6, 3, 9.3 athāhāgnaye prahriyamāṇāyānubrūhi somāya praṇīyamānāyeti vā /
ŚBM, 3, 6, 3, 11.4 athābhayenānāṣṭreṇa haranti /
ŚBM, 3, 6, 3, 13.2 athetaram ādāyāyanti /
ŚBM, 3, 6, 3, 14.2 sa idhmam evāgre prokṣaty atha vedim /
ŚBM, 3, 6, 3, 14.3 athāsmai barhiḥ prayacchanti /
ŚBM, 3, 6, 3, 15.1 atha juhoty uru viṣṇo vikramasvoru kṣayāya nas kṛdhi ghṛtaṃ ghṛtayone piba prapra yajñapatiṃ tira svāheti /
ŚBM, 3, 6, 3, 17.1 athāsādya sruco 'pa upaspṛśya rājānam prapādayati /
ŚBM, 3, 6, 3, 19.1 athānusṛjyopatiṣṭhata etat tvaṃ deva soma devo devān upāgā idam aham manuṣyānt saha rāyaspoṣeṇeti /
ŚBM, 3, 6, 3, 20.1 athopaniṣkrāmati svāhā nir varuṇasya pāśān mucya iti /
ŚBM, 3, 6, 3, 21.1 athety āhavanīye samidham abhyādadhāty agne vratapās tve vratapā iti /
ŚBM, 3, 6, 3, 21.11 atha yat purā nāśnanti yathā haviṣo hutasya nāśnīyād evaṃ tat /
ŚBM, 3, 6, 3, 21.13 athātrāṅgulīr visṛjate //
ŚBM, 3, 6, 4, 9.1 atha sruveṇopaspṛśati viṣṇave tveti /
ŚBM, 3, 6, 4, 10.1 atha darbhataruṇakam antardadhāty oṣadhe trāyasveti /
ŚBM, 3, 6, 4, 10.4 atha paraśunā praharati svadhite mainaṃ hiṃsīr iti /
ŚBM, 3, 6, 4, 12.3 atho udañcam /
ŚBM, 3, 6, 4, 12.5 atho pratyañcam /
ŚBM, 3, 6, 4, 15.1 athāvraścanam abhijuhoti ned ato nāṣṭrā rakṣāṃsy anūttiṣṭhān iti /
ŚBM, 3, 6, 4, 15.5 atho reto vā ājyam /
ŚBM, 3, 7, 1, 2.1 athāvaṭam parilikhati /
ŚBM, 3, 7, 1, 3.1 atha khanati /
ŚBM, 3, 7, 1, 3.2 prāñcam utkaramutkiraty upareṇa saṃmāyāvaṭaṃ khanati tadagreṇa prāñcaṃ yūpaṃ nidadhāty etāvanmātrāṇi barhīṃṣyupariṣṭād adhinidadhāti tad evopariṣṭād yūpaśakalamadhinidadhāti purastāt pārśvataś caṣālam upanidadhāty atha yavamatyaḥ prokṣaṇyo bhavanti so 'sāveva bandhuḥ //
ŚBM, 3, 7, 1, 4.2 yavo 'si yavayāsmaddveṣo yavayārātīriti nātra tirohitam ivāsty atha prokṣaty eko vai prokṣaṇasya bandhur medhyam evaitatkaroti //
ŚBM, 3, 7, 1, 6.1 atha yāḥ prokṣaṇyaḥ pariśiṣyante /
ŚBM, 3, 7, 1, 7.1 atha barhīṃṣi /
ŚBM, 3, 7, 1, 8.1 atha yūpaśakalam prāsyati /
ŚBM, 3, 7, 1, 8.2 tejo ha vā etadvanaspatīnāṃ yad bāhyāśakalas tasmād yadā bāhyāśakalam apatakṣṇuvanty atha śuṣyanti tejo hyeṣāmetat tad yad yūpaśakalam prāsyati satejasam minavānīti tadyadeṣa eva bhavati nānya eṣa hi yajuṣkṛto medhyas tasmād yūpaśakalam prāsyati //
ŚBM, 3, 7, 1, 10.1 atha sruveṇopahatyājyam /
ŚBM, 3, 7, 1, 10.2 avaṭam abhijuhoti nedadhastānnāṣṭrā rakṣāṃsyupottiṣṭhāniti vajro vā ājyaṃ tadvajreṇaivaitannāṣṭrā rakṣāṃsyavabādhate tathādhastānnāṣṭrā rakṣāṃsi nopottiṣṭhanty atha purastātparītyodaṅṅāsīno yūpamanakti sa āha yūpāyājyamānāyānubrūhīti //
ŚBM, 3, 7, 1, 12.1 atha caṣālamubhayataḥ pratyajya pratimuñcati /
ŚBM, 3, 7, 1, 13.2 yajamāno vā agniṣṭhā rasa ājyaṃ rasenaivaitadyajamānamanakti tasmād āntam agniṣṭhāmanakty atha parivyayaṇam pratisamantam parimṛśaty athāhocchrīyamāṇāyānubrūhīti //
ŚBM, 3, 7, 1, 13.2 yajamāno vā agniṣṭhā rasa ājyaṃ rasenaivaitadyajamānamanakti tasmād āntam agniṣṭhāmanakty atha parivyayaṇam pratisamantam parimṛśaty athāhocchrīyamāṇāyānubrūhīti //
ŚBM, 3, 7, 1, 15.1 atha minoti /
ŚBM, 3, 7, 1, 16.2 yajamāno vā agniṣṭhāgnir u vai yajñaḥ sa yadagneragniṣṭhāṃ hvalayeddhvaleddha yajñād yajamānas tasmāt sampratyagnimagniṣṭhām minoty atha paryūhatyatha paryṛṣaty athāpa upaninayati //
ŚBM, 3, 7, 1, 16.2 yajamāno vā agniṣṭhāgnir u vai yajñaḥ sa yadagneragniṣṭhāṃ hvalayeddhvaleddha yajñād yajamānas tasmāt sampratyagnimagniṣṭhām minoty atha paryūhatyatha paryṛṣaty athāpa upaninayati //
ŚBM, 3, 7, 1, 16.2 yajamāno vā agniṣṭhāgnir u vai yajñaḥ sa yadagneragniṣṭhāṃ hvalayeddhvaleddha yajñād yajamānas tasmāt sampratyagnimagniṣṭhām minoty atha paryūhatyatha paryṛṣaty athāpa upaninayati //
ŚBM, 3, 7, 1, 17.1 athaivam abhipadya vācayati /
ŚBM, 3, 7, 1, 18.1 atha caṣālam udīkṣate /
ŚBM, 3, 7, 1, 19.1 atha parivyayati /
ŚBM, 3, 7, 1, 22.1 atha yūpaśakalamavagūhati /
ŚBM, 3, 7, 1, 22.2 divaḥ sūnurasīti prajā haivāsyaiṣā tasmādyadi yūpaikādaśinī syāt svaṃ svamevāvagūhed aviparyāsaṃ tasya haiṣāmugdhānuvratā prajā jāyate 'tha yo viparyāsamavagūhati na svaṃ svaṃ tasya haiṣā mugdhānanuvratā prajā jāyate tasmād u svaṃ svamevāvagūhed aviparyāsam //
ŚBM, 3, 7, 1, 24.1 atha yasmāt svarur nāma /
ŚBM, 3, 7, 1, 25.2 tena pitṛlokaṃ jayaty atha yadūrdhvaṃ nikhātād ā raśanāyai tena manuṣyalokaṃ jayatyatha yadūrdhvaṃ raśanāyā ā caṣālāttena devalokaṃ jayatyatha yadūrdhvaṃ caṣālāddvyaṅgulaṃ vā tryaṅgulaṃ vā sādhyā iti devāstena teṣāṃ lokaṃ jayati saloko vai sādhyairdevairbhavati ya evametadveda //
ŚBM, 3, 7, 1, 25.2 tena pitṛlokaṃ jayaty atha yadūrdhvaṃ nikhātād ā raśanāyai tena manuṣyalokaṃ jayatyatha yadūrdhvaṃ raśanāyā ā caṣālāttena devalokaṃ jayatyatha yadūrdhvaṃ caṣālāddvyaṅgulaṃ vā tryaṅgulaṃ vā sādhyā iti devāstena teṣāṃ lokaṃ jayati saloko vai sādhyairdevairbhavati ya evametadveda //
ŚBM, 3, 7, 1, 25.2 tena pitṛlokaṃ jayaty atha yadūrdhvaṃ nikhātād ā raśanāyai tena manuṣyalokaṃ jayatyatha yadūrdhvaṃ raśanāyā ā caṣālāttena devalokaṃ jayatyatha yadūrdhvaṃ caṣālāddvyaṅgulaṃ vā tryaṅgulaṃ vā sādhyā iti devāstena teṣāṃ lokaṃ jayati saloko vai sādhyairdevairbhavati ya evametadveda //
ŚBM, 3, 7, 1, 27.2 imāṃ jitiṃ jigyuryaiṣāmiyaṃ jitis te hocuḥ kathaṃ na idam manuṣyair anabhyārohyaṃ syāditi te yajñasya rasaṃ dhītvā yathā madhu madhukṛto nirdhayeyur viduhya yajñaṃ yūpena yopayitvā tiro 'bhavann atha yadenenāyopayaṃstasmādyūpo nāma purastādvai prajñā purastānmanojavas tasmātpūrvārdhe minoti //
ŚBM, 3, 7, 2, 2.2 te 'surarakṣasebhya āsaṅgād bibhayāṃcakrus tad ya eta ucchritā yatheṣurastā tayā vai stṛṇute vā na vā stṛṇute yathā daṇḍaḥ prahṛtastena vai stṛṇute vā na vā stṛṇute 'tha ya eṣa dvādaśa upaśayo bhavati yatheṣur āyatānastā yathodyatam aprahṛtam evameṣa vajra udyato dakṣiṇato nāṣṭrāṇāṃ rakṣasām apahatyai tasmād dvādaśa upaśayo bhavati //
ŚBM, 3, 7, 2, 5.2 tamevāgra ucchrayed atha dakṣiṇamathottaraṃ dakṣiṇārdhyamuttamaṃ tathodīcī bhavati //
ŚBM, 3, 7, 2, 5.2 tamevāgra ucchrayed atha dakṣiṇamathottaraṃ dakṣiṇārdhyamuttamaṃ tathodīcī bhavati //
ŚBM, 3, 7, 2, 6.1 atho itarathāhuḥ /
ŚBM, 3, 7, 2, 6.2 dakṣiṇamevāgre 'gniṣṭhāducchrayed athottaram atha dakṣiṇam uttarārdhyamuttamaṃ tatho hāsyodageva karmānusaṃtiṣṭhata iti //
ŚBM, 3, 7, 2, 6.2 dakṣiṇamevāgre 'gniṣṭhāducchrayed athottaram atha dakṣiṇam uttarārdhyamuttamaṃ tatho hāsyodageva karmānusaṃtiṣṭhata iti //
ŚBM, 3, 7, 2, 7.2 atha hrasīyānatha hrasīyānuttarārdhyo hrasiṣṭhas tathodīcī bhavati //
ŚBM, 3, 7, 2, 7.2 atha hrasīyānatha hrasīyānuttarārdhyo hrasiṣṭhas tathodīcī bhavati //
ŚBM, 3, 7, 2, 8.1 atha patnībhyaḥ patnīyūpam ucchrayanti /
ŚBM, 3, 7, 3, 3.1 athopākṛtya paśum /
ŚBM, 3, 7, 3, 8.1 atha tṛṇamādāyopākaroti /
ŚBM, 3, 7, 3, 13.2 revanto hi paśavas tasmād āha revatī ramadhvamiti bṛhaspate dhārayā vasūnīti brahma vai bṛhaspatiḥ paśavo vasu tānetaddevā atiṣṭhamānān brahmaṇaiva parastāt paryadadhus tan nātyāyaṃs tatho evaināneṣa etad brahmaṇaiva parastāt paridadhāti tan nātiyanti tasmād āha bṛhaspate dhārayā vasūnīti pāśaṃ kṛtvā pratimuñcaty athāto niyojanasyaiva //
ŚBM, 3, 7, 4, 2.2 na vā etamagre manuṣyo 'dhṛṣṇot sa yad evartasya pāśenaitaddevahaviḥ pratimuñcaty athainam manuṣyo dhṛṣṇoti tasmād āha dharṣā mānuṣa iti //
ŚBM, 3, 7, 4, 3.1 atha niyunakti /
ŚBM, 3, 7, 4, 3.2 devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyām pūṣṇo hastābhyām agnīṣomābhyāṃ juṣṭaṃ niyunajmīti tad yathaivādo devatāyai havir gṛhṇann ādiśaty evam evaitaddevatābhyām ādiśaty atha prokṣaty eko vai prokṣaṇasya bandhur medhyam evaitatkaroti //
ŚBM, 3, 7, 4, 4.2 adbhyas tvauṣadhībhya iti tad yata eva sambhavati tata evaitan medhyaṃ karotīdaṃ hi yadā varṣaty athauṣadhayo jāyanta oṣadhīr jagdhvāpaḥ pītvā tata eṣa rasaḥ sambhavati rasād reto retasaḥ paśavas tad yata eva sambhavati yataśca jāyate tata evaitan medhyaṃ karoti //
ŚBM, 3, 7, 4, 6.1 athopagṛhṇāti /
ŚBM, 3, 7, 4, 6.2 apām perurasīti tad enam antarato medhyaṃ karoty athādhastād upokṣaty āpo devīḥ svadantu svāttaṃ cit sad devahaviriti tadenaṃ sarvato medhyaṃ karoti //
ŚBM, 3, 7, 4, 7.1 athāhāgnaye samidhyamānāyānubrūhīti /
ŚBM, 3, 7, 4, 9.2 prāṇo vātam apipadyate tat prāpnuhi yat te prāṇo vātam apipadyātā ityevaitad āha samaṅgāni yajatrair ity aṅgair vā asya yajante tat prāpnuhi yat te 'ṅgair yajāntā ity evaitad āha sa yajñapatirāśiṣeti yajamānasya vā etenāśiṣamāśāste tat prāpnuhi yat tvayā yajamānāyāśiṣam āśāsāntā ityevaitad āha sādayati srucāvatha pravarāyāśrāvayati so 'sāveva bandhuḥ //
ŚBM, 3, 7, 4, 10.1 atha dvitīyamāśrāvayati /
ŚBM, 3, 7, 4, 11.2 rādhāṃsyeva saṃpṛñcāthām nāpi tanūr ity evaitadāha tau ha yat tanūrapi saṃpṛñcīyātām prāgniryajamānaṃ dahet sa yadagnau juhoti tad eṣo 'gnaye prayacchaty atha yāmevātrartvijo yajamānāyāśiṣamāśāsate tām asmai sarvām agniḥ samardhayati tad rādhāṃsyeva saṃpṛñcāte nāpi tanūs tasmād āha rādhāṃsīt saṃpṛñcānāv asaṃpṛñcānau tanva iti //
ŚBM, 3, 8, 1, 2.1 athāprībhiś caranti /
ŚBM, 3, 8, 1, 5.1 atha yūpaśakalamādatte /
ŚBM, 3, 8, 1, 6.1 athāha paryagnaye 'nubrūhīti /
ŚBM, 3, 8, 1, 7.2 punar etad ulmukaṃ hared athātrānyam evāgniṃ nirmathya tasminnenaṃ śrapayeyur āhavanīyo vā eṣa na vā eṣa tasmai yad asminn aśṛtaṃ śrapayeyus tasmai vā eṣa yad asmiñchṛtaṃ juhuyuriti //
ŚBM, 3, 8, 1, 9.1 atholmukam ādāyāgnīt purastāt pratipadyate /
ŚBM, 3, 8, 1, 9.2 agnimevaitat purastāt karoty agniḥ purastān nāṣṭrā rakṣāṃsyapaghnann ety athābhayenānāṣṭreṇa paśuṃ nayanti taṃ vapāśrapaṇībhyām pratiprasthātānvārabhate pratiprasthātāram adhvaryur adhvaryuṃ yajamānaḥ //
ŚBM, 3, 8, 1, 11.1 atha stīrṇāyai vedeḥ /
ŚBM, 3, 8, 1, 12.1 atha vācayati /
ŚBM, 3, 8, 1, 15.1 atha punar etyāhavanīyam abhyāvṛtyāsate /
ŚBM, 3, 8, 1, 16.2 tat purā saṃjñapanājjuhoti svāhā devebhya ity atha yadā prāha saṃjñaptaḥ paśur ity atha juhoti devebhyaḥ svāheti purastātsvāhākṛtayo vā anye devā upariṣṭātsvāhākṛtayo 'nye tān evaitat prīṇāti ta enam ubhaye devāḥ prītāḥ svargaṃ lokam abhivahanti te vā ete paripaśavya ity āhutī sa yadi kāmayeta juhuyād ete yady u kāmayetāpi nādriyeta //
ŚBM, 3, 8, 1, 16.2 tat purā saṃjñapanājjuhoti svāhā devebhya ity atha yadā prāha saṃjñaptaḥ paśur ity atha juhoti devebhyaḥ svāheti purastātsvāhākṛtayo vā anye devā upariṣṭātsvāhākṛtayo 'nye tān evaitat prīṇāti ta enam ubhaye devāḥ prītāḥ svargaṃ lokam abhivahanti te vā ete paripaśavya ity āhutī sa yadi kāmayeta juhuyād ete yady u kāmayetāpi nādriyeta //
ŚBM, 3, 8, 2, 1.2 athādhvaryurāha neṣṭaḥ patnīm udānayety udānayati neṣṭā patnīm pānnejanam bibhratīm //
ŚBM, 3, 8, 2, 4.1 atha paśoḥ prāṇān adbhiḥ patnyupaspṛśati /
ŚBM, 3, 8, 2, 4.2 tadyadadbhiḥ prāṇānupaspṛśati jīvaṃ vai devānāṃ havir amṛtam amṛtānām athaitat paśuṃ ghnanti yatsaṃjñapayanti yad viśāsaty āpo vai prāṇās tad asminn etān prāṇān dadhāti tathaitajjīvameva devānāṃ havirbhavatyamṛtamamṛtānām //
ŚBM, 3, 8, 2, 5.1 atha yatpatnyupaspṛśati /
ŚBM, 3, 8, 2, 6.2 vācaṃ te śundhāmīti mukham prāṇaṃ te śundhāmīti nāsike cakṣuste śundhāmītyakṣyau śrotraṃ te śundhāmīti karṇau nābhiṃ te śundhāmīti yo 'yamaniruktaḥ prāṇo meḍhraṃ te śundhāmīti vā pāyuṃ te śundhāmīti yo 'yam paścātprāṇastatprāṇāndadhāti tat samīrayaty atha saṃhṛtya padaś caritrāṃste śundhāmīti padbhir vai pratitiṣṭhati pratiṣṭhityā eva tad enaṃ pratiṣṭhāpayati //
ŚBM, 3, 8, 2, 7.1 atha yā āpaḥ pariśiṣyante /
ŚBM, 3, 8, 2, 12.1 athottānam paśum paryasyanti /
ŚBM, 3, 8, 2, 12.2 sa tṛṇam antardadhāty oṣadhe trāyasveti vajro vā asis tatho hainameṣa vajro 'sir na hinasty athāsinābhinidadhāti svadhite mainaṃ hiṃsīriti vajro vā asis tatho hainameṣa vajro 'sirna hinasti //
ŚBM, 3, 8, 2, 13.2 tayābhinidadhāti sā hi yajuṣkṛtā medhyā tad yad agraṃ tṛṇasya tatsavye pāṇau kurute 'tha yadbudhnaṃ taddakṣiṇenādatte //
ŚBM, 3, 8, 2, 16.1 atha vapām utkhidanti /
ŚBM, 3, 8, 2, 19.1 athottaratastiṣṭhanvapām pratapati /
ŚBM, 3, 8, 2, 21.1 atha sruveṇopahatyājyam /
ŚBM, 3, 8, 2, 22.1 athāha stokebhyo 'nubrūhīti /
ŚBM, 3, 8, 2, 23.1 athāha pratiprasthātā śṛtā pracareti /
ŚBM, 3, 8, 2, 24.2 atha pṛṣadājyaṃ tad u ha carakādhvaryavaḥ pṛṣadājyam evāgre 'bhighārayanti prāṇaḥ pṛṣadājyam iti vadantas tad u ha yājñavalkyaṃ carakādhvaryur anuvyājahāraivaṃ kurvantam prāṇaṃ vā ayam antaragād adhvaryuḥ prāṇa enaṃ hāsyatīti //
ŚBM, 3, 8, 2, 25.2 imau palitau bāhū kva svidbrāhmaṇasya vaco babhūveti na tad ādriyetottamo vā eṣa prayājo bhavatīdaṃ vai haviryajña uttame prayāje dhruvāmevāgre 'bhighārayati tasyai hi prathamāvājyabhāgau hoṣyanbhavati vapāṃ vā atra prathamāṃ hoṣyanbhavati tasmād vapām evāgre 'bhighārayed atha pṛṣadājyam atha yat paśuṃ nābhighārayati ned aśṛtam abhighārayāṇīty etad evāsya sarvaḥ paśur abhighārito bhavati yad vapām abhighārayati tasmād vapām evāgre 'bhighārayed atha pṛṣadājyam //
ŚBM, 3, 8, 2, 25.2 imau palitau bāhū kva svidbrāhmaṇasya vaco babhūveti na tad ādriyetottamo vā eṣa prayājo bhavatīdaṃ vai haviryajña uttame prayāje dhruvāmevāgre 'bhighārayati tasyai hi prathamāvājyabhāgau hoṣyanbhavati vapāṃ vā atra prathamāṃ hoṣyanbhavati tasmād vapām evāgre 'bhighārayed atha pṛṣadājyam atha yat paśuṃ nābhighārayati ned aśṛtam abhighārayāṇīty etad evāsya sarvaḥ paśur abhighārito bhavati yad vapām abhighārayati tasmād vapām evāgre 'bhighārayed atha pṛṣadājyam //
ŚBM, 3, 8, 2, 25.2 imau palitau bāhū kva svidbrāhmaṇasya vaco babhūveti na tad ādriyetottamo vā eṣa prayājo bhavatīdaṃ vai haviryajña uttame prayāje dhruvāmevāgre 'bhighārayati tasyai hi prathamāvājyabhāgau hoṣyanbhavati vapāṃ vā atra prathamāṃ hoṣyanbhavati tasmād vapām evāgre 'bhighārayed atha pṛṣadājyam atha yat paśuṃ nābhighārayati ned aśṛtam abhighārayāṇīty etad evāsya sarvaḥ paśur abhighārito bhavati yad vapām abhighārayati tasmād vapām evāgre 'bhighārayed atha pṛṣadājyam //
ŚBM, 3, 8, 2, 26.1 athājyamupastṛṇīte /
ŚBM, 3, 8, 2, 26.2 atha hiraṇyaśakalamavadadhātyatha vapām avadyann āhāgnīṣomābhyāṃ chāgasya vapāyai medaso 'nubrūhīty atha hiraṇyaśakalam avadadhāty athopariṣṭād dvir ājyasyābhighārayati //
ŚBM, 3, 8, 2, 26.2 atha hiraṇyaśakalamavadadhātyatha vapām avadyann āhāgnīṣomābhyāṃ chāgasya vapāyai medaso 'nubrūhīty atha hiraṇyaśakalam avadadhāty athopariṣṭād dvir ājyasyābhighārayati //
ŚBM, 3, 8, 2, 26.2 atha hiraṇyaśakalamavadadhātyatha vapām avadyann āhāgnīṣomābhyāṃ chāgasya vapāyai medaso 'nubrūhīty atha hiraṇyaśakalam avadadhāty athopariṣṭād dvir ājyasyābhighārayati //
ŚBM, 3, 8, 2, 26.2 atha hiraṇyaśakalamavadadhātyatha vapām avadyann āhāgnīṣomābhyāṃ chāgasya vapāyai medaso 'nubrūhīty atha hiraṇyaśakalam avadadhāty athopariṣṭād dvir ājyasyābhighārayati //
ŚBM, 3, 8, 2, 30.1 atha cātvāle mārjayante /
ŚBM, 3, 8, 3, 2.1 atha yadvapayā pracarya /
ŚBM, 3, 8, 3, 3.1 atha paśuṃ viśāsti /
ŚBM, 3, 8, 3, 4.1 atha śamitāraṃ saṃśāsti /
ŚBM, 3, 8, 3, 5.1 atha juhvā pṛṣadājyasyopahatya /
ŚBM, 3, 8, 3, 7.2 śṛtena pracarāṇīti tad yady aśṛtam bhavati śṛtameva devānāṃ havirbhavati śṛtaṃ yajamānasyānenā adhvaryurbhavati śamitari tadeno bhavati triṣkṛtvaḥ pṛcchati trivṛddhi yajño 'tha yadāha tad devānāmiti taddhi devānāṃ yacchṛtaṃ tasmād āha tad devānāmiti //
ŚBM, 3, 8, 3, 13.1 athājyamupastṛṇīte /
ŚBM, 3, 8, 3, 13.2 juhvāṃ copabhṛti ca vasāhomahavanyāṃ samavattadhānyām atha hiraṇyaśakalāvavadadhāti juhvāṃ copabhṛti ca //
ŚBM, 3, 8, 3, 14.1 atha manotāyai haviṣo 'nuvāca āha /
ŚBM, 3, 8, 3, 15.2 tadyanmadhyataḥ sato hṛdayasyāgre 'vadyati prāṇo vai hṛdayam ato hyayamūrdhvaḥ prāṇaḥ saṃcarati prāṇo vai paśur yāvaddhyeva prāṇena prāṇiti tāvat paśur atha yadāsmātprāṇo 'pakrāmati dārveva tarhi bhūto 'narthyaḥ śete //
ŚBM, 3, 8, 3, 16.2 tadasyātmana evāgre 'vadyati tasmād yadi kiṃcid avadānaṃ hīyeta na tadādriyeta sarvasya haivāsya tat paśor avattam bhavati yaddhṛdayasyāgre 'vadyati tasmān madhyataḥ sato hṛdayasyaivāgre 'vadyaty atha yathāpūrvam //
ŚBM, 3, 8, 3, 17.1 atha jihvāyai /
ŚBM, 3, 8, 3, 17.2 sā hīyam pūrvārdhāt pratiṣṭhaty atha vakṣasas taddhi tato 'thaikacarasya doṣṇo 'tha pārśvayor atha tanimno 'tha vṛkkayoḥ //
ŚBM, 3, 8, 3, 17.2 sā hīyam pūrvārdhāt pratiṣṭhaty atha vakṣasas taddhi tato 'thaikacarasya doṣṇo 'tha pārśvayor atha tanimno 'tha vṛkkayoḥ //
ŚBM, 3, 8, 3, 17.2 sā hīyam pūrvārdhāt pratiṣṭhaty atha vakṣasas taddhi tato 'thaikacarasya doṣṇo 'tha pārśvayor atha tanimno 'tha vṛkkayoḥ //
ŚBM, 3, 8, 3, 17.2 sā hīyam pūrvārdhāt pratiṣṭhaty atha vakṣasas taddhi tato 'thaikacarasya doṣṇo 'tha pārśvayor atha tanimno 'tha vṛkkayoḥ //
ŚBM, 3, 8, 3, 17.2 sā hīyam pūrvārdhāt pratiṣṭhaty atha vakṣasas taddhi tato 'thaikacarasya doṣṇo 'tha pārśvayor atha tanimno 'tha vṛkkayoḥ //
ŚBM, 3, 8, 3, 18.2 sthavimopayaḍbhyo madhyaṃ juhvāṃ dvedhā kṛtvāvadyaty aṇima tryaṅgeṣv athaikacarāyai śroṇer etāvan nu juhvāmavadyati //
ŚBM, 3, 8, 3, 19.1 athopabhṛti /
ŚBM, 3, 8, 3, 19.2 tryaṅgyasya doṣṇo gudaṃ dvedhā kṛtvāvadyati tryaṅgyāyai śroṇer atha hiraṇyaśakalāv avadadhāty athopariṣṭād ājyasyābhighārayati //
ŚBM, 3, 8, 3, 19.2 tryaṅgyasya doṣṇo gudaṃ dvedhā kṛtvāvadyati tryaṅgyāyai śroṇer atha hiraṇyaśakalāv avadadhāty athopariṣṭād ājyasyābhighārayati //
ŚBM, 3, 8, 3, 20.1 atha vasāhomaṃ gṛhṇāti /
ŚBM, 3, 8, 3, 23.2 eṣa vā ūṣmaitasmā u hi gṛhṇāti tasmād āhoṣmaṇo vyathiṣad ity athopariṣṭād dvirājyasyābhighārayati //
ŚBM, 3, 8, 3, 24.1 atha pārśvena vāsinā vā prayauti /
ŚBM, 3, 8, 3, 25.1 atha yad yūṣ pariśiṣyate /
ŚBM, 3, 8, 3, 25.2 tat samavattadhānyām ānayati taddhṛdayam prāsyati jihvāṃ vakṣas tanima matasne vaniṣṭhum athopariṣṭād dvirājyasyābhighārayati //
ŚBM, 3, 8, 3, 27.1 atha yadakṣṇayāvadyati /
ŚBM, 3, 8, 3, 27.2 savyasya ca doṣṇo dakṣiṇāyāśca ca doṣṇaḥ savyāyāśca śroṇes tasmād ayam paśur akṣṇayā pado haraty atha yat samyag avadyet samīco haivāyam paśuḥ pado haret tasmād akṣṇayāvadyaty atha yanna śīrṣṇo 'vadyati nāṃsayor nānūkasya nāparasakthayoḥ //
ŚBM, 3, 8, 3, 27.2 savyasya ca doṣṇo dakṣiṇāyāśca ca doṣṇaḥ savyāyāśca śroṇes tasmād ayam paśur akṣṇayā pado haraty atha yat samyag avadyet samīco haivāyam paśuḥ pado haret tasmād akṣṇayāvadyaty atha yanna śīrṣṇo 'vadyati nāṃsayor nānūkasya nāparasakthayoḥ //
ŚBM, 3, 8, 3, 29.2 anyatarām evāhutim ahauṣur anyatarām paryaśiṣanniti sa yām paryaśiṃṣaṃs tānīmānyavadānāni tato devāḥ sviṣṭakṛte tryaṅgāṇy apābhajaṃs tasmāt tryaṅgāṇy athāsurā avādyañchīrṣṇo 'ṃsayor anūkasyāparasakthayos tasmāt teṣāṃ nāvadyed yan nveva tvaṣṭānūkam abhyavamat tasmād anūkasya nāvadyed athāhāgnīṣomābhyāṃ chāgasya haviṣo 'nubrūhīty āśrāvyāhāgnīṣomābhyāṃ chāgasya haviḥ preṣyeti na prasthitam ityāha prasute prasthitam iti //
ŚBM, 3, 8, 3, 29.2 anyatarām evāhutim ahauṣur anyatarām paryaśiṣanniti sa yām paryaśiṃṣaṃs tānīmānyavadānāni tato devāḥ sviṣṭakṛte tryaṅgāṇy apābhajaṃs tasmāt tryaṅgāṇy athāsurā avādyañchīrṣṇo 'ṃsayor anūkasyāparasakthayos tasmāt teṣāṃ nāvadyed yan nveva tvaṣṭānūkam abhyavamat tasmād anūkasya nāvadyed athāhāgnīṣomābhyāṃ chāgasya haviṣo 'nubrūhīty āśrāvyāhāgnīṣomābhyāṃ chāgasya haviḥ preṣyeti na prasthitam ityāha prasute prasthitam iti //
ŚBM, 3, 8, 3, 33.1 atha juhvā pṛṣadājyasyopaghnann āha /
ŚBM, 3, 8, 3, 34.1 atha yānyupabhṛtyavadānāni bhavanti /
ŚBM, 3, 8, 3, 35.1 atha yadvasāhomasya pariśiṣyate /
ŚBM, 3, 8, 3, 36.1 atha paśuṃ saṃmṛśati /
ŚBM, 3, 8, 3, 36.2 etarhi saṃmarśanasya kālo 'tha yatpurā saṃmṛśati ya ima upatiṣṭhante te vimathiṣyanta iti śaṅkamāno yady u vimāthān na śaṅketātraiva saṃmṛśet //
ŚBM, 3, 8, 4, 5.2 ya enam medham upanayed yadi kṛśaḥ syād yad udaryasya medasaḥ pariśiṣyeta tadgude nyṛṣet prāṇo vai gudaḥ so 'yam prāṅ ātatas tam ayam prāṇo 'nusaṃcarati prāṇo vai paśur yāvaddhyeva prāṇena prāṇiti tāvat paśur atha yadāsmāt prāṇo 'pakrāmati dārveva tarhi bhūto 'narthyaḥ śete //
ŚBM, 3, 8, 4, 7.1 atha pṛṣadājyaṃ gṛhṇāti /
ŚBM, 3, 8, 4, 10.2 adhvaryave ca yaś caiṣa upayajaty atha yad yajantam upayajati tasmād upayajo nāmātha yad upayajati praivaitajjanayati paścāddhyupayajati paścāddhi yoṣāyai prajāḥ prajāyante //
ŚBM, 3, 8, 4, 10.2 adhvaryave ca yaś caiṣa upayajaty atha yad yajantam upayajati tasmād upayajo nāmātha yad upayajati praivaitajjanayati paścāddhyupayajati paścāddhi yoṣāyai prajāḥ prajāyante //
ŚBM, 3, 8, 4, 18.1 athātyupayajati /
ŚBM, 3, 8, 4, 18.2 sa yan nātyupayajed yāvatyo haivāgre prajāḥ sṛṣṭāstāvatyo haiva syur na prajāyerann atha yad atyupayajati praivaitajjanayati tasmād imāḥ prajāḥ punar abhyāvartam prajāyante //
ŚBM, 3, 8, 5, 5.1 atha mukhaṃ vimṛṣṭe /
ŚBM, 3, 8, 5, 6.1 atha jāghanyā patnīḥ saṃyājayanti /
ŚBM, 3, 8, 5, 8.1 atha hṛdayaśūlenāvabhṛthaṃ yanti /
ŚBM, 3, 8, 5, 8.2 paśor ha vā ālabhyamānasya hṛdayaṃ śuk samabhyavaiti hṛdayāddhṛdayaśūlam atha yacchṛtasya paritṛndanti tad alaṃjuṣaṃ tasmād u paritṛdyaiva śūlākuryāt tat triḥ pracyute paśau hṛdayam pravṛhyottamam pratyavadadhāti //
ŚBM, 3, 8, 5, 9.1 atha hṛdayaśūlam prayacchati /
ŚBM, 3, 8, 5, 11.1 athābhimantrayate /
ŚBM, 3, 9, 1, 7.1 atha sārasvatam /
ŚBM, 3, 9, 1, 8.1 atha saumyam /
ŚBM, 3, 9, 1, 10.1 atha pauṣṇam /
ŚBM, 3, 9, 1, 11.1 atha bārhaspatyam /
ŚBM, 3, 9, 1, 13.1 atha vaiśvadevam /
ŚBM, 3, 9, 1, 15.1 athaindram /
ŚBM, 3, 9, 1, 17.1 atha mārutam /
ŚBM, 3, 9, 1, 19.1 athaindrāgnam /
ŚBM, 3, 9, 1, 20.1 atha sāvitram /
ŚBM, 3, 9, 1, 21.1 atha vāruṇam antata ālabhate /
ŚBM, 3, 9, 1, 22.2 athetarān vyupanayeyur yathāpūrvam //
ŚBM, 3, 9, 1, 23.1 yady u paśvekādaśinī syād āgneyam eva yūpa ālabherann athetarān yathāpūrvam //
ŚBM, 3, 9, 1, 24.1 tān yatrodīco nayanty āgneyam eva prathamaṃ nayanty athetarān yathāpūrvam //
ŚBM, 3, 9, 1, 25.1 tān yatra nividhyanty āgneyam eva prathamaṃ dakṣiṇārdhyaṃ nividhyanty athetarān udīco 'tinīya yathāpūrvam //
ŚBM, 3, 9, 1, 26.1 teṣāṃ yatra vapābhiḥ pracaranty āgneyasyaiva prathamasya vapayā pracaranty athetareṣāṃ yathāpūrvam //
ŚBM, 3, 9, 1, 27.1 tair yatra pracaranty āgneyenaiva prathamena pracaranty athetarair yathāpūrvam //
ŚBM, 3, 9, 2, 5.3 athaitā eva nelayanti /
ŚBM, 3, 9, 2, 10.1 athāto gṛhṇāty eva haviṣmatīr imā āpa iti /
ŚBM, 3, 9, 2, 13.3 atha yad āgnīṣomīyaḥ paśuḥ saṃtiṣṭhate 'tha pariharati /
ŚBM, 3, 9, 2, 13.3 atha yad āgnīṣomīyaḥ paśuḥ saṃtiṣṭhate 'tha pariharati /
ŚBM, 3, 9, 2, 16.3 athaitāḥ samantam palyaṅgyante nāṣṭrā rakṣāṃsy apaghnatyaḥ /
ŚBM, 3, 9, 3, 2.1 atha rājānam upāvaharati /
ŚBM, 3, 9, 3, 7.1 athānusṛjyopatiṣṭhate viśvās tvām prajā upāvarohantv iti /
ŚBM, 3, 9, 3, 7.6 athātra yathāyathaṃ karoti yathāpūrvaṃ yad āha viśvās tvām prajā upāvarohantv iti /
ŚBM, 3, 9, 3, 8.1 atha samidham abhyādadhad āha devebhyaḥ prātaryāvabhyo 'nubrūhīti /
ŚBM, 3, 9, 3, 10.1 atha yat samidham abhyādadhāti chandāṃsy evaitat saminddhe /
ŚBM, 3, 9, 3, 10.2 atha yaddhotā prātaranuvākam anvāha chandāṃsy evaitat punar āpyāyayaty ayātayāmāni karoti /
ŚBM, 3, 9, 3, 12.3 atha yo 'tra yajñasya rasaḥ pariśiṣṭas tam evaitad acchaiti //
ŚBM, 3, 9, 3, 15.1 athāparaṃ caturgṛhītam ājyaṃ gṛhītvodaṅ prayann āhāpa iṣya hotar iti /
ŚBM, 3, 9, 3, 16.1 atha saṃpreṣyati maitrāvaruṇasya camasādhvaryav ehi /
ŚBM, 3, 9, 3, 20.4 athaitam abhaye 'nāṣṭre yajñasya rasam āhariṣyāma iti //
ŚBM, 3, 9, 3, 21.3 athaitam abhaye 'nāṣṭre yajñasya rasam ājahruḥ //
ŚBM, 3, 9, 3, 22.3 athaitam abhaye 'nāṣṭre yajñasya rasam āharati //
ŚBM, 3, 9, 3, 26.1 atha maitrāvaruṇacamasenaitām āhutim apaplāvayati kārṣir asīti /
ŚBM, 3, 9, 3, 27.1 atha gṛhṇāti samudrasya tvākṣityā unnayāmīti /
ŚBM, 3, 9, 3, 30.4 atha hotṛcamase vasatīvarīr gṛhṇāti nigrābhyābhyaḥ /
ŚBM, 3, 9, 3, 31.5 avidam atho me 'naṃsatety evaitad āha //
ŚBM, 3, 9, 3, 34.3 atha ya eṣa eko 'tiricyate sa yajamānasya śriyam abhyatiricyate /
ŚBM, 3, 9, 4, 1.1 athādhiṣavaṇe paryupaviśanti /
ŚBM, 3, 9, 4, 1.2 athāsyāṃ hiraṇyam badhnīte /
ŚBM, 3, 9, 4, 2.1 atha grāvāṇam ādatte /
ŚBM, 3, 9, 4, 4.2 yadā vā enam etenābhiṣuṇvanty athāhutir bhavati /
ŚBM, 3, 9, 4, 4.3 yad āhutiṃ juhoty atha dakṣiṇā dadāti /
ŚBM, 3, 9, 4, 6.1 atha vācaṃ yacchati /
ŚBM, 3, 9, 4, 7.1 atha nigrābhyā āharati /
ŚBM, 3, 9, 4, 11.1 atha yat pañca kṛtvo mimīte /
ŚBM, 3, 9, 4, 14.1 atha nigrābhyābhir upasṛjati /
ŚBM, 3, 9, 4, 17.1 atha prahariṣyan yaṃ dviṣyāt tam manasā dhyāyed amuṣmā aham praharāmi na tubhyam iti /
ŚBM, 3, 9, 4, 17.3 atha kiṃ ya etam /
ŚBM, 3, 9, 4, 20.1 atha yan nigrābham upaiti /
ŚBM, 3, 9, 4, 22.1 atha yasmāt somo nāma /
ŚBM, 3, 9, 4, 23.1 atha yasmād yajño nāma /
ŚBM, 3, 9, 4, 25.1 atha nigrābhyābhyo grahān vigṛhṇate /
ŚBM, 4, 1, 1, 2.1 atha yasmād upāṃśur nāma /
ŚBM, 4, 1, 1, 4.2 atha kenāsyāṃśavaḥ pūtā bhavantīti //
ŚBM, 4, 1, 1, 10.1 athaikādaśa kṛtvo 'bhiṣuṇoti /
ŚBM, 4, 1, 1, 12.1 atha dvādaśa kṛtvo 'bhiṣuṇoti /
ŚBM, 4, 1, 1, 13.5 atha yaj juhoti saṃsthāpayaty evainam etat //
ŚBM, 4, 1, 1, 17.5 yadīttv abhicared athainaṃ sādayet /
ŚBM, 4, 1, 1, 18.1 atho apy evainaṃ dadhyād amuṣya tvā prāṇam apidadhāmīti /
ŚBM, 4, 1, 1, 20.1 athopaniṣkrāmaty urv antarikṣam anvemīti /
ŚBM, 4, 1, 1, 21.1 atha varaṃ vṛṇīte /
ŚBM, 4, 1, 1, 23.4 atha yad avarāṃ devatāṃ kuryāt paraṃ svāhākāraṃ syād u haivāmuṣmād ādityāt param /
ŚBM, 4, 1, 1, 24.1 atha hutvordhvaṃ graham unmārṣṭi /
ŚBM, 4, 1, 1, 24.3 athottānena pāṇinā madhyame paridhau prāg upamārṣṭi /
ŚBM, 4, 1, 1, 26.4 atha yady abhicared yo 'syāṃśur āśliṣṭaḥ syād bāhvor vorasi vā vāsasi vā taṃ juhuyād devāṃśo yasmai tveḍe tat satyam upariprutā bhaṅgena hato 'sau phaḍ iti /
ŚBM, 4, 1, 1, 28.1 athopāṃśusavanam ādatte /
ŚBM, 4, 1, 2, 2.1 atha yasmād antaryāmo nāma /
ŚBM, 4, 1, 2, 4.1 atha yasmāt somam pavitreṇa pāvayati /
ŚBM, 4, 1, 2, 9.2 atha yad yonau sādayatīyaṃ vā asya sarvasya yoniḥ /
ŚBM, 4, 1, 2, 10.3 atha yad yonau sādayaty asyām eva tat sādayati //
ŚBM, 4, 1, 2, 15.1 athāto gṛhṇāty evopayāmagṛhīto 'sīti /
ŚBM, 4, 1, 2, 16.7 atha yad antar antar iti gṛhṇāty antas tv ātman dadha ity evaitad āha //
ŚBM, 4, 1, 2, 17.5 yadīttv abhicared athainaṃ sādayed amuṣya tvodānaṃ sādayāmīti //
ŚBM, 4, 1, 2, 18.1 sa yady upāṃśuṃ sādayed athainaṃ sādayet /
ŚBM, 4, 1, 2, 22.1 atha hutvāvāñcaṃ graham avamārṣṭi /
ŚBM, 4, 1, 2, 22.3 athātrāvāñcam avamārṣṭi /
ŚBM, 4, 1, 2, 23.1 atha nīcā pāṇinā madhyame paridhau pratyag upamārṣṭi /
ŚBM, 4, 1, 2, 23.3 athātra nīcā pāṇinā madhyame paridhau pratyag upamārṣṭi /
ŚBM, 4, 1, 3, 10.1 athetaraṃ vāyurvyavāt /
ŚBM, 4, 1, 3, 14.4 atha punarardhaṃ dvedhā cakāra /
ŚBM, 4, 1, 3, 16.3 athaitatturīyaṃ vāco 'niruktaṃ yatpaśavo vadanti /
ŚBM, 4, 1, 3, 16.4 athaitatturīyaṃ vāco 'niruktaṃ yad vayāṃsi vadanti /
ŚBM, 4, 1, 3, 16.5 athaitatturīyaṃ vāco 'niruktaṃ yadidaṃ kṣudraṃ sarīsṛpaṃ vadati //
ŚBM, 4, 1, 3, 18.0 athāto gṛhṇāty evā vāyo bhūṣa śucipā upa naḥ sahasraṃ te niyuto viśvavāra upo te andho madyamayāmi yasya deva dadhiṣe pūrvapeyaṃ vāyave tveti //
ŚBM, 4, 1, 3, 19.1 athāpagṛhya punarānayati indravāyū ime sutā upa prayobhirāgatam /
ŚBM, 4, 1, 4, 1.4 atha yad asmai tat samṛdhyate sa dakṣaḥ /
ŚBM, 4, 1, 4, 7.1 athāto gṛhṇāty evāyaṃ vām mitrāvaruṇā sutaḥ soma ṛtāvṛdhā /
ŚBM, 4, 1, 5, 10.4 atha me patiṃ nindatha iti /
ŚBM, 4, 1, 5, 10.6 atha vāṃ vakṣyāmīti /
ŚBM, 4, 1, 5, 11.2 atha me patiṃ nindatha iti /
ŚBM, 4, 1, 5, 11.5 atha vāṃ vakṣyāmīti //
ŚBM, 4, 1, 5, 15.4 atha vo vakṣyāva iti /
ŚBM, 4, 1, 5, 16.5 atha yad aśvināv iti /
ŚBM, 4, 1, 5, 17.1 athāto gṛhṇāty eva yā vāṃ kaśā madhumaty aśvinā sūnṛtāvatī /
ŚBM, 4, 1, 5, 19.11 atha yad aśvināv iti /
ŚBM, 4, 2, 1, 10.1 atha manthinaṃ gṛhṇāty ayaṃ venaś codayat pṛśnigarbhā jyotirjarāyū rajaso vimāne /
ŚBM, 4, 2, 1, 17.1 atha pratiprasthātā paryeti suprajāḥ prajāḥ prajanayan parīhīti /
ŚBM, 4, 2, 1, 21.1 athādhvaryuḥ prokṣitaṃ yūpaśakalam āhavanīye prāsyati śukrasyādhiṣṭhānam asīti /
ŚBM, 4, 2, 1, 23.1 athāśrāvyāha prātaḥprātaḥ savasya śukravato madhuścuta indrāya somān prasthitān preṣyeti /
ŚBM, 4, 2, 1, 29.1 atha sampreṣyati praitu hotuś camasaḥ pra brahmaṇaḥ prodgātṝṇāṃ pra yajamānasya /
ŚBM, 4, 2, 1, 30.1 atha yad ete pratīcī pātre na haranti haranty anyān grahāṃś cakṣuṣī hy ete /
ŚBM, 4, 2, 1, 31.1 atha hotrāṇāṃ camasān abhyunnayanti /
ŚBM, 4, 2, 1, 32.1 atha hotrāḥ saṃyājayanti /
ŚBM, 4, 2, 1, 33.3 athetya pratyaṅṅ upaviśaty ayāḍ agnīd iti /
ŚBM, 4, 2, 2, 6.1 atha yasmād āgrayaṇo nāma /
ŚBM, 4, 2, 2, 7.3 athaiṣa saptamaḥ /
ŚBM, 4, 2, 2, 9.1 athāto gṛhṇāty eva ye devāso divy ekādaśa stha pṛthivyām adhy ekādaśa stha /
ŚBM, 4, 2, 2, 11.1 atha daśāpavitram upagṛhya hiṃkaroti /
ŚBM, 4, 2, 2, 11.8 yadā vai tāntaḥ prāṇaṃ labhate 'tha sa saṃjihīte /
ŚBM, 4, 2, 2, 12.1 athāha somaḥ pavata iti /
ŚBM, 4, 2, 3, 4.1 atha rājānam upāvaharati /
ŚBM, 4, 2, 3, 5.3 atha tṛtīyaṃ vasatīvarīṇām avanayati /
ŚBM, 4, 2, 3, 7.6 atha yad anyaj japati tad yajuḥ /
ŚBM, 4, 2, 3, 10.1 athāto gṛhṇāty evopayāmagṛhīto 'sīndrāya tvā bṛhadvate vayasvata iti /
ŚBM, 4, 2, 3, 18.4 atha yat punarhavir asīti sthālīm abhimṛśati punar hy asyai grahaṃ grahīṣyan bhavati /
ŚBM, 4, 2, 4, 1.2 atha yo 'yam paścāt sa dhruvaḥ /
ŚBM, 4, 2, 4, 1.6 athaitam eva hotṛcamase //
ŚBM, 4, 2, 4, 13.3 upakīrṇe vā itarān grahān sādayaty athaitaṃ vyuhya na tṛṇaṃ canāntardhāya //
ŚBM, 4, 2, 4, 14.2 tasmād upakīrṇe sādayaty athaitaṃ vyuhya na tṛṇaṃ canāntardhāya //
ŚBM, 4, 2, 4, 16.5 atha yad etaṃ vyuhya na tṛṇaṃ canāntardhāya sādayati tasmād yā etam anu prajāḥ prajāyante yā ātmanaivāsyāṃ pratitiṣṭhanti manuṣyāś ca śvāpadāś ca //
ŚBM, 4, 2, 4, 18.3 athaiṣa ekarūpa upaśeta āpa ivaiva /
ŚBM, 4, 2, 4, 18.4 tasmād yad anena mukhena nānārūpam aśanam aśnāty athaitena prāṇenaikarūpam eva prasrāvayate 'pa ivaiva /
ŚBM, 4, 2, 4, 18.5 atha yasmād dhruvo nāma //
ŚBM, 4, 2, 4, 19.5 athaitam eva na śekur uddhantum /
ŚBM, 4, 2, 4, 22.1 atha yad adhvaryuś ca pratiprasthātā ca niś ca krāmataḥ pra ca padyete yathā baddhavatsopācared evam /
ŚBM, 4, 2, 4, 23.1 so 'vanayati dhruvaṃ dhruveṇa manasā vācā somam avanayāmīti gṛhṇāmīti vāthā na indra id viśo 'sapatnāḥ samanasas karad iti /
ŚBM, 4, 2, 4, 24.1 athāto gṛhṇāty eva mūrdhānaṃ divo aratim pṛthivyā vaiśvānaram ṛta ā jātam agnim /
ŚBM, 4, 2, 5, 3.1 atha stīrṇāyai veder dve tṛṇe adhvaryur ādatte /
ŚBM, 4, 2, 5, 3.2 tāv adhvaryū prathamau pratipadyete prāṇodānau yajñasyātha prastotā vāg eva yajñasyāthodgātātmaiva prajāpatir yajñasyātha pratihartā bhiṣag vā vyāno vā //
ŚBM, 4, 2, 5, 3.2 tāv adhvaryū prathamau pratipadyete prāṇodānau yajñasyātha prastotā vāg eva yajñasyāthodgātātmaiva prajāpatir yajñasyātha pratihartā bhiṣag vā vyāno vā //
ŚBM, 4, 2, 5, 3.2 tāv adhvaryū prathamau pratipadyete prāṇodānau yajñasyātha prastotā vāg eva yajñasyāthodgātātmaiva prajāpatir yajñasyātha pratihartā bhiṣag vā vyāno vā //
ŚBM, 4, 2, 5, 5.1 athānyatarat tṛṇaṃ cātvālam abhiprāsyati devānām utkramaṇam asīti /
ŚBM, 4, 2, 5, 6.1 athānyatarat tṛṇaṃ purastād udgātṝṇām upāsyati tūṣṇīm eva /
ŚBM, 4, 2, 5, 6.8 atha yadā japanti japanti hy atrodgātāraḥ //
ŚBM, 4, 2, 5, 7.1 atha stotram upākaroti somaḥ pavata iti /
ŚBM, 4, 2, 5, 9.1 atha yad atra bahiṣpavamānena stuvate /
ŚBM, 4, 2, 5, 11.1 atha stuta etāṃ vācaṃ vadaty agnīd agnīn vihara barhi stṛṇīhi puroḍāśāṁ alaṃkuru paśunehīti /
ŚBM, 4, 2, 5, 12.1 atha punaḥ prapadyāśvinaṃ grahaṃ gṛhṇāti /
ŚBM, 4, 2, 5, 15.1 atha savanīyaiḥ puroḍāśaiḥ pracarati /
ŚBM, 4, 2, 5, 16.2 atha yat savanīyaiḥ puroḍāśaiḥ pracarati medham evāsminn etad dadhāti /
ŚBM, 4, 2, 5, 18.1 atha yat puroḍāśaḥ dhānāḥ karambho dadhy āmikṣeti bhavati /
ŚBM, 4, 2, 5, 19.4 atha yad eṣā prātaḥsavana eva maitrāvaruṇī payasyāvakᄆptā bhavati netarayoḥ savanayoḥ //
ŚBM, 4, 3, 1, 5.4 atho api trayodaśa gṛhṇīyād asti trayodaśo māsa iti /
ŚBM, 4, 3, 1, 9.3 atha yad ubhau vā saha niṣkrāmetām ubhau vā saha prapadyeyātām pṛthag u haiveme māsā īyuḥ /
ŚBM, 4, 3, 1, 11.3 tasmād idam adyāhar atha rātrir atha śvo 'har bhavitā //
ŚBM, 4, 3, 1, 11.3 tasmād idam adyāhar atha rātrir atha śvo 'har bhavitā //
ŚBM, 4, 3, 1, 14.1 athāto gṛhṇāty evopayāmagṛhīto 'si madhave tvety evādhvaryur gṛhṇāty upayāmagṛhīto 'si mādhavāya tveti pratiprasthātā /
ŚBM, 4, 3, 1, 20.2 atha pratiprasthātādhvaryoḥ pātre saṃsravam avanayaty adhvaryur vā pratiprasthātuḥ pātre saṃsravam avanayati /
ŚBM, 4, 3, 1, 21.1 atha pratiprasthātābhakṣitena pātreṇaindrāgnaṃ grahaṃ gṛhṇāti /
ŚBM, 4, 3, 1, 24.1 athāto gṛhṇāty evendrāgnī āgataṃ sutaṃ gīrbhir nabho vareṇyam /
ŚBM, 4, 3, 1, 25.1 atha vaiśvadevaṃ grahaṃ gṛhṇāti /
ŚBM, 4, 3, 1, 26.1 atha yad vaiśvadevaṃ grahaṃ gṛhṇātīdam evaitat sarvam imāḥ prajā yathāyathaṃ vyavasṛjati /
ŚBM, 4, 3, 1, 27.1 athāto gṛhṇāty evaumāsaś carṣaṇīdhṛto viśve devāsa āgata /
ŚBM, 4, 3, 2, 4.3 atha yat parāṅ tiṣṭhan pratigṛṇīyāt parāg u haivaitad retaḥ siktam praṇaśyet /
ŚBM, 4, 3, 3, 2.3 athāgrayaṇam /
ŚBM, 4, 3, 3, 2.5 atha marutvatīyam athokthyam /
ŚBM, 4, 3, 3, 2.5 atha marutvatīyam athokthyam /
ŚBM, 4, 3, 3, 3.1 taddhaika ukthyaṃ gṛhītvātha marutvatīyaṃ gṛhṇanti /
ŚBM, 4, 3, 3, 3.3 marutvatīyam eva gṛhītvāthokthyaṃ gṛhṇīyāt //
ŚBM, 4, 3, 3, 5.3 tasmād apy etarhi yadaivaitena mādhyandinena pavamānena stuvate 'tha vijite 'bhaye 'nāṣṭre dakṣiṇā nīyante /
ŚBM, 4, 3, 3, 10.3 athaitad indram evānu maruta ābhajati /
ŚBM, 4, 3, 3, 12.4 athaitat parokṣam mādhyandine savane 'vakalpayante yad ṛtupātrābhyām marutvatīyān gṛhṇāti /
ŚBM, 4, 3, 3, 13.1 athāto gṛhṇāty evendra marutva iha pāhi somaṃ yathā śāryāte apibaḥ sutasya /
ŚBM, 4, 3, 3, 15.1 atha māhendraṃ grahaṃ gṛhṇāti /
ŚBM, 4, 3, 3, 17.3 atha vṛtraṃ hatvā yathā mahārājo vijigyāna evam mahendro 'bhavat /
ŚBM, 4, 3, 3, 18.1 athāto gṛhṇāty eva mahāṁ indro nṛvad ā carṣaṇiprā uta dvibarhā aminaḥ sahobhiḥ /
ŚBM, 4, 3, 3, 19.1 athopākṛtyaitāṃ vācaṃ vadaty abhiṣotāro 'bhiṣuṇutaulūkhalān udvādayatāgnīd āśiraṃ vinaya saumyasya vittād iti /
ŚBM, 4, 3, 3, 19.7 athaitan nirdhītaśukraṃ yat tṛtīyasavanam /
ŚBM, 4, 3, 4, 2.5 atha samṛddha eva yajño bhavati /
ŚBM, 4, 3, 4, 4.3 atha ye brāhmaṇāḥ śuśruvāṃso 'nūcānās te manuṣyadevāḥ /
ŚBM, 4, 3, 4, 6.1 atha pratiparetya gārhapatyaṃ dakṣiṇā juhoti /
ŚBM, 4, 3, 4, 10.1 atha dvitīyāṃ juhoti citraṃ devānām udagād anīkaṃ cakṣur mitrasya varuṇasyāgneḥ /
ŚBM, 4, 3, 4, 11.1 athāgnīdhre dve vaikāṃ vā juhoti /
ŚBM, 4, 3, 4, 12.3 atha yady aśvaṃ yuktaṃ vāyuktaṃ vā dāsyant syād atha dvitīyāṃ juhuyāt /
ŚBM, 4, 3, 4, 12.3 atha yady aśvaṃ yuktaṃ vāyuktaṃ vā dāsyant syād atha dvitīyāṃ juhuyāt /
ŚBM, 4, 3, 4, 14.1 atha hiraṇyam ādāya śālām abhyaiti /
ŚBM, 4, 3, 4, 17.1 atha sado 'bhyaiti vi svaḥ paśya vy antarikṣam iti /
ŚBM, 4, 3, 4, 18.1 atha sadaḥ prekṣate yatasva sadasyair iti /
ŚBM, 4, 3, 4, 19.1 atha hiraṇyam ādāyāgnīdhram abhyaiti brāhmaṇam adya videyam pitṛmantaṃ paitṛmatyam iti /
ŚBM, 4, 3, 4, 20.1 athaivam upasadyāgnīdhe hiraṇyaṃ dadāty asmadrātā devatrā gacchateti /
ŚBM, 4, 3, 4, 21.1 athaivam evopasadyātreyāya hiraṇyaṃ dadāti /
ŚBM, 4, 3, 4, 21.4 athaitat sado 'suratamasam abhipupruve /
ŚBM, 4, 3, 4, 21.10 athaiṣa etenaivaitaj jyotiṣā tamo 'pahanti /
ŚBM, 4, 3, 4, 22.1 atha brahmaṇe /
ŚBM, 4, 3, 4, 22.3 athodgātre 'tha hotre 'thādhvaryubhyāṃ havirdhāna āsīnābhyām /
ŚBM, 4, 3, 4, 22.3 athodgātre 'tha hotre 'thādhvaryubhyāṃ havirdhāna āsīnābhyām /
ŚBM, 4, 3, 4, 22.3 athodgātre 'tha hotre 'thādhvaryubhyāṃ havirdhāna āsīnābhyām /
ŚBM, 4, 3, 4, 22.4 atha punar etya prastotre 'tha maitrāvaruṇāyātha brāhmaṇācchaṃsine 'tha potre 'tha neṣṭre 'thācchāvākāyāthonnetre 'tha grāvastute 'tha subrahmaṇyāyai /
ŚBM, 4, 3, 4, 22.4 atha punar etya prastotre 'tha maitrāvaruṇāyātha brāhmaṇācchaṃsine 'tha potre 'tha neṣṭre 'thācchāvākāyāthonnetre 'tha grāvastute 'tha subrahmaṇyāyai /
ŚBM, 4, 3, 4, 22.4 atha punar etya prastotre 'tha maitrāvaruṇāyātha brāhmaṇācchaṃsine 'tha potre 'tha neṣṭre 'thācchāvākāyāthonnetre 'tha grāvastute 'tha subrahmaṇyāyai /
ŚBM, 4, 3, 4, 22.4 atha punar etya prastotre 'tha maitrāvaruṇāyātha brāhmaṇācchaṃsine 'tha potre 'tha neṣṭre 'thācchāvākāyāthonnetre 'tha grāvastute 'tha subrahmaṇyāyai /
ŚBM, 4, 3, 4, 22.4 atha punar etya prastotre 'tha maitrāvaruṇāyātha brāhmaṇācchaṃsine 'tha potre 'tha neṣṭre 'thācchāvākāyāthonnetre 'tha grāvastute 'tha subrahmaṇyāyai /
ŚBM, 4, 3, 4, 22.4 atha punar etya prastotre 'tha maitrāvaruṇāyātha brāhmaṇācchaṃsine 'tha potre 'tha neṣṭre 'thācchāvākāyāthonnetre 'tha grāvastute 'tha subrahmaṇyāyai /
ŚBM, 4, 3, 4, 22.4 atha punar etya prastotre 'tha maitrāvaruṇāyātha brāhmaṇācchaṃsine 'tha potre 'tha neṣṭre 'thācchāvākāyāthonnetre 'tha grāvastute 'tha subrahmaṇyāyai /
ŚBM, 4, 3, 4, 22.4 atha punar etya prastotre 'tha maitrāvaruṇāyātha brāhmaṇācchaṃsine 'tha potre 'tha neṣṭre 'thācchāvākāyāthonnetre 'tha grāvastute 'tha subrahmaṇyāyai /
ŚBM, 4, 3, 4, 22.4 atha punar etya prastotre 'tha maitrāvaruṇāyātha brāhmaṇācchaṃsine 'tha potre 'tha neṣṭre 'thācchāvākāyāthonnetre 'tha grāvastute 'tha subrahmaṇyāyai /
ŚBM, 4, 3, 4, 23.1 athāhendrāya marutvate 'nubrūhīti /
ŚBM, 4, 3, 4, 25.1 atha gauḥ /
ŚBM, 4, 3, 4, 26.1 atha vāsaḥ /
ŚBM, 4, 3, 4, 27.1 athāśvaḥ /
ŚBM, 4, 3, 4, 29.1 atha gām pratyeti rudrāya tvā mahyaṃ varuṇo dadātv iti /
ŚBM, 4, 3, 4, 30.1 atha vāsaḥ pratyeti bṛhaspataye tvā mahyaṃ varuṇo dadātv iti /
ŚBM, 4, 3, 4, 31.1 athāśvam pratyeti yamāya tvā mahyaṃ varuṇo dadātv iti /
ŚBM, 4, 3, 4, 32.1 atha yad anyad dadāti kāmenaiva tad dadātīdam me 'py amutrāsad iti /
ŚBM, 4, 3, 5, 8.4 athāpidadhāti /
ŚBM, 4, 3, 5, 8.9 athāha saṃsthita eva mādhyandine savane purā tṛtīyasavanād ehi yajamāneti //
ŚBM, 4, 3, 5, 9.1 samprapadyante 'dhvaryuś ca yajamānaś cāgnīdhraś ca pratiprasthātā connetātha yo 'nyaḥ paricaro bhavati /
ŚBM, 4, 3, 5, 9.4 athādhvaryur ādityasthālīṃ cādityapātraṃ cādatte /
ŚBM, 4, 3, 5, 10.1 atha gṛhṇāti kadā cana starīr asi nendra saścasi dāśuṣe upopen nu maghavan bhūya in nu te dānaṃ devasya pṛcyata ādityebhyas tveti //
ŚBM, 4, 3, 5, 12.1 athāpagṛhya punar ānayati kadā cana prayucchasy ubhe nipāsi janmanī turīyāditya savanaṃ ta indriyam ātasthāv amṛtaṃ divy ādityebhyas tveti //
ŚBM, 4, 3, 5, 13.1 atha dadhi gṛhṇāti /
ŚBM, 4, 3, 5, 17.3 athaitan nirdhītaśukraṃ yat tṛtīyasavanam /
ŚBM, 4, 3, 5, 18.2 athonnetra upāṃśusavanam prayacchati /
ŚBM, 4, 3, 5, 18.3 athāhonnetāram āsṛja grāvṇa iti /
ŚBM, 4, 3, 5, 20.1 athāpidhāyopaniṣkrāmati /
ŚBM, 4, 3, 5, 20.3 athāhādityebhyo 'nubrūhīti /
ŚBM, 4, 3, 5, 21.1 atha punaḥ prapadyāgrayaṇam ādatte /
ŚBM, 4, 4, 1, 2.3 athaitat parokṣam mādhyandine savane 'vakalpyante yad ṛtupātrābhyāṃ marutvatīyān gṛhṇāti /
ŚBM, 4, 4, 1, 6.1 athāto gṛhṇāty eva /
ŚBM, 4, 4, 1, 7.6 athāha devāya savitre 'nubrūhīti /
ŚBM, 4, 4, 1, 8.1 athābhakṣitena pātreṇa vaiśvadevaṃ grahaṃ gṛhṇāti /
ŚBM, 4, 4, 1, 11.3 tad ucyata eva sāmato yasmād vaiśvadevaṃ tṛtīyasavanam ucyata ṛkto 'thaitad eva yajuṣṭaḥ puraścaraṇato yad etam mahāvaiśvadevaṃ gṛhṇāti //
ŚBM, 4, 4, 1, 14.1 athāto gṛhṇāty evopayāmagṛhīto 'si suśarmāsi supratiṣṭhāna iti /
ŚBM, 4, 4, 1, 14.8 athetya prāṅ upaviśati //
ŚBM, 4, 4, 1, 17.4 athainenaitat pātrāṇi vimucyante yad āha niyudbhir vāyav iha tā vimuñceti /
ŚBM, 4, 4, 1, 18.2 atha yan mādhyandine savana upāvartsyad aindraṃ vai mādhyandinaṃ savanaṃ kṣatram indraḥ kṣatriyeṣu ha paśavo 'bhaviṣyan /
ŚBM, 4, 4, 1, 18.3 atha yat tṛtīyasavana upāvartata vaiśvadevaṃ vai tṛtīyasavanaṃ sarvam idaṃ viśve devās tasmād ime sarvatraiva paśavaḥ //
ŚBM, 4, 4, 2, 1.3 athaitat somāyaiva haviṣkriyate /
ŚBM, 4, 4, 2, 4.1 atha caturgṛhītam ājyaṃ gṛhītvāśrāvyāha ghṛtasya yajeti /
ŚBM, 4, 4, 2, 5.2 athopariṣṭād ājyasyābhighārayati /
ŚBM, 4, 4, 2, 6.1 athāparaṃ caturgṛhītam ājyaṃ gṛhītvāśrāvyāha ghṛtasya yajeti /
ŚBM, 4, 4, 2, 7.1 atha pracaraṇīti srug bhavati /
ŚBM, 4, 4, 2, 12.1 athāto gṛhṇāty evopayāmagṛhīto 'si bṛhaspatisutasya deva soma ta iti /
ŚBM, 4, 4, 2, 13.1 atha yaḥ pracaraṇyāṃ saṃsravaḥ pariśiṣṭo bhavati tenainaṃ śrīṇāti /
ŚBM, 4, 4, 2, 13.3 athaitaṃ vyardhayati /
ŚBM, 4, 4, 2, 15.1 athāhāgnīt pātnīvatasya yajeti /
ŚBM, 4, 4, 2, 16.6 athaitāḥ patnyaḥ /
ŚBM, 4, 4, 2, 17.1 atha saṃpreṣyaty agnīn neṣṭur upastham āsīda neṣṭaḥ patnīm udānayodgātrā saṃkhyāpayonnetar hotuś camasam anūnnaya somam mātirīrica iti /
ŚBM, 4, 4, 3, 1.3 tad yatra chandāṃsi devānt samatarpayann atha chandāṃsi devāḥ samatarpayan /
ŚBM, 4, 4, 3, 2.1 atha hāriyojanaṃ gṛhṇāti /
ŚBM, 4, 4, 3, 3.2 yadā hi śaṃyor āhāthainaṃ gṛhṇāti /
ŚBM, 4, 4, 3, 3.3 idaṃ vai devā atha chandāṃsy atiriktāny atha manuṣyā atha paśavo 'tiriktāḥ /
ŚBM, 4, 4, 3, 3.3 idaṃ vai devā atha chandāṃsy atiriktāny atha manuṣyā atha paśavo 'tiriktāḥ /
ŚBM, 4, 4, 3, 3.3 idaṃ vai devā atha chandāṃsy atiriktāny atha manuṣyā atha paśavo 'tiriktāḥ /
ŚBM, 4, 4, 3, 6.1 athāto gṛhṇāty evopayāmagṛhīto 'si harir asi hāriyojano haribhyāṃ tveti /
ŚBM, 4, 4, 3, 7.1 atha dhānā āvapati haryor dhānā stha sahasomā indrāyeti /
ŚBM, 4, 4, 3, 9.3 athāha dhānāsomebhyo 'nubrūhīti /
ŚBM, 4, 4, 3, 9.6 atha dhānā vilipsante bhakṣāya //
ŚBM, 4, 4, 3, 10.4 athaiṣo 'tiriktaḥ /
ŚBM, 4, 4, 3, 13.1 atha pūrṇapātrānt samavamṛśanti yān eke 'psuṣomā ity ācakṣate /
ŚBM, 4, 4, 3, 15.1 atha mukhāny upaspṛśante /
ŚBM, 4, 4, 4, 3.1 atha yasmāt samiṣṭayajūṃṣi nāma /
ŚBM, 4, 4, 4, 3.3 tad yat tāsu sarvāsu samiṣṭāsv athaitāni juhoti tasmāt samiṣṭayajūṃṣi nāma //
ŚBM, 4, 4, 4, 4.1 atha yasmāt samiṣṭayajūṃṣi juhoti /
ŚBM, 4, 4, 4, 5.1 atha yāny uttarāṇi trīṇi juhoti /
ŚBM, 4, 4, 4, 6.1 atha yāny uttamāni trīṇi juhoti /
ŚBM, 4, 4, 5, 1.4 athaitaccharīraṃ tasmin na raso 'sti /
ŚBM, 4, 4, 5, 2.1 atha samiṣṭayajūṃṣi juhoti /
ŚBM, 4, 4, 5, 3.3 athaiṣa evaitasya svagākāraḥ /
ŚBM, 4, 4, 5, 4.1 atha vācayaty uruṃ hi rājā varuṇaś cakāra sūryāya panthām anvetavā u iti /
ŚBM, 4, 4, 5, 6.1 athāha sāma gāyeti sāma brūhīti vā /
ŚBM, 4, 4, 5, 12.1 atha caturgṛhītam ājyaṃ gṛhītvā samidham prāsyābhijuhoty agner anīkam apa āviveśāpāṃ napāt pratirakṣann asuryam /
ŚBM, 4, 4, 5, 14.1 athāparaṃ caturgṛhītam ājyaṃ gṛhītvāśrāvyāha samidho yajeti /
ŚBM, 4, 4, 5, 15.1 atha vāruṇa ekakapālaḥ puroḍāśo bhavati /
ŚBM, 4, 4, 5, 15.3 athaitaccharīram /
ŚBM, 4, 4, 5, 17.1 athājyasyopastīrya puroḍāśam avadadhad āhāgnīvaruṇābhyām anubrūhīti /
ŚBM, 4, 4, 5, 17.4 sa yady amutrarjīṣasya dvir avadyed athātra sakṛt /
ŚBM, 4, 4, 5, 17.6 athopariṣṭād dvir ājyasyābhighārayati /
ŚBM, 4, 4, 5, 21.1 athānusṛjyopatiṣṭhate devīr āpa eṣa vo garbha iti /
ŚBM, 4, 4, 5, 22.1 athopamārayaty avabhṛtha nicumpuṇa nicerur asi nicumpuṇaḥ ava devair devakṛtam eno yāsiṣam ava martyair martyakṛtam iti /
ŚBM, 4, 4, 5, 23.1 athābhyavetya snāto 'nyo'nyasya pṛṣṭhe pradhāvataḥ /
ŚBM, 4, 5, 1, 2.2 atha yad atrāvabhṛthād udetya yajate tasmād etad udayanīyaṃ nāma /
ŚBM, 4, 5, 1, 3.4 athātra prajñāte yathāpūrvaṃ karoti //
ŚBM, 4, 5, 1, 4.1 so 'gnim eva prathamaṃ yajaty atha somam atha savitāram atha pathyāṃ svastim athāditim /
ŚBM, 4, 5, 1, 4.1 so 'gnim eva prathamaṃ yajaty atha somam atha savitāram atha pathyāṃ svastim athāditim /
ŚBM, 4, 5, 1, 4.1 so 'gnim eva prathamaṃ yajaty atha somam atha savitāram atha pathyāṃ svastim athāditim /
ŚBM, 4, 5, 1, 4.1 so 'gnim eva prathamaṃ yajaty atha somam atha savitāram atha pathyāṃ svastim athāditim /
ŚBM, 4, 5, 1, 5.1 atha maitrāvaruṇīṃ vaśām anūbandhyām ālabhate /
ŚBM, 4, 5, 1, 9.1 atha yadāsāḥ pāṃsavaḥ paryaśiṣyanta tato gardabhaḥ samabhavat /
ŚBM, 4, 5, 1, 9.3 atha yadā na kaścana rasaḥ paryaśiṣyata tata eṣā maitrāvaruṇī vaśā samabhavat /
ŚBM, 4, 5, 1, 10.1 athetaraṃ viśve devā amarīmṛtsyanta /
ŚBM, 4, 5, 1, 10.2 tato vaiśvadevī samabhavad atha bārhaspatyā /
ŚBM, 4, 5, 1, 11.4 maitrāvaruṇīm evāgre 'tha vaiśvadevīm atha bārhaspatyām //
ŚBM, 4, 5, 1, 11.4 maitrāvaruṇīm evāgre 'tha vaiśvadevīm atha bārhaspatyām //
ŚBM, 4, 5, 1, 12.1 atho ye dīrghasattram āsīran saṃvatsaraṃ vā bhūyo vā ta enāḥ sarvā ālabheran /
ŚBM, 4, 5, 1, 13.1 athodavasānīyayeṣṭyā yajate /
ŚBM, 4, 5, 1, 16.1 atho caturgṛhītam evājyaṃ gṛhītvā vaiṣṇavyarcā juhoty uru viṣṇo vikramasvoru kṣayāya nas kṛdhi ghṛtaṃ ghṛtayone piba pra pra yajñapatiṃ tira svāheti /
ŚBM, 4, 5, 1, 16.8 atha yad evaiṣodavasānīyeṣṭiḥ saṃtiṣṭhate 'tha sāyamāhutiṃ juhoti kāla eva prātarāhutim //
ŚBM, 4, 5, 1, 16.8 atha yad evaiṣodavasānīyeṣṭiḥ saṃtiṣṭhate 'tha sāyamāhutiṃ juhoti kāla eva prātarāhutim //
ŚBM, 4, 5, 2, 3.1 atha vapayā caranti /
ŚBM, 4, 5, 2, 4.2 ejatu daśamāsyo garbho jarāyuṇā saheti sa yadāhaijatviti prāṇam evāsminnetad dadhāti daśamāsya iti yadā vai garbhaḥ samṛddho bhavatyatha daśamāsyas tametadapy adaśamāsyaṃ santam brahmaṇaiva yajuṣā daśamāsyaṃ karoti //
ŚBM, 4, 5, 2, 7.2 tadevaitam medhaṃ śrapayanty uṣṇīṣeṇāveṣṭya garbham pārśvataḥ paśuśrapaṇasyopanidadhāti yadā śṛto bhavatyatha samudyāvadānānyevābhijuhoti naitam medham udvāsayanti paśuṃ tadevaitam medhamudvāsayanti //
ŚBM, 4, 5, 2, 8.2 dakṣiṇato nidhāya pratiprasthātāvadyatyatha srucor upastṛṇīte 'tha manotāyai haviṣo 'nuvāca āhāvadyanti vaśāyā avadānānāṃ yathaiva teṣāmavadānam //
ŚBM, 4, 5, 2, 8.2 dakṣiṇato nidhāya pratiprasthātāvadyatyatha srucor upastṛṇīte 'tha manotāyai haviṣo 'nuvāca āhāvadyanti vaśāyā avadānānāṃ yathaiva teṣāmavadānam //
ŚBM, 4, 5, 2, 9.1 atha pracaraṇīti srugbhavati /
ŚBM, 4, 5, 2, 9.2 tasyām pratiprasthātā medhāyopastṛṇīte dviravadyati sakṛdabhighārayati pratyanaktyavadāne athānuvāca āhāśrāvyāha preṣyeti vaṣaṭkṛte 'dhvaryurjuhoty adhvaryoranu homaṃ juhoti pratiprasthātā //
ŚBM, 4, 5, 2, 11.1 athādhvaryur vanaspatinā carati /
ŚBM, 4, 5, 2, 11.2 vanaspatinādhvaryuścaritvā yānyupabhṛtyavadānāni bhavanti tāni samānayamāna āhāgnaye sviṣṭakṛte 'nubrūhīty atyākrāmati pratiprasthātā sa etaṃ sarvameva medhaṃ gṛhṇīte 'thopariṣṭād dvir ājyasyābhighārayaty āśrāvyāha preṣyeti vaṣaṭkṛte 'dhvaryurjuhoty adhvaryoranu homaṃ juhoti pratiprasthātā //
ŚBM, 4, 5, 2, 18.1 athāṅgārairabhisamūhati /
ŚBM, 4, 5, 3, 5.3 athātiriktānuṣṭup /
ŚBM, 4, 5, 3, 9.1 athāto gṛhṇāty evātiṣṭha vṛtrahan rathaṃ yuktā te brahmaṇā harī arvācīnaṃ su te mano grāvā kṛṇotu vagnunā upayāmagṛhīto 'sīndrāya tvā ṣoḍaśina eṣa te yonir indrāya tvā ṣoḍaśina iti //
ŚBM, 4, 5, 3, 10.1 anayā vā yukṣvā hi keśinā harī vṛṣaṇā kakṣyaprā athā na indra somapā girām upaśrutiṃ cara upayāmagṛhīto 'sīndrāya tvā ṣoḍaśina eṣa te yonir indrāya tvā ṣoḍaśina iti //
ŚBM, 4, 5, 3, 11.1 athetya stotram upākaroti somo 'tyarecy upāvartadhvam iti /
ŚBM, 4, 5, 4, 9.1 athāto gṛhṇāty evāgne pavasva svapā asme varcaḥ suvīryam dadhad rayim mayi poṣam /
ŚBM, 4, 5, 4, 14.4 yady uttare tryahe grahīṣyant syāt pūrva evaināṃs tryahe gṛhītvāthottare tryahe gṛhṇīyāt /
ŚBM, 4, 5, 5, 4.1 atha yad etayor ubhayoḥ saha sator upāṃśuṃ pūrvaṃ juhoti tasmād u saha sato 'jāvikasyobhayasyaivājāḥ pūrvā yanty anūcyo 'vayaḥ //
ŚBM, 4, 5, 5, 5.1 atha yad upāṃśuṃ hutvordhvam unmārṣṭi tasmād imā ajā arā ḍītarā ākramamāṇā iva yanti //
ŚBM, 4, 5, 5, 6.1 atha yad antaryāmaṃ hutvāvāñcam avamārṣṭi tasmād imā avayo 'vācīnaśīrṣṇyaḥ khanantya iva yanti /
ŚBM, 4, 5, 5, 9.1 atha yad ajāḥ kaniṣṭhāni pātrāṇy anu prajāyante tasmād etās triḥ saṃvatsarasya vijāyamānā dvau trīniti janayantyaḥ kaniṣṭhāḥ /
ŚBM, 4, 5, 5, 10.1 atha yad gāvo bhūyiṣṭhāni pātrāṇy anu prajāyante tasmād etāḥ sakṛt saṃvatsarasya vijāyamānā ekaikaṃ janayantyo bhūyiṣṭhāḥ /
ŚBM, 4, 5, 5, 11.1 atha droṇakalaśe 'ntato hāriyojanaṃ grahaṃ gṛhṇāti /
ŚBM, 4, 5, 6, 2.2 athopāṃśusavanaṃ vyānāya me varcodā varcase pavasveti /
ŚBM, 4, 5, 6, 2.3 athāntaryāmam udānāya me varcodā varcase pavasveti /
ŚBM, 4, 5, 6, 2.4 athaindravāyavaṃ vāce me varcodā varcase pavasveti /
ŚBM, 4, 5, 6, 2.5 atha maitrāvaruṇaṃ kratūdakṣābhyām me varcodā varcase pavasveti /
ŚBM, 4, 5, 6, 2.6 athāśvinaṃ śrotrāya me varcodā varcase pavasveti /
ŚBM, 4, 5, 6, 2.7 atha śukrāmanthinau cakṣurbhyām me varcodasau varcase pavethām iti //
ŚBM, 4, 5, 6, 3.1 athāgrayaṇam ātmane me varcodā varcase pavasveti /
ŚBM, 4, 5, 6, 3.2 athokthyam ojase me varcodā varcase pavasveti /
ŚBM, 4, 5, 6, 3.3 atha dhruvam āyuṣe me varcodā varcase pavasveti /
ŚBM, 4, 5, 6, 3.4 athāmbhṛṇau viśvābhyo me prajābhyo varcodasau varcase pavethām iti /
ŚBM, 4, 5, 6, 4.1 atha droṇakalaśaṃ ko 'si katamo 'sīti /
ŚBM, 4, 5, 7, 6.1 atha yad yajñasya hvalet tat samanvīkṣya juhuyād dīkṣopasatsv āhavanīye prasuta āgnīdhre /
ŚBM, 4, 5, 7, 7.1 atha yadi skandet tad adbhir upaninayet /
ŚBM, 4, 5, 7, 8.1 atho abhy eva mṛśed devān divam agan yajñas tato mā draviṇam aṣṭu manuṣyān antarikṣam agan yajñas tato mā draviṇam aṣṭu pitṝn pṛthivīm agan yajñas tato mā draviṇam aṣṭu /
ŚBM, 4, 5, 8, 1.5 athaiṣā sāhasry atiricyate //
ŚBM, 4, 5, 8, 10.1 atha dakṣiṇe karṇa ājapatīḍe rante havye kāmye candre jyote 'diti sarasvati mahi viśruti etā te aghnye nāmāni devebhyo mā sukṛtam brūtād iti /
ŚBM, 4, 5, 8, 15.1 atha yadi rathaṃ vā yuktaṃ dāsyant syāt yad vā vaśāyai vā vapāyāṃ hutāyāṃ dadyād udavasānīyāyāṃ veṣṭau //
ŚBM, 4, 5, 9, 2.1 atha caturthe 'han vyūhati grahān vyūhanti chandāṃsi /
ŚBM, 4, 5, 9, 3.6 atha grahān gṛhṇāti /
ŚBM, 4, 5, 9, 3.7 atha yadā grahān gṛhṇāty atha yatraivaitasya kālas tad enaṃ hiṃkṛtya sādayati /
ŚBM, 4, 5, 9, 3.7 atha yadā grahān gṛhṇāty atha yatraivaitasya kālas tad enaṃ hiṃkṛtya sādayati /
ŚBM, 4, 5, 9, 3.8 athaitat prajñātam eva pañcamam ahar bhavati /
ŚBM, 4, 5, 9, 4.1 atha ṣaṣṭhe 'han vyūhati grahān vyūhanti chandāṃsi /
ŚBM, 4, 5, 9, 5.6 atha grahān gṛhṇāti /
ŚBM, 4, 5, 9, 5.7 atha yadā grahān gṛhṇāty atha yatraivaitasya kālas tad enaṃ sādayati //
ŚBM, 4, 5, 9, 5.7 atha yadā grahān gṛhṇāty atha yatraivaitasya kālas tad enaṃ sādayati //
ŚBM, 4, 5, 9, 6.1 atha saptame 'han vyūhati grahān vyūhanti chandāṃsi /
ŚBM, 4, 5, 9, 7.6 atha grahān gṛhṇāti /
ŚBM, 4, 5, 9, 7.7 atha yadā grahān gṛhṇāty atha yatraivaitasya kālas tad enaṃ sādayati /
ŚBM, 4, 5, 9, 7.7 atha yadā grahān gṛhṇāty atha yatraivaitasya kālas tad enaṃ sādayati /
ŚBM, 4, 5, 9, 7.8 athaitat prajñātam evāṣṭamam ahar bhavati /
ŚBM, 4, 5, 9, 8.1 atha navame 'han vyūhati grahān vyūhanti chandāṃsi /
ŚBM, 4, 5, 9, 9.6 atha grahān gṛhṇāti /
ŚBM, 4, 5, 9, 9.7 atha yadā grahān gṛhṇāty atha yatraivaitasya kālas tad enaṃ hiṃkṛtya sādayati //
ŚBM, 4, 5, 9, 9.7 atha yadā grahān gṛhṇāty atha yatraivaitasya kālas tad enaṃ hiṃkṛtya sādayati //
ŚBM, 4, 5, 10, 6.3 athāvabhṛthād evodetya punar dīkṣeta /
ŚBM, 4, 5, 10, 7.1 atha kalaśadirām /
ŚBM, 4, 5, 10, 7.6 athāvabhṛthād evodetya punar dīkṣeta /
ŚBM, 4, 5, 10, 8.1 atha somātiriktānām /
ŚBM, 4, 6, 1, 2.2 athaitad anārambhaṇam iva yatraitaṃ na gṛhṇanti /
ŚBM, 4, 6, 1, 6.1 athāsyāṃ hiraṇyam baddham bhavati /
ŚBM, 4, 6, 1, 8.1 athāsyāṃ hiraṇyam baddham bhavati /
ŚBM, 4, 6, 1, 9.6 atha yad udyacchati tad evāsyābhiṣutam bhavatīti //
ŚBM, 4, 6, 2, 1.3 athaitad eva yajuṣṭaḥ puraścaraṇato yad etaṃ gṛhṇanty eteno evainaṃ gacchanti //
ŚBM, 4, 6, 2, 2.1 athāto gṛhṇāty evod u tyaṃ jātavedasaṃ devaṃ vahanti ketavaḥ dṛśe viśvāya sūryam upayāmagṛhīto 'si sūryāya tvā bhrājāyaiṣa te yoniḥ sūryāya tvā bhrājāyeti //
ŚBM, 4, 6, 3, 1.1 athātaḥ paśvayanasyaiva /
ŚBM, 4, 6, 3, 1.3 sa āgneyam prathamaṃ paśum ālabhate 'tha vāruṇam atha punar āgneyam /
ŚBM, 4, 6, 3, 1.3 sa āgneyam prathamaṃ paśum ālabhate 'tha vāruṇam atha punar āgneyam /
ŚBM, 4, 6, 3, 2.1 atho apy aindrāgnam evāhar ahaḥ paśum ālabheta /
ŚBM, 4, 6, 3, 3.1 athāta stomāyanasyaiva /
ŚBM, 4, 6, 4, 1.1 athāto mahāvratīyasyaiva /
ŚBM, 4, 6, 4, 5.1 atho viśvakarmaṇe /
ŚBM, 4, 6, 5, 3.5 atha nas tena te na gṛhītā bhavanti //
ŚBM, 4, 6, 6, 1.3 athābhaye 'nāṣṭra uttarato yajñam upacariṣyāma iti //
ŚBM, 4, 6, 6, 2.2 athābhaye 'nāṣṭra uttarato yajñam upacariṣyāma iti //
ŚBM, 4, 6, 6, 3.3 athābhaye 'nāṣṭra uttarato yajñam upacariṣyāma iti //
ŚBM, 4, 6, 6, 4.3 athābhaye 'nāṣṭra uttarato yajñam upacariṣyāma iti //
ŚBM, 4, 6, 6, 5.6 athābhaye 'nāṣṭra uttarato yajñam upācaran /
ŚBM, 4, 6, 6, 5.8 athābhaye 'nāṣṭra uttarato yajñam upacareyuḥ /
ŚBM, 4, 6, 6, 5.10 atha yad idaṃ ya eva kaś ca brahmā bhavati kuvit tūṣṇīm āsta iti tasmād ya eva vīryavattamaḥ syāt sa dakṣiṇata āsīta /
ŚBM, 4, 6, 6, 5.11 athābhaye 'nāṣṭra uttarato yajñam upacareyuḥ /
ŚBM, 4, 6, 6, 5.13 athābhaye 'nāṣṭra uttarato yajñam upacaranti //
ŚBM, 4, 6, 6, 8.1 atha maitrāvaruṇo japati prasūtaṃ devena savitrā juṣṭam mitrāvaruṇābhyām iti /
ŚBM, 4, 6, 7, 4.1 athaitaṃ viṣṇuṃ yajñam etair yajurbhiḥ pura ivaiva bibhrati /
ŚBM, 4, 6, 7, 5.4 atha yatra mana āsīn naiva tatra kiṃ canākriyata na prājñāyata /
ŚBM, 4, 6, 7, 12.1 athaitad vṛṣā somo yoṣā apo havirdhāne 'dhyeti /
ŚBM, 4, 6, 7, 13.1 yajuṣā ha vai devā agre yajñaṃ tenire 'tharcātha sāmnā /
ŚBM, 4, 6, 7, 13.1 yajuṣā ha vai devā agre yajñaṃ tenire 'tharcātha sāmnā /
ŚBM, 4, 6, 7, 13.2 tad idam apy etarhi yajuṣaivāgre yajñaṃ tanvate 'tharcātha sāmnā /
ŚBM, 4, 6, 7, 13.2 tad idam apy etarhi yajuṣaivāgre yajñaṃ tanvate 'tharcātha sāmnā /
ŚBM, 4, 6, 7, 18.3 atha ya uccaiś carati rūkṣayaty evaināni /
ŚBM, 4, 6, 7, 19.3 atha ye yajuṣā caranti manas te bhavanti /
ŚBM, 4, 6, 7, 19.5 yadaivādhvaryur āhānubrūhi yajety athaiva te kurvanti ya ṛcā kurvanti /
ŚBM, 4, 6, 7, 19.6 yadaivādhvaryur āha somaḥ pavata upāvartadhvam ity athaiva te kurvanti ye sāmnā kurvanti /
ŚBM, 4, 6, 8, 1.3 atha yat tato yajñaṃ tanvate tad yanti /
ŚBM, 4, 6, 8, 2.2 atha yat tato yajñasyodṛcaṃ gatvottiṣṭhanti tad utthānam /
ŚBM, 4, 6, 8, 3.1 atha dīkṣiṣyamāṇāḥ samavasyanti /
ŚBM, 4, 6, 8, 5.1 atha yad ahar eṣāṃ dīkṣā samaity araṇiṣv evāgnīnt samārohyopasamāyanti yatra dīkṣiṣyamāṇā bhavanti /
ŚBM, 4, 6, 8, 5.3 athetareṣām ardhā dakṣiṇata upaviśanty ardhā uttarataḥ /
ŚBM, 4, 6, 8, 6.1 atha yad ahar eṣāṃ krayo bhavati tad ahar gārhapatyāṃ citim upadadhāty athetarebhya upavasathe dhiṣṇyān /
ŚBM, 4, 6, 8, 6.1 atha yad ahar eṣāṃ krayo bhavati tad ahar gārhapatyāṃ citim upadadhāty athetarebhya upavasathe dhiṣṇyān /
ŚBM, 4, 6, 8, 7.3 athaita ekaikam evolmukam ādāya yathādhiṣṇyaṃ viparāyanti /
ŚBM, 4, 6, 8, 8.1 athedaṃ dvitīyam /
ŚBM, 4, 6, 8, 10.1 atha yad ahar eṣāṃ dīkṣā samaity araṇiṣv evāgnīnt samārohyopasamāyanti yatra dīkṣiṣyamāṇā bhavanti /
ŚBM, 4, 6, 8, 10.2 gṛhapatir eva prathamo manthate 'thetare paryupaviśya manthante /
ŚBM, 4, 6, 8, 11.1 atha yad ahar eṣāṃ krayo bhavati tad ahar gārhapatyāṃ citim upadadhāty athetarebhya upavasathe dhiṣṇyān /
ŚBM, 4, 6, 8, 11.1 atha yad ahar eṣāṃ krayo bhavati tad ahar gārhapatyāṃ citim upadadhāty athetarebhya upavasathe dhiṣṇyān /
ŚBM, 4, 6, 8, 12.3 athaita ekaikam evolmukam ādāya yathādhiṣṇyaṃ viparāyanti /
ŚBM, 4, 6, 8, 13.1 athedaṃ tṛtīyam /
ŚBM, 4, 6, 8, 13.6 athetarebhyaḥ samārohayati /
ŚBM, 4, 6, 8, 15.1 atha yad ahar eṣāṃ dīkṣā samaiti gṛhapater evāraṇyoḥ saṃvadante /
ŚBM, 4, 6, 8, 15.6 athetarebhyaḥ samārohayati /
ŚBM, 4, 6, 8, 16.1 atha yad ahar eṣāṃ krayo bhavati tad ahar gārhapatyāṃ citim upadadhāty athetarebhya upavasathe dhiṣṇyān /
ŚBM, 4, 6, 8, 16.1 atha yad ahar eṣāṃ krayo bhavati tad ahar gārhapatyāṃ citim upadadhāty athetarebhya upavasathe dhiṣṇyān /
ŚBM, 4, 6, 8, 17.3 athaita ekaikam evolmukam ādāya yathādhiṣṇyaṃ viparāyanti /
ŚBM, 4, 6, 8, 17.6 atha yan nānāpuroḍāśā bhūyo havir ucchiṣṭam asat samāptyā iti //
ŚBM, 4, 6, 8, 18.1 atha yena sattreṇa devāḥ kṣipra eva pāpmānam apāghnatemāṃ jitim ajayan yaiṣām iyaṃ jitis tad ata udyataḥ /
ŚBM, 4, 6, 8, 19.1 athādaḥ pūrvasminn udīcīnavaṃśā śālā bhavati /
ŚBM, 4, 6, 8, 20.1 athātra prācīnavaṃśā śālā bhavati /
ŚBM, 4, 6, 9, 7.4 athetare visṛjyante samiddhārā vā svādhyāyaṃ vā /
ŚBM, 4, 6, 9, 9.1 atha dvitīyāṃ juhoty upasṛjan dharuṇam mātra iti /
ŚBM, 4, 6, 9, 10.2 te paścāt prāñco havirdhāne samprapadyante purastād vai pratyañcas taṃsyamānā athaivaṃ satrotthāne //
ŚBM, 4, 6, 9, 15.3 athaivaṃ satrotthāne //
ŚBM, 4, 6, 9, 19.1 athādhvaryoḥ pratigaro 'rātsur ime yajamānā bhadram ebhyo 'bhūd iti /
ŚBM, 4, 6, 9, 20.1 atha vākovākye brahmodyaṃ vadanti /
ŚBM, 4, 6, 9, 20.9 athaiṣām etad evānāptam anavaruddhaṃ bhavati yad vākovākyaṃ brāhmaṇam /
ŚBM, 4, 6, 9, 21.6 athātra sarvaiva vāg āptā bhavaty apavṛktā /
ŚBM, 4, 6, 9, 25.1 atha gṛhapatiḥ subrahmaṇyām āhvayati yaṃ vā gṛhapatir brūyāt /
ŚBM, 5, 1, 1, 2.1 atha devāḥ /
ŚBM, 5, 1, 1, 11.2 yad enena bṛhaspatirayajata brahma hi bṛhaspatirbrahma hi brāhmaṇo 'tho rājanyasya yad enenendro 'yajata kṣatraṃ hīndraḥ kṣatraṃ rājanyaḥ //
ŚBM, 5, 1, 2, 1.2 sarvatvāyaiva tasmād vā aṃśuṃ gṛhṇāty athaitān prajñātānevāgniṣṭomikān grahān gṛhṇātyāgrayaṇāt //
ŚBM, 5, 1, 2, 2.1 atha pṛṣṭhyāngṛhṇāti /
ŚBM, 5, 1, 2, 3.1 atha ṣoḍaśinaṃ gṛhṇāti /
ŚBM, 5, 1, 2, 4.1 athaitānpañca vājapeyagrahāngṛhṇāti /
ŚBM, 5, 1, 2, 10.1 atha saptadaśa somagrahāngṛhṇāti /
ŚBM, 5, 1, 2, 12.1 atha yatsaptadaśa /
ŚBM, 5, 1, 2, 14.1 atha yatra rājānaṃ krīṇāti /
ŚBM, 5, 1, 2, 15.1 atha pūrvedyuḥ /
ŚBM, 5, 1, 2, 16.1 atha yatra pūrvayā dvārā /
ŚBM, 5, 1, 2, 19.1 athādhvaryuḥ /
ŚBM, 5, 1, 2, 19.2 hiraṇyapātreṇa madhugrahaṃ gṛhṇāti tam madhye somagrahāṇāṃ sādayaty athokthyaṃ gṛhṇātyatha dhruvam athaitānt somagrahān uttame stotra ṛtvijāṃ camaseṣu vyavanīya juhvati tānbhakṣayanty atha mādhyandine savane madhugrahasya ca surāgrahāṇāṃ codyate tasyātaḥ //
ŚBM, 5, 1, 2, 19.2 hiraṇyapātreṇa madhugrahaṃ gṛhṇāti tam madhye somagrahāṇāṃ sādayaty athokthyaṃ gṛhṇātyatha dhruvam athaitānt somagrahān uttame stotra ṛtvijāṃ camaseṣu vyavanīya juhvati tānbhakṣayanty atha mādhyandine savane madhugrahasya ca surāgrahāṇāṃ codyate tasyātaḥ //
ŚBM, 5, 1, 2, 19.2 hiraṇyapātreṇa madhugrahaṃ gṛhṇāti tam madhye somagrahāṇāṃ sādayaty athokthyaṃ gṛhṇātyatha dhruvam athaitānt somagrahān uttame stotra ṛtvijāṃ camaseṣu vyavanīya juhvati tānbhakṣayanty atha mādhyandine savane madhugrahasya ca surāgrahāṇāṃ codyate tasyātaḥ //
ŚBM, 5, 1, 2, 19.2 hiraṇyapātreṇa madhugrahaṃ gṛhṇāti tam madhye somagrahāṇāṃ sādayaty athokthyaṃ gṛhṇātyatha dhruvam athaitānt somagrahān uttame stotra ṛtvijāṃ camaseṣu vyavanīya juhvati tānbhakṣayanty atha mādhyandine savane madhugrahasya ca surāgrahāṇāṃ codyate tasyātaḥ //
ŚBM, 5, 1, 3, 3.1 atha marudbhya ujjeṣebhyaḥ /
ŚBM, 5, 1, 3, 5.2 tato 'rdhānāṃ juhvāmupastīrya dvirdviravadyati sakṛdabhighārayati pratyanakty avadānāny athopabhṛti sakṛtsakṛdavadyati dvirabhighārayati na pratyanaktyavadānāni tadyadardhānāṃ dvirdviravadyati tathaiṣā kṛtsnā bhavaty atha yadetaiḥ pracarati tena daivīṃ viśamujjayatyathārdhāni mānuṣyai viśa upaharati teno mānuṣīṃ viśamujjayati //
ŚBM, 5, 1, 3, 5.2 tato 'rdhānāṃ juhvāmupastīrya dvirdviravadyati sakṛdabhighārayati pratyanakty avadānāny athopabhṛti sakṛtsakṛdavadyati dvirabhighārayati na pratyanaktyavadānāni tadyadardhānāṃ dvirdviravadyati tathaiṣā kṛtsnā bhavaty atha yadetaiḥ pracarati tena daivīṃ viśamujjayatyathārdhāni mānuṣyai viśa upaharati teno mānuṣīṃ viśamujjayati //
ŚBM, 5, 1, 3, 5.2 tato 'rdhānāṃ juhvāmupastīrya dvirdviravadyati sakṛdabhighārayati pratyanakty avadānāny athopabhṛti sakṛtsakṛdavadyati dvirabhighārayati na pratyanaktyavadānāni tadyadardhānāṃ dvirdviravadyati tathaiṣā kṛtsnā bhavaty atha yadetaiḥ pracarati tena daivīṃ viśamujjayatyathārdhāni mānuṣyai viśa upaharati teno mānuṣīṃ viśamujjayati //
ŚBM, 5, 1, 3, 7.1 atha saptadaśa prājāpatyānpaśūnālabhate /
ŚBM, 5, 1, 3, 13.1 atheṣṭā anuyājā bhavanti /
ŚBM, 5, 1, 3, 13.2 avyūḍhe srucāv athaiṣāṃ havirbhiḥ pracaranti so 'nto 'nto vai prajāpatis tad antata evaitat prajāpatim ujjayaty atha yat purā pracared yathā yam adhvānam eṣyant syāt taṃ gatvā sa kva tataḥ syād evaṃ tat tasmād eṣām atra havirbhiḥ pracaranti //
ŚBM, 5, 1, 3, 13.2 avyūḍhe srucāv athaiṣāṃ havirbhiḥ pracaranti so 'nto 'nto vai prajāpatis tad antata evaitat prajāpatim ujjayaty atha yat purā pracared yathā yam adhvānam eṣyant syāt taṃ gatvā sa kva tataḥ syād evaṃ tat tasmād eṣām atra havirbhiḥ pracaranti //
ŚBM, 5, 1, 4, 3.1 atha ratham upāvaharati /
ŚBM, 5, 1, 4, 5.1 athāśvān adbhir abhyukṣati /
ŚBM, 5, 1, 4, 7.1 atha rathaṃ yunakti /
ŚBM, 5, 1, 4, 7.2 sa dakṣiṇāyugyamevāgre yunakti savyāyugyaṃ vā agre mānuṣe 'thaivaṃ devatrā //
ŚBM, 5, 1, 4, 9.1 atha savyāyugyaṃ yunakti /
ŚBM, 5, 1, 4, 9.2 vātaraṃhā bhava vājin yujyamāna iti vātajavo bhava vājin yujyamāna ityevaitad āhendrasyeva dakṣiṇaḥ śriyaidhīti yathendrasya dakṣiṇaḥ śriyaivaṃ yajamānasya śriyaidhīty evaitad āha yuñjantu tvā maruto viśvavedasa iti yuñjantu tvā devā ity evaitad āha te tvaṣṭā patsu javaṃ dadhātviti nātra tirohitam ivāstyatha dakṣiṇāpraṣṭiṃ yunakti savyāpraṣṭiṃ vā agre mānuṣe 'thaivaṃ devatrā //
ŚBM, 5, 1, 4, 9.2 vātaraṃhā bhava vājin yujyamāna iti vātajavo bhava vājin yujyamāna ityevaitad āhendrasyeva dakṣiṇaḥ śriyaidhīti yathendrasya dakṣiṇaḥ śriyaivaṃ yajamānasya śriyaidhīty evaitad āha yuñjantu tvā maruto viśvavedasa iti yuñjantu tvā devā ity evaitad āha te tvaṣṭā patsu javaṃ dadhātviti nātra tirohitam ivāstyatha dakṣiṇāpraṣṭiṃ yunakti savyāpraṣṭiṃ vā agre mānuṣe 'thaivaṃ devatrā //
ŚBM, 5, 1, 4, 12.1 atha bārhaspatyaṃ carum naivāraṃ saptadaśaśarāvaṃ nirvapati annaṃ vā eṣa ujjayati yo vājapeyena yajate 'nnapeyaṃ ha vai nāmaitad yad vājapeyaṃ tad yad evaitad annam udajaiṣīt tad evāsmā etatkaroti //
ŚBM, 5, 1, 4, 13.1 atha yadbārhaspatyo bhavati /
ŚBM, 5, 1, 4, 14.1 atha yannaivāro bhavati /
ŚBM, 5, 1, 5, 1.2 imamevaitena lokamujjayaty atha yad brahmā rathacakre sāma gāyati nābhidaghna uddhite 'ntarikṣalokam evaitenojjayaty atha yad yūpaṃ rohati devalokam evaitenojjayati tasmād vā etat trayaṃ kriyate //
ŚBM, 5, 1, 5, 1.2 imamevaitena lokamujjayaty atha yad brahmā rathacakre sāma gāyati nābhidaghna uddhite 'ntarikṣalokam evaitenojjayaty atha yad yūpaṃ rohati devalokam evaitenojjayati tasmād vā etat trayaṃ kriyate //
ŚBM, 5, 1, 5, 3.1 atha yadi rājanyo yajate /
ŚBM, 5, 1, 5, 5.1 atha yadi rājanyo yajate /
ŚBM, 5, 1, 5, 6.1 atha saptadaśa dundubhīn anuvedyantaṃ saṃminvanti /
ŚBM, 5, 1, 5, 7.1 athaiteṣāṃ dundubhīnām /
ŚBM, 5, 1, 5, 9.1 atha yadi rājanyo yajate /
ŚBM, 5, 1, 5, 10.1 athaiteṣvājisṛtsu ratheṣu /
ŚBM, 5, 1, 5, 12.1 atha yadi rājanyo yajate /
ŚBM, 5, 1, 5, 13.1 atha vedyantāt /
ŚBM, 5, 1, 5, 13.2 rājanya udaṅ saptadaśa pravyādhān pravidhyati yāvān vā ekaḥ pravyādhas tāvāṃstiryaṅ prajāpatir atha yāvat saptadaśa pravyādhās tāvān anvaṅ prajāpatiḥ //
ŚBM, 5, 1, 5, 15.1 atha yaṃ yajuṣā yunakti /
ŚBM, 5, 1, 5, 17.1 atha yadyadhvaryoḥ /
ŚBM, 5, 1, 5, 18.1 athaitābhyāṃ jagatībhyām /
ŚBM, 5, 1, 5, 21.1 athottareṇa tricena /
ŚBM, 5, 1, 5, 25.1 atha bārhaspatyena caruṇā pratyupatiṣṭhate /
ŚBM, 5, 1, 5, 27.2 vājina iti vājino hyaśvās tasmād āha vājina iti vājajita ity annaṃ vai vājo 'nnajita ity evaitadāha vājaṃ sasṛvāṃsaṃ iti sariṣyanta iti vā agra āha sariṣyanta iva hi tarhi bhavanty athātra sasṛvāṃsa iti sasṛvāṃsa iva hyatra bhavanti tasmādāha sasṛvāṃsa iti bṛhaspater bhāgam avajighrateti bṛhaspater hyeṣa bhāgo bhavati tasmādāha bṛhaspater bhāgam avajighrateti nimṛjānā iti tad yajamāne vīryaṃ dadhāti tad yad aśvān avaghrāpayatīmamujjayānīti vā agre 'vaghrāpayaty athātremam udajaiṣamiti tasmād vā aśvānavaghrāpayati //
ŚBM, 5, 1, 5, 27.2 vājina iti vājino hyaśvās tasmād āha vājina iti vājajita ity annaṃ vai vājo 'nnajita ity evaitadāha vājaṃ sasṛvāṃsaṃ iti sariṣyanta iti vā agra āha sariṣyanta iva hi tarhi bhavanty athātra sasṛvāṃsa iti sasṛvāṃsa iva hyatra bhavanti tasmādāha sasṛvāṃsa iti bṛhaspater bhāgam avajighrateti bṛhaspater hyeṣa bhāgo bhavati tasmādāha bṛhaspater bhāgam avajighrateti nimṛjānā iti tad yajamāne vīryaṃ dadhāti tad yad aśvān avaghrāpayatīmamujjayānīti vā agre 'vaghrāpayaty athātremam udajaiṣamiti tasmād vā aśvānavaghrāpayati //
ŚBM, 5, 1, 5, 28.1 athaiteṣāmājiśritāṃ rathānām /
ŚBM, 5, 1, 5, 28.2 ekasminvaiśyo vā rājanyo vopāsthito bhavati sa veder uttarāyāṃ śroṇā upaviśaty athādhvaryuśca yajamānaśca pūrvayā dvārā madhugraham ādāya niṣkrāmatas taṃ vaiśyasya vā rājanyasya vā pāṇāvādhatto 'tha neṣṭāparayā dvārā surāgrahānādāya niṣkrāmati sa jaghanena śālām paryetyaikaṃ vaiśyasya vā rājanyasya vā pāṇāvādadhad āhānena ta imaṃ niṣkrīṇāmīti satyaṃ vai śrīr jyotiḥ somo 'nṛtam pāpmā tamaḥ surā satyam evaitacchriyaṃ jyotir yajamāne dadhāty anṛtena pāpmanā tamasā vaiśyaṃ vidhyati taiḥ sa yam bhogaṃ kāmayate taṃ kurute 'thaitaṃ sahiraṇyapātrameva madhugraham brahmaṇe dadāti tam brahmaṇe dadad amṛtam āyur ātman dhatte 'mṛtaṃ hyāyur hiraṇyaṃ tena sa yam bhogaṃ kāmayate taṃ kurute //
ŚBM, 5, 1, 5, 28.2 ekasminvaiśyo vā rājanyo vopāsthito bhavati sa veder uttarāyāṃ śroṇā upaviśaty athādhvaryuśca yajamānaśca pūrvayā dvārā madhugraham ādāya niṣkrāmatas taṃ vaiśyasya vā rājanyasya vā pāṇāvādhatto 'tha neṣṭāparayā dvārā surāgrahānādāya niṣkrāmati sa jaghanena śālām paryetyaikaṃ vaiśyasya vā rājanyasya vā pāṇāvādadhad āhānena ta imaṃ niṣkrīṇāmīti satyaṃ vai śrīr jyotiḥ somo 'nṛtam pāpmā tamaḥ surā satyam evaitacchriyaṃ jyotir yajamāne dadhāty anṛtena pāpmanā tamasā vaiśyaṃ vidhyati taiḥ sa yam bhogaṃ kāmayate taṃ kurute 'thaitaṃ sahiraṇyapātrameva madhugraham brahmaṇe dadāti tam brahmaṇe dadad amṛtam āyur ātman dhatte 'mṛtaṃ hyāyur hiraṇyaṃ tena sa yam bhogaṃ kāmayate taṃ kurute //
ŚBM, 5, 1, 5, 28.2 ekasminvaiśyo vā rājanyo vopāsthito bhavati sa veder uttarāyāṃ śroṇā upaviśaty athādhvaryuśca yajamānaśca pūrvayā dvārā madhugraham ādāya niṣkrāmatas taṃ vaiśyasya vā rājanyasya vā pāṇāvādhatto 'tha neṣṭāparayā dvārā surāgrahānādāya niṣkrāmati sa jaghanena śālām paryetyaikaṃ vaiśyasya vā rājanyasya vā pāṇāvādadhad āhānena ta imaṃ niṣkrīṇāmīti satyaṃ vai śrīr jyotiḥ somo 'nṛtam pāpmā tamaḥ surā satyam evaitacchriyaṃ jyotir yajamāne dadhāty anṛtena pāpmanā tamasā vaiśyaṃ vidhyati taiḥ sa yam bhogaṃ kāmayate taṃ kurute 'thaitaṃ sahiraṇyapātrameva madhugraham brahmaṇe dadāti tam brahmaṇe dadad amṛtam āyur ātman dhatte 'mṛtaṃ hyāyur hiraṇyaṃ tena sa yam bhogaṃ kāmayate taṃ kurute //
ŚBM, 5, 2, 1, 1.1 atha sruvaṃ cājyavilāpanīṃ cādāya /
ŚBM, 5, 2, 1, 3.1 atha ṣaṭ kᄆptīḥ /
ŚBM, 5, 2, 1, 8.1 atha neṣṭā patnīm udāneṣyan /
ŚBM, 5, 2, 1, 8.2 kauśaṃ vāsaḥ paridhāpayati kauśaṃ vā caṇḍātakam antaraṃ dīkṣitavasanājjaghanārdho vā eṣa yajñasya yat patnī tām etat prācīṃ yajñam prasādayiṣyan bhavaty asti vai patnyā amedhyaṃ yadavācīnaṃ nābher medhyā vai darbhās tad yad evāsyā amedhyaṃ tad evāsyā etad darbhair medhyaṃ kṛtvāthainām prācīṃ yajñam prasādayati tasmān neṣṭā patnīm udāneṣyan kauśaṃ vāsaḥ paridhāpayati kauśaṃ vā caṇḍātakam antaraṃ dīkṣitavasanāt //
ŚBM, 5, 2, 1, 9.1 atha niśrayaṇīṃ niśrayati /
ŚBM, 5, 2, 1, 10.2 jāya ehi svo rohāveti rohāvetyāha jāyā tad yaj jāyāmāmantrayate 'rdho ha vā eṣa ātmano yajjāyā tasmād yāvajjāyāṃ na vindate naiva tāvat prajāyate 'sarvo hi tāvad bhavaty atha yadaiva jāyāṃ vindate 'tha prajāyate tarhi hi sarvo bhavati sarva etāṃ gatiṃ gacchānīti tasmājjāyāmāmantrayate //
ŚBM, 5, 2, 1, 10.2 jāya ehi svo rohāveti rohāvetyāha jāyā tad yaj jāyāmāmantrayate 'rdho ha vā eṣa ātmano yajjāyā tasmād yāvajjāyāṃ na vindate naiva tāvat prajāyate 'sarvo hi tāvad bhavaty atha yadaiva jāyāṃ vindate 'tha prajāyate tarhi hi sarvo bhavati sarva etāṃ gatiṃ gacchānīti tasmājjāyāmāmantrayate //
ŚBM, 5, 2, 1, 12.1 atha godhūmān upaspṛśati /
ŚBM, 5, 2, 1, 14.1 atha śīrṣṇā yūpam atyujjihīte /
ŚBM, 5, 2, 1, 15.1 atha diśo 'nuvīkṣamāṇo japati /
ŚBM, 5, 2, 1, 16.1 athainam ūṣapuṭair anūdasyanti /
ŚBM, 5, 2, 1, 18.1 athemām upāvekṣamāṇo japati /
ŚBM, 5, 2, 1, 20.1 atha hiraṇyam abhyavarohati /
ŚBM, 5, 2, 1, 21.1 athājarṣabhasyājinam upastṛṇāti /
ŚBM, 5, 2, 1, 22.1 athāsmā āsandīm āharanti /
ŚBM, 5, 2, 1, 24.1 athājarṣabhasyājinam āstṛṇāti /
ŚBM, 5, 2, 1, 25.2 iyaṃ te rāḍiti rājyam evāsminn etad dadhāty athainam āsādayati yantāsi yamana iti yantāramevainam etad yamanamāsām prajānāṃ karoti dhruvo 'si dharuṇa iti dhruvam evainam etad dharuṇam asmiṃlloke karoti kṛṣyai tvā kṣemāya tvā rayyai tvā poṣāya tveti sādhave tvety evaitad āha //
ŚBM, 5, 2, 2, 1.2 tasyāniṣṭa eva sviṣṭakṛd bhavaty athāsmā annaṃ saṃbharaty annaṃ vā eṣa ujjayati yo vājapeyena yajate 'nnapeyaṃ ha vai nāmaitad yad vājapeyaṃ tad yad evaitad annam udajaiṣīt tad evāsmā etat saṃbharati //
ŚBM, 5, 2, 2, 2.2 annaṃ vā ūrg udumbara ūrjo 'nnādyasyāvaruddhyai tasmād audumbare pātre so 'pa eva prathamāḥ saṃbharaty atha payo 'tha yathopasmāramannāni //
ŚBM, 5, 2, 2, 2.2 annaṃ vā ūrg udumbara ūrjo 'nnādyasyāvaruddhyai tasmād audumbare pātre so 'pa eva prathamāḥ saṃbharaty atha payo 'tha yathopasmāramannāni //
ŚBM, 5, 2, 2, 12.1 athainam pariśiṣṭenābhiṣiñcati /
ŚBM, 5, 2, 2, 15.1 athāha /
ŚBM, 5, 2, 2, 16.1 athojjitīḥ /
ŚBM, 5, 2, 2, 18.1 athāhāgnaye sviṣṭakṛte 'nubrūhīti /
ŚBM, 5, 2, 2, 19.1 atheḍām ādadhāti /
ŚBM, 5, 2, 2, 20.2 etat kṛtvāthaitat kurvanti tad u tathā na kuryād ātmā vai stotram prajā śastram etasmāddha sa yajamānam praṇāśayati sa jihma eti sa hvalati tasmād etad eva kṛtvāthaitat kuryāt //
ŚBM, 5, 2, 2, 20.2 etat kṛtvāthaitat kurvanti tad u tathā na kuryād ātmā vai stotram prajā śastram etasmāddha sa yajamānam praṇāśayati sa jihma eti sa hvalati tasmād etad eva kṛtvāthaitat kuryāt //
ŚBM, 5, 2, 2, 21.1 atheḍām ādadhāti /
ŚBM, 5, 2, 3, 2.1 atha śvo bhūte /
ŚBM, 5, 2, 3, 3.2 eṣa te nirṛte bhāgas taṃ juṣasva svāhetīyaṃ vai nirṛtiḥ sā yam pāpmanā gṛhṇāti taṃ nirṛtyā gṛhṇāti tad yad evāsyā atra nairṛtaṃ rūpaṃ tad evaitacchamayati tatho hainaṃ sūyamānaṃ nirṛtirna gṛhṇāty atha yat svakṛte veriṇe juhoti śvabhrapradare vaitad u hyasyai nirṛtigṛhītam //
ŚBM, 5, 2, 3, 4.1 athāpratīkṣam punar āyanti /
ŚBM, 5, 2, 3, 4.2 athānumatyā aṣṭākapālena puroḍāśena pracaratīyaṃ vā anumatiḥ sa yas tat karma śaknoti kartuṃ yaccikīrṣatīyaṃ hāsmai tad anumanyate tad imām evaitat prīṇāty anayānumatyānumataḥ sūyā iti //
ŚBM, 5, 2, 3, 5.1 atha yad aṣṭākapālo bhavati /
ŚBM, 5, 2, 3, 5.2 aṣṭākṣarā vai gāyatrī gāyatrī vā iyam pṛthivy atha yat samānasya haviṣa ubhayatra juhoty eṣā hyevaitad ubhayaṃ tasya vāso dakṣiṇā yad vai savāsā araṇyaṃ nodāśaṃsate nidhāya vai tad vāso 'timucyate tatho hainaṃ sūyamānam āsaṅgo na vindati //
ŚBM, 5, 2, 3, 6.1 atha śvo bhūte /
ŚBM, 5, 2, 3, 7.1 atha śvo bhūte /
ŚBM, 5, 2, 3, 8.1 atha śvo bhūte /
ŚBM, 5, 2, 3, 9.1 athāgrayaṇeṣṭyā yajate /
ŚBM, 5, 2, 3, 10.1 atha cāturmāsyair yajate /
ŚBM, 5, 2, 4, 2.1 atha varuṇapraghāsair yajate /
ŚBM, 5, 2, 4, 3.1 atha sākamedhair yajate /
ŚBM, 5, 2, 4, 4.1 atha śunāsīryeṇa yajate /
ŚBM, 5, 2, 4, 4.2 ubhau rasau parigṛhya sūyā ityatha pañcavātīyaṃ sa pañcadhāhavanīyaṃ vyuhya sruveṇopaghātaṃ juhoti //
ŚBM, 5, 2, 4, 5.2 agninetrebhyo devebhyaḥ puraḥsadbhyaḥ svāhetyatha dakṣiṇārdhye juhoti yamanetrebhyo devebhyo dakṣiṇāsadbhyaḥ svāhety atha paścārdhye juhoti viśvadevanetrebhyo devebhyaḥ paścātsadbhyaḥ svāhety athottarārdhye juhoti mitrāvaruṇanetrebhyo vā marunnetrebhyo vā devebhya uttarāsadbhyaḥ svāhetyatha madhye juhoti somanetrebhyo devebhya uparisadbhyo duvasvadbhyaḥ svāheti //
ŚBM, 5, 2, 4, 5.2 agninetrebhyo devebhyaḥ puraḥsadbhyaḥ svāhetyatha dakṣiṇārdhye juhoti yamanetrebhyo devebhyo dakṣiṇāsadbhyaḥ svāhety atha paścārdhye juhoti viśvadevanetrebhyo devebhyaḥ paścātsadbhyaḥ svāhety athottarārdhye juhoti mitrāvaruṇanetrebhyo vā marunnetrebhyo vā devebhya uttarāsadbhyaḥ svāhetyatha madhye juhoti somanetrebhyo devebhya uparisadbhyo duvasvadbhyaḥ svāheti //
ŚBM, 5, 2, 4, 5.2 agninetrebhyo devebhyaḥ puraḥsadbhyaḥ svāhetyatha dakṣiṇārdhye juhoti yamanetrebhyo devebhyo dakṣiṇāsadbhyaḥ svāhety atha paścārdhye juhoti viśvadevanetrebhyo devebhyaḥ paścātsadbhyaḥ svāhety athottarārdhye juhoti mitrāvaruṇanetrebhyo vā marunnetrebhyo vā devebhya uttarāsadbhyaḥ svāhetyatha madhye juhoti somanetrebhyo devebhya uparisadbhyo duvasvadbhyaḥ svāheti //
ŚBM, 5, 2, 4, 5.2 agninetrebhyo devebhyaḥ puraḥsadbhyaḥ svāhetyatha dakṣiṇārdhye juhoti yamanetrebhyo devebhyo dakṣiṇāsadbhyaḥ svāhety atha paścārdhye juhoti viśvadevanetrebhyo devebhyaḥ paścātsadbhyaḥ svāhety athottarārdhye juhoti mitrāvaruṇanetrebhyo vā marunnetrebhyo vā devebhya uttarāsadbhyaḥ svāhetyatha madhye juhoti somanetrebhyo devebhya uparisadbhyo duvasvadbhyaḥ svāheti //
ŚBM, 5, 2, 4, 6.1 atha sārdhaṃ samuhya juhoti /
ŚBM, 5, 2, 4, 8.1 atha yad etā aparāḥ pañcāhutīr juhoti /
ŚBM, 5, 2, 4, 11.1 athendraturīyam /
ŚBM, 5, 2, 4, 13.2 so 'gnereko bhāgo 'tha yad vāruṇo yavamayaś carur bhavati yo vai varuṇaḥ so 'gniḥ so 'gner dvitīyo bhāgo 'tha yadraudro gāvedhukaścarurbhavati yo vai rudraḥ so 'gniḥ so 'gnes tṛtīyo bhāgo 'tha yad gāvedhuko bhavati vāstavyo vā eṣa devo vāstavyā gavedhukās tasmād gāvedhuko bhavaty atha yad anaḍuhyai vahalāyā aindraṃ dadhi bhavati sa indrasya caturtho bhāgo yad vai caturthaṃ tat turīyaṃ tasmād indraturīyaṃ nāma tasyaiṣaivānaḍuhī vahalā dakṣiṇā sā hi vahenāgneyy agnidagdham iva hyasyai vaham bhavaty atha yat strī satī vahaty adharmeṇa tad asyai vāruṇaṃ rūpam atha yad gaustena raudry atha yad asyā aindraṃ dadhi tenaindryeṣā hi vā etat sarvaṃ vyaśnute tasmādeṣaivānaḍuhī vahalā dakṣiṇā //
ŚBM, 5, 2, 4, 13.2 so 'gnereko bhāgo 'tha yad vāruṇo yavamayaś carur bhavati yo vai varuṇaḥ so 'gniḥ so 'gner dvitīyo bhāgo 'tha yadraudro gāvedhukaścarurbhavati yo vai rudraḥ so 'gniḥ so 'gnes tṛtīyo bhāgo 'tha yad gāvedhuko bhavati vāstavyo vā eṣa devo vāstavyā gavedhukās tasmād gāvedhuko bhavaty atha yad anaḍuhyai vahalāyā aindraṃ dadhi bhavati sa indrasya caturtho bhāgo yad vai caturthaṃ tat turīyaṃ tasmād indraturīyaṃ nāma tasyaiṣaivānaḍuhī vahalā dakṣiṇā sā hi vahenāgneyy agnidagdham iva hyasyai vaham bhavaty atha yat strī satī vahaty adharmeṇa tad asyai vāruṇaṃ rūpam atha yad gaustena raudry atha yad asyā aindraṃ dadhi tenaindryeṣā hi vā etat sarvaṃ vyaśnute tasmādeṣaivānaḍuhī vahalā dakṣiṇā //
ŚBM, 5, 2, 4, 13.2 so 'gnereko bhāgo 'tha yad vāruṇo yavamayaś carur bhavati yo vai varuṇaḥ so 'gniḥ so 'gner dvitīyo bhāgo 'tha yadraudro gāvedhukaścarurbhavati yo vai rudraḥ so 'gniḥ so 'gnes tṛtīyo bhāgo 'tha yad gāvedhuko bhavati vāstavyo vā eṣa devo vāstavyā gavedhukās tasmād gāvedhuko bhavaty atha yad anaḍuhyai vahalāyā aindraṃ dadhi bhavati sa indrasya caturtho bhāgo yad vai caturthaṃ tat turīyaṃ tasmād indraturīyaṃ nāma tasyaiṣaivānaḍuhī vahalā dakṣiṇā sā hi vahenāgneyy agnidagdham iva hyasyai vaham bhavaty atha yat strī satī vahaty adharmeṇa tad asyai vāruṇaṃ rūpam atha yad gaustena raudry atha yad asyā aindraṃ dadhi tenaindryeṣā hi vā etat sarvaṃ vyaśnute tasmādeṣaivānaḍuhī vahalā dakṣiṇā //
ŚBM, 5, 2, 4, 13.2 so 'gnereko bhāgo 'tha yad vāruṇo yavamayaś carur bhavati yo vai varuṇaḥ so 'gniḥ so 'gner dvitīyo bhāgo 'tha yadraudro gāvedhukaścarurbhavati yo vai rudraḥ so 'gniḥ so 'gnes tṛtīyo bhāgo 'tha yad gāvedhuko bhavati vāstavyo vā eṣa devo vāstavyā gavedhukās tasmād gāvedhuko bhavaty atha yad anaḍuhyai vahalāyā aindraṃ dadhi bhavati sa indrasya caturtho bhāgo yad vai caturthaṃ tat turīyaṃ tasmād indraturīyaṃ nāma tasyaiṣaivānaḍuhī vahalā dakṣiṇā sā hi vahenāgneyy agnidagdham iva hyasyai vaham bhavaty atha yat strī satī vahaty adharmeṇa tad asyai vāruṇaṃ rūpam atha yad gaustena raudry atha yad asyā aindraṃ dadhi tenaindryeṣā hi vā etat sarvaṃ vyaśnute tasmādeṣaivānaḍuhī vahalā dakṣiṇā //
ŚBM, 5, 2, 4, 13.2 so 'gnereko bhāgo 'tha yad vāruṇo yavamayaś carur bhavati yo vai varuṇaḥ so 'gniḥ so 'gner dvitīyo bhāgo 'tha yadraudro gāvedhukaścarurbhavati yo vai rudraḥ so 'gniḥ so 'gnes tṛtīyo bhāgo 'tha yad gāvedhuko bhavati vāstavyo vā eṣa devo vāstavyā gavedhukās tasmād gāvedhuko bhavaty atha yad anaḍuhyai vahalāyā aindraṃ dadhi bhavati sa indrasya caturtho bhāgo yad vai caturthaṃ tat turīyaṃ tasmād indraturīyaṃ nāma tasyaiṣaivānaḍuhī vahalā dakṣiṇā sā hi vahenāgneyy agnidagdham iva hyasyai vaham bhavaty atha yat strī satī vahaty adharmeṇa tad asyai vāruṇaṃ rūpam atha yad gaustena raudry atha yad asyā aindraṃ dadhi tenaindryeṣā hi vā etat sarvaṃ vyaśnute tasmādeṣaivānaḍuhī vahalā dakṣiṇā //
ŚBM, 5, 2, 4, 13.2 so 'gnereko bhāgo 'tha yad vāruṇo yavamayaś carur bhavati yo vai varuṇaḥ so 'gniḥ so 'gner dvitīyo bhāgo 'tha yadraudro gāvedhukaścarurbhavati yo vai rudraḥ so 'gniḥ so 'gnes tṛtīyo bhāgo 'tha yad gāvedhuko bhavati vāstavyo vā eṣa devo vāstavyā gavedhukās tasmād gāvedhuko bhavaty atha yad anaḍuhyai vahalāyā aindraṃ dadhi bhavati sa indrasya caturtho bhāgo yad vai caturthaṃ tat turīyaṃ tasmād indraturīyaṃ nāma tasyaiṣaivānaḍuhī vahalā dakṣiṇā sā hi vahenāgneyy agnidagdham iva hyasyai vaham bhavaty atha yat strī satī vahaty adharmeṇa tad asyai vāruṇaṃ rūpam atha yad gaustena raudry atha yad asyā aindraṃ dadhi tenaindryeṣā hi vā etat sarvaṃ vyaśnute tasmādeṣaivānaḍuhī vahalā dakṣiṇā //
ŚBM, 5, 2, 4, 13.2 so 'gnereko bhāgo 'tha yad vāruṇo yavamayaś carur bhavati yo vai varuṇaḥ so 'gniḥ so 'gner dvitīyo bhāgo 'tha yadraudro gāvedhukaścarurbhavati yo vai rudraḥ so 'gniḥ so 'gnes tṛtīyo bhāgo 'tha yad gāvedhuko bhavati vāstavyo vā eṣa devo vāstavyā gavedhukās tasmād gāvedhuko bhavaty atha yad anaḍuhyai vahalāyā aindraṃ dadhi bhavati sa indrasya caturtho bhāgo yad vai caturthaṃ tat turīyaṃ tasmād indraturīyaṃ nāma tasyaiṣaivānaḍuhī vahalā dakṣiṇā sā hi vahenāgneyy agnidagdham iva hyasyai vaham bhavaty atha yat strī satī vahaty adharmeṇa tad asyai vāruṇaṃ rūpam atha yad gaustena raudry atha yad asyā aindraṃ dadhi tenaindryeṣā hi vā etat sarvaṃ vyaśnute tasmādeṣaivānaḍuhī vahalā dakṣiṇā //
ŚBM, 5, 2, 4, 14.1 athāpāmārgahomaṃ juhoti /
ŚBM, 5, 2, 4, 20.1 athāpratīkṣam punar āyanti /
ŚBM, 5, 2, 5, 3.1 atha yad aindrāvaiṣṇavaḥ /
ŚBM, 5, 2, 5, 4.1 atha yad vaiṣṇavaḥ /
ŚBM, 5, 2, 5, 5.1 athāpareṇa triṣaṃyuktena yajate /
ŚBM, 5, 2, 5, 7.1 atha yad aindrāpauṣṇaḥ /
ŚBM, 5, 2, 5, 8.1 atha yat pauṣṇaḥ /
ŚBM, 5, 2, 5, 9.1 athāpareṇa triṣaṃyuktena yajate /
ŚBM, 5, 2, 5, 11.1 atha yad aindrāsaumyaḥ /
ŚBM, 5, 2, 5, 12.1 atha yatsaumyaḥ /
ŚBM, 5, 2, 5, 13.1 atha śvo bhūte /
ŚBM, 5, 2, 5, 15.1 atha yad dvādaśakapālo bhavati /
ŚBM, 5, 2, 5, 16.1 atha yadvāruṇo yavamayaś carur bhavati /
ŚBM, 5, 3, 1, 2.1 atha śvobhūte /
ŚBM, 5, 3, 1, 3.1 atha śvobhūte /
ŚBM, 5, 3, 1, 4.1 atha śvobhūte /
ŚBM, 5, 3, 1, 5.1 atha śvobhūte /
ŚBM, 5, 3, 1, 6.1 atha śvobhūte /
ŚBM, 5, 3, 1, 7.1 atha śvobhūte /
ŚBM, 5, 3, 1, 8.1 atha śvobhūte /
ŚBM, 5, 3, 1, 9.1 atha śvobhūte /
ŚBM, 5, 3, 1, 10.1 atha śvobhūte /
ŚBM, 5, 3, 1, 11.1 atha śvobhūte /
ŚBM, 5, 3, 1, 13.1 atha śvobhūte /
ŚBM, 5, 3, 2, 4.1 atha maitrābārhaspatyaṃ caruṃ nirvapati /
ŚBM, 5, 3, 2, 5.2 yā svayampraśīrṇāśvatthī śākhā prācī vodīcī vā bhavati tasyai maitram pātraṃ karoti varuṇyā vā eṣā yā paraśuvṛkṇāthaiṣā maitrī yā svayampraśīrṇā tasmātsvayampraśīrṇāyai śākhāyai maitram pātraṃ karoti //
ŚBM, 5, 3, 2, 6.1 athātacya dadhi /
ŚBM, 5, 3, 2, 6.2 vināṭa āsicya rathaṃ yuktvābadhya dedīyitavā āha tad yat svayamuditaṃ navanītaṃ tadājyam bhavati varuṇyaṃ vā etadyanmathitamathaitanmaitraṃ yatsvayamuditaṃ tasmātsvayamuditamājyam bhavati //
ŚBM, 5, 3, 2, 7.2 sa ye 'ṇīyāṃsaḥ paribhinnāste bārhaspatyā atha ye sthavīyāṃso 'paribhinnās te maitrā na vai mitraḥ kaṃcana hinasti na mitraṃ kaścana hinasti nainaṃ kuśo na kaṇṭako vibhinatti nāsya vraṇaścanāsti sarvasya hyeva mitro mitram //
ŚBM, 5, 3, 2, 8.1 atha bārhaspatyaṃ carumadhiśrayati /
ŚBM, 5, 3, 2, 8.2 tam maitreṇa pātreṇāpidadhāti tadājyamānayati tattaṇḍulānāvapati sa eṣa ūṣmaṇaiva śrapyate varuṇyo vā eṣa yo 'gninā śṛto 'thaiṣa maitro ya ūṣmaṇā śṛtastasmādūṣmaṇā śṛto bhavati tayorubhayoravadyannāha mitrābṛhaspatibhyām anubrūhīty āśrāvyāha mitrābṛhaspatī yajeti vaṣaṭkṛte juhoti //
ŚBM, 5, 3, 3, 2.2 dvādaśakapālaṃ vāṣṭākapālaṃ vā puroḍāśaṃ nirvapati plāśukānāṃ vrīhīṇāṃ savitā vai devānām prasavitā savitṛprasūtaḥ sūyā ity atha yatplāśukānāṃ vrīhīṇāṃ kṣipre mā prasuvāniti //
ŚBM, 5, 3, 3, 3.1 athāgnaye gṛhapataye /
ŚBM, 5, 3, 3, 3.2 aṣṭākapālam puroḍāśaṃ nirvapatyāśūnāṃ śrīrvai gārhapataṃ yāvato yāvata īṣṭe tadenamagnireva gṛhapatirgārhapatamabhi pariṇayaty atha yadāśūnāṃ kṣipre mā pariṇayāniti //
ŚBM, 5, 3, 3, 4.1 atha somāya vanaspataye /
ŚBM, 5, 3, 3, 4.2 śyāmākaṃ carum nirvapati tadenaṃ soma eva vanaspatiroṣadhibhyaḥ suvatyatha yacchyāmāko bhavatyete vai somasyauṣadhīnāṃ pratyakṣatamāṃ yacchyāmākās tasmācchyāmāko bhavati //
ŚBM, 5, 3, 3, 5.1 atha bṛhaspataye vāce /
ŚBM, 5, 3, 3, 5.2 naivāraṃ caruṃ nirvapati tadenam bṛhaspatireva vāce suvaty atha yannaivāro bhavati brahma vai bṛhaspatir ete vai brahmaṇā pacyante yan nīvārās tasmānnaivāro bhavati //
ŚBM, 5, 3, 3, 6.1 athendrāya jyeṣṭhāya /
ŚBM, 5, 3, 3, 6.2 hāyanānāṃ caruṃ nirvapati tadenamindra eva jyeṣṭho jyaiṣṭhyamabhi pariṇayatyatha yaddhāyanānām bhavaty atiṣṭhā vā etā oṣadhayo yaddhāyanā atiṣṭho vā indrastasmāddhāyanānām bhavati //
ŚBM, 5, 3, 3, 7.1 atha rudrāya paśupataye /
ŚBM, 5, 3, 3, 7.2 raudraṃ gāvedhukaṃ caruṃ nirvapati tadenaṃ rudra eva paśupatiḥ paśubhyaḥ suvaty atha yad gāvedhuko bhavati vāstavyo vā eṣa devo vāstavyā gavedhukās tasmādgāvedhuko bhavati //
ŚBM, 5, 3, 3, 8.1 atha mitrāya satyāya /
ŚBM, 5, 3, 3, 8.2 nāmbānāṃ caruṃ nirvapati tadenam mitra eva satyo brahmaṇe suvatyatha yannāmbānām bhavati varuṇyā vā etā oṣadhayo yāḥ kṛṣṭe jāyante 'thaite maitrā yan nāmbās tasmānnāmbānām bhavati //
ŚBM, 5, 3, 3, 8.2 nāmbānāṃ caruṃ nirvapati tadenam mitra eva satyo brahmaṇe suvatyatha yannāmbānām bhavati varuṇyā vā etā oṣadhayo yāḥ kṛṣṭe jāyante 'thaite maitrā yan nāmbās tasmānnāmbānām bhavati //
ŚBM, 5, 3, 3, 9.1 atha varuṇāya dharmapataye /
ŚBM, 5, 3, 3, 10.1 athāgnīṣomīyena puroḍāśena pracarati /
ŚBM, 5, 3, 3, 10.2 tasyāniṣṭa eva sviṣṭakṛdbhavaty athaitair havirbhiḥ pracarati yadaitair havirbhiḥ pracarati //
ŚBM, 5, 3, 3, 11.1 athainaṃ dakṣiṇe bāhāvabhipadya japati /
ŚBM, 5, 3, 3, 15.1 athāhāgnaye sviṣṭakṛte 'nubrūhīti /
ŚBM, 5, 3, 4, 4.1 athādhvaryuḥ /
ŚBM, 5, 3, 4, 6.1 atha yaḥ pratyaṅṅudardati /
ŚBM, 5, 3, 4, 7.1 atha syandamānā gṛhṇāti /
ŚBM, 5, 3, 4, 8.1 atha yāḥ syandamānānām pratīpaṃ syandante /
ŚBM, 5, 3, 4, 9.1 athāpayatīrgṛhṇāti /
ŚBM, 5, 3, 4, 10.1 atha nadīpatiṃ gṛhṇāti /
ŚBM, 5, 3, 4, 11.1 atha niveṣyaṃ gṛhṇāti /
ŚBM, 5, 3, 4, 12.1 atha yaḥ syandamānānāṃ sthāvaro hrado bhavati /
ŚBM, 5, 3, 4, 13.1 atha yā ātapati varṣanti /
ŚBM, 5, 3, 4, 13.2 tā gṛhṇāti sūryavarcasa stha rāṣṭradā rāṣṭram me datta svāhā sūryavarcasa stha rāṣṭradā rāṣṭramamuṣmai datteti tābhirabhiṣiñcati varcasaivainametadabhiṣiñcati sūryavarcasamevainametatkaroti medhyā vā etā āpo bhavanti yā ātapati varṣanty aprāptā hīmām bhavanty athainā gṛhṇāti medhyamevainametatkarotyetā vā ekā āpastā evaitatsaṃbharati //
ŚBM, 5, 3, 4, 14.1 atha vaiśantīr gṛhṇāti /
ŚBM, 5, 3, 4, 15.1 atha kūpyā gṛhṇāti /
ŚBM, 5, 3, 4, 16.1 atha pruṣvā gṛhṇāti /
ŚBM, 5, 3, 4, 17.1 atha madhu gṛhṇāti /
ŚBM, 5, 3, 4, 18.1 atha gorvijāyamānāyā ulbyā gṛhṇāti /
ŚBM, 5, 3, 4, 19.1 atha payo gṛhṇāti /
ŚBM, 5, 3, 4, 20.1 atha ghṛtaṃ gṛhṇāti /
ŚBM, 5, 3, 4, 21.1 atha marīcīḥ /
ŚBM, 5, 3, 4, 24.1 atha yaddhutvā hutvā gṛhṇāti /
ŚBM, 5, 3, 4, 25.1 atha yatsārasvatīṣu na juhoti /
ŚBM, 5, 3, 4, 26.1 atha yanmarīciṣu na juhoti /
ŚBM, 5, 3, 5, 4.1 atha pārthāni juhoti /
ŚBM, 5, 3, 5, 7.2 bṛhaspatisteṣāmuttamo bhavatyatha yānyupariṣṭādabhiṣekasya juhotīndrasteṣām prathamo bhavati brahma vai bṛhaspatirindriyaṃ vīryamindra etābhyāmevainam etad vīryābhyāmubhayataḥ paribṛṃhati //
ŚBM, 5, 3, 5, 9.1 atha juhoti /
ŚBM, 5, 3, 5, 15.1 atha pavitre karoti /
ŚBM, 5, 3, 5, 18.2 yadā vā enametābhirabhiṣuṇvantyathāhutirbhavati tasmādāha somasya dātramasīti svāhā rājasva iti tadenāḥ svāhākāreṇaivotpunāti //
ŚBM, 5, 3, 5, 20.1 athainaṃ vāsāṃsi paridhāpayati /
ŚBM, 5, 3, 5, 21.1 athainam pāṇḍvam paridhāpayati /
ŚBM, 5, 3, 5, 22.1 athādhīvāsam pratimuñcati /
ŚBM, 5, 3, 5, 23.1 athoṣṇīṣaṃ saṃhṛtya /
ŚBM, 5, 3, 5, 25.2 nidadhatyetāni vāsāṃsyathainam punardīkṣitavasanam paridhāpayanti tad u tathā na kuryād aṅgāni vā asya janūrvāsāṃsyaṅgairhainaṃ sajanvā tanvā vyardhayanti varuṇyaṃ dīkṣitavasanaṃ sa eteṣāmevaikaṃ vāsasām paridadhīta tadenamaṅgairjanvā tanvā samardhayati varuṇyaṃ dīkṣitavasanaṃ tadenaṃ varuṇyād dīkṣitavasanāt pramuñcati //
ŚBM, 5, 3, 5, 27.1 atha dhanuradhitanoti /
ŚBM, 5, 3, 5, 28.1 atha bāhū vimārṣṭi /
ŚBM, 5, 3, 5, 29.1 athāsmai tisra iṣūḥ prayacchati /
ŚBM, 5, 3, 5, 29.2 sa yayā prathamayā samarpaṇena parābhinatti saikā seyam pṛthivī saiṣā dṛbā nāmātha yayā viddhaḥ śayitvā jīvati vā mriyate vā sā dvitīyā tadidamantarikṣaṃ saiṣā rujā nāmātha yayāpaiva rādhnoti sā tṛtīyā sāsau dyauḥ saiṣā kṣumā nāmaitā hi vai tisra iṣavas tasmādasmai tisra iṣūḥ prayacchati //
ŚBM, 5, 3, 5, 29.2 sa yayā prathamayā samarpaṇena parābhinatti saikā seyam pṛthivī saiṣā dṛbā nāmātha yayā viddhaḥ śayitvā jīvati vā mriyate vā sā dvitīyā tadidamantarikṣaṃ saiṣā rujā nāmātha yayāpaiva rādhnoti sā tṛtīyā sāsau dyauḥ saiṣā kṣumā nāmaitā hi vai tisra iṣavas tasmādasmai tisra iṣūḥ prayacchati //
ŚBM, 5, 3, 5, 31.1 athainamāvido vācayati /
ŚBM, 5, 4, 1, 2.1 atha yatkeśavasya puruṣasya /
ŚBM, 5, 4, 1, 2.2 na vā eṣa strī na pumānyatkeśavaḥ puruṣo yadaha pumāṃstena na strī yad u keśavas teno na pumān naitad ayo na hiraṇyaṃ yallohāyasaṃ naite krimayo nākrimayo yaddandaśūkā atha yallohāyasam bhavati lohitā iva hi dandaśūkās tasmātkeśavasya puruṣasya //
ŚBM, 5, 4, 1, 3.1 athainaṃ diśaḥ samārohayati /
ŚBM, 5, 4, 1, 11.1 athainaṃ śārdūlacarmārohayati /
ŚBM, 5, 4, 1, 12.1 atha rukmamadhastādupāsyati /
ŚBM, 5, 4, 1, 13.1 atha rukmaḥ śatavitṛṇṇo vā bhavati /
ŚBM, 5, 4, 1, 15.1 atha bāhū udgṛhṇāti /
ŚBM, 5, 4, 2, 4.1 athaitamabhiṣekam /
ŚBM, 5, 4, 2, 6.1 athainamantareva śārdūlacarmaṇi viṣṇukramānkramayati /
ŚBM, 5, 4, 2, 7.1 atha brāhmaṇasya pātre /
ŚBM, 5, 4, 2, 9.1 atha pratiparetya gārhapatyamanvārabdhe juhoti /
ŚBM, 5, 4, 2, 10.0 atha ya eṣa saṃsravo 'tirikto bhavati tamāgnīdhrīye juhoty atirikto vā eṣa saṃsravo bhavatyatirikta āgnīdhrīyo gārhapatye havīṃṣi śrapayanty āhavanīye juhvaty athaiṣo 'tiriktas tad atirikta evaitadatiriktaṃ dadhātyuttarārdhe juhoty eṣa hyetasya devasya dik tasmāduttarārdhe juhoti sa juhoti rudra yatte krivi paraṃ nāma tasmin hutam asyameṣṭam asi svāheti //
ŚBM, 5, 4, 2, 10.0 atha ya eṣa saṃsravo 'tirikto bhavati tamāgnīdhrīye juhoty atirikto vā eṣa saṃsravo bhavatyatirikta āgnīdhrīyo gārhapatye havīṃṣi śrapayanty āhavanīye juhvaty athaiṣo 'tiriktas tad atirikta evaitadatiriktaṃ dadhātyuttarārdhe juhoty eṣa hyetasya devasya dik tasmāduttarārdhe juhoti sa juhoti rudra yatte krivi paraṃ nāma tasmin hutam asyameṣṭam asi svāheti //
ŚBM, 5, 4, 3, 3.1 atha rathamupāvaharati /
ŚBM, 5, 4, 3, 8.1 atha dakṣiṇāyugyam upārṣati /
ŚBM, 5, 4, 3, 9.1 atha madhye gavām udyacchati /
ŚBM, 5, 4, 3, 10.1 atha dhanurārtnyā gāmupaspṛśati /
ŚBM, 5, 4, 3, 10.2 samindriyeṇetīndriyaṃ vai vīryaṃ gāva indriyamevaitadvīryam ātman dhatte 'thāha jināmīmāḥ kurva imā iti //
ŚBM, 5, 4, 3, 13.1 atha dakṣiṇān āyacchati /
ŚBM, 5, 4, 3, 14.3 tiṣṭhā rathamadhi yaṃ vajrahastā raśmīndeva yamase svaśvān ity udyacchaty evaitayābhīśavo vai raśmayastasmādāhā raśmīndeva yamase svaśvānityatha rathavimocanīyāni juhoti prīto ratho vimucyātā iti tasmādrathavimocanīyāni juhoti //
ŚBM, 5, 4, 3, 19.1 atha vārāhyā upānahā upamuñcate /
ŚBM, 5, 4, 3, 20.1 athemām pratyavekṣamāṇo japati /
ŚBM, 5, 4, 3, 26.1 athaudumbarīṃ śākhāmupaspṛśati /
ŚBM, 5, 4, 4, 1.2 tasyā aniṣṭa eva sviṣṭakṛdbhavatyathāsmā āsandīm āharanty uparisadyaṃ vā eṣa jayati yo jayatyantarikṣasadyaṃ tad enam uparyāsīnam adhastādimāḥ prajā upāsate tasmādasmā āsandīmāharanti saiṣā khādirī vitṛṇṇā bhavati yeyaṃ vardhravyutā bharatānām //
ŚBM, 5, 4, 4, 3.1 athādhīvāsamāstṛṇāti /
ŚBM, 5, 4, 4, 4.1 athainamāsādayati /
ŚBM, 5, 4, 4, 5.1 athāntarāṃse 'bhimṛśya japati /
ŚBM, 5, 4, 4, 6.1 athāsmai pañcākṣānpāṇāvāvapati abhibhūrasyetāste pañca diśaḥ kalpantām ity eṣa vā ayān abhibhūr yat kalir eṣa hi sarvān ayān abhibhavati tasmādāhābhibhūrasīty etās te pañca diśaḥ kalpantāmiti pañca vai diśastadasmai sarvā eva diśaḥ kalpayati //
ŚBM, 5, 4, 4, 7.1 athainam pṛṣṭhatastūṣṇīmeva daṇḍairghnanti /
ŚBM, 5, 4, 4, 8.1 atha varaṃ vṛṇīte /
ŚBM, 5, 4, 4, 12.2 tvam brahmāsītītaraḥ pratyāha rudro 'si suśeva iti tadvīryāṇyevāsminn etat pūrvāṇi dadhāty athainam etacchamayatyeva tasmādeṣa sarvasyeśāno mṛḍayati yadenaṃ śamayati //
ŚBM, 5, 4, 4, 13.2 tvam brahmāsītītaro 'niruktam pratyāha parimitaṃ vai niruktaṃ tatparimitam evāsminnetatpūrvaṃ vīryaṃ dadhāty athātrāniruktam pratyāhāparimitaṃ vā aniruktaṃ tadaparimitamevāsminnetatsarvaṃ vīryaṃ dadhāti tasmādatrāniruktam pratyāha //
ŚBM, 5, 4, 4, 14.1 atha sumaṅgalanāmānaṃ hvayati /
ŚBM, 5, 4, 4, 15.1 athāsmai brāhmaṇa sphyam prayacchati /
ŚBM, 5, 4, 4, 20.1 atha sajātaśca pratiprasthātā ca /
ŚBM, 5, 4, 4, 21.1 atha manthinaḥ purorucā vimitaṃ viminutaḥ /
ŚBM, 5, 4, 4, 21.2 ādyo vai manthī tadattāramevaitatkṛtvāthāsmā etadādyaṃ janayatastasmānmanthinaḥ purorucā vimitaṃ viminutaḥ //
ŚBM, 5, 4, 4, 22.1 athādhvaryuḥ /
ŚBM, 5, 4, 4, 23.1 athākṣānnivapati /
ŚBM, 5, 4, 4, 24.1 athāhāgnaye sviṣṭakṛte 'nubrūhīti /
ŚBM, 5, 4, 4, 25.1 atheḍāmādadhāti /
ŚBM, 5, 4, 5, 3.2 tasmātsaṃsṛpo nāmātha yaddaśame 'hanprasuto bhavati tasmād daśapeyo 'tho yaddaśa daśaikaikaṃ camasamanuprasṛptā bhavanti tasmād v eva daśapeyaḥ //
ŚBM, 5, 4, 5, 3.2 tasmātsaṃsṛpo nāmātha yaddaśame 'hanprasuto bhavati tasmād daśapeyo 'tho yaddaśa daśaikaikaṃ camasamanuprasṛptā bhavanti tasmād v eva daśapeyaḥ //
ŚBM, 5, 4, 5, 5.2 tatho evaiṣa etābhireva devatābhiretasya somapītham aśnute tasmādetā eva devatāḥ saṃkhyāya prasarpedatha yadaivaiṣodavasānīyeṣṭiḥ saṃtiṣṭhata etasyābhiṣecanīyasya //
ŚBM, 5, 4, 5, 6.1 athaitāni havīṃṣi nirvapati /
ŚBM, 5, 4, 5, 7.1 atha sārasvataṃ caruṃ nirvapati /
ŚBM, 5, 4, 5, 8.1 atha tvāṣṭraṃ daśakapālam puroḍāśaṃ nirvapati /
ŚBM, 5, 4, 5, 9.1 atha pauṣṇaṃ caruṃ nirvapati /
ŚBM, 5, 4, 5, 10.1 athaindramekādaśakapālam puroḍāśaṃ nirvapati /
ŚBM, 5, 4, 5, 11.1 atha bārhaspatyaṃ caruṃ nirvapati /
ŚBM, 5, 4, 5, 12.1 atha vāruṇaṃ yavamayaṃ caruṃ nirvapati /
ŚBM, 5, 4, 5, 14.1 atha yaddvādaśa bhavanti /
ŚBM, 5, 4, 5, 15.1 atha rājānaṃ krītvā /
ŚBM, 5, 4, 5, 15.2 dvedhopanahya parivahanti tato 'rdhamāsandyāmāsādya pracaratyatha ya eṣo 'rdho brahmaṇo gṛhe nihito bhavati tamāsandyāmāsādyātithyena pracarati yadātithyena pracaratyathopasadbhiḥ pracarati yadopasadbhiḥ pracarati //
ŚBM, 5, 4, 5, 15.2 dvedhopanahya parivahanti tato 'rdhamāsandyāmāsādya pracaratyatha ya eṣo 'rdho brahmaṇo gṛhe nihito bhavati tamāsandyāmāsādyātithyena pracarati yadātithyena pracaratyathopasadbhiḥ pracarati yadopasadbhiḥ pracarati //
ŚBM, 5, 4, 5, 16.1 athaitāni havīṃṣi nirvapati /
ŚBM, 5, 4, 5, 18.2 agninaivaitattejasānusaṃsarpaty atha yatsomaṃ yajati somenaivaitadrājñānusaṃsarpaty atha yadviṣṇuṃ yajati yajño vai viṣṇustadyajñam pratyakṣamāpnoti tam pratyakṣamāptvātmankurute //
ŚBM, 5, 4, 5, 18.2 agninaivaitattejasānusaṃsarpaty atha yatsomaṃ yajati somenaivaitadrājñānusaṃsarpaty atha yadviṣṇuṃ yajati yajño vai viṣṇustadyajñam pratyakṣamāpnoti tam pratyakṣamāptvātmankurute //
ŚBM, 5, 5, 1, 4.1 atha yadaindreṇaikādaśakapālena puroḍāśena pracarati /
ŚBM, 5, 5, 1, 5.1 atha yad vaiśvadevena caruṇā pracarati /
ŚBM, 5, 5, 1, 6.1 atha yanmaitrāvaruṇyā payasyayā pracarati /
ŚBM, 5, 5, 1, 7.1 atha yadbārhaspatyena caruṇā pracarati /
ŚBM, 5, 5, 1, 9.1 atha ya eṣa aindra ekādaśakapālaḥ puroḍāśo bhavati /
ŚBM, 5, 5, 1, 10.1 atha ya eṣa vaiśvadevaścarurbhavati /
ŚBM, 5, 5, 1, 11.1 atha yaiṣā maitrāvaruṇī payasyā bhavati /
ŚBM, 5, 5, 1, 12.1 atha ya eṣa bārhaspatyaścarurbhavati /
ŚBM, 5, 5, 2, 2.2 dvādaśa vai māsāḥ saṃvatsarasya tasmāddvādaśa bhavanti māsi māsi yajetetyāhuḥ ko veda manuṣyasya tasmānna māsi māsi yajeta śamyāparāvyādhe śamyāparāvyādha eva ṣaḍbhiryajate prāṅ yān atha punarāvṛttaḥ śamyāparāvyādhe śamyāparāvyādha eva ṣaḍbhiryajate //
ŚBM, 5, 5, 2, 8.1 atha śyenīṃ vicitragarbhāmadityā ālabhate /
ŚBM, 5, 5, 2, 9.1 atha pṛṣatīṃ vicitragarbhām marudbhya ālabhate /
ŚBM, 5, 5, 3, 6.1 sa vai nyeva vartayate keśānna vapate vīryaṃ vā etad apāṃ rasaḥ saṃbhṛto bhavati yenainametadabhiṣiñcati tasyābhiṣiktasya keśān prathamān prāpnoti sa yatkeśānvapetaitāṃ śriyaṃ jihmāṃ vināśayed vyuhyād atha yan nivartayate tadātmanyevaitāṃ śriyaṃ niyunakti tasmānnyeva vartayate keśānna vapate tasyaiṣaiva vratacaryā bhavati yāvajjīvaṃ nāsyām pratitiṣṭhati //
ŚBM, 5, 5, 4, 5.1 atha yat surāpāṇam āsa /
ŚBM, 5, 5, 4, 6.1 atha yadatyasmā aśanāyāsa /
ŚBM, 5, 5, 4, 10.2 tataḥ siṃhaḥ samabhavad atha yat karṇābhyām adravat tato vṛkaḥ samabhavad atha yadavācaḥ prāṇād adravat tataḥ śārdūlajyeṣṭhāḥ śvāpadāḥ samabhavann atha yaduttarātprāṇādadravatsā parisrud atha trirniraṣṭhīvattataḥ kuvalaṃ karkandhu badaramiti samabhavat sa sarveṇaiva vyārdhyata sarvaṃ hi somaḥ //
ŚBM, 5, 5, 4, 10.2 tataḥ siṃhaḥ samabhavad atha yat karṇābhyām adravat tato vṛkaḥ samabhavad atha yadavācaḥ prāṇād adravat tataḥ śārdūlajyeṣṭhāḥ śvāpadāḥ samabhavann atha yaduttarātprāṇādadravatsā parisrud atha trirniraṣṭhīvattataḥ kuvalaṃ karkandhu badaramiti samabhavat sa sarveṇaiva vyārdhyata sarvaṃ hi somaḥ //
ŚBM, 5, 5, 4, 10.2 tataḥ siṃhaḥ samabhavad atha yat karṇābhyām adravat tato vṛkaḥ samabhavad atha yadavācaḥ prāṇād adravat tataḥ śārdūlajyeṣṭhāḥ śvāpadāḥ samabhavann atha yaduttarātprāṇādadravatsā parisrud atha trirniraṣṭhīvattataḥ kuvalaṃ karkandhu badaramiti samabhavat sa sarveṇaiva vyārdhyata sarvaṃ hi somaḥ //
ŚBM, 5, 5, 4, 10.2 tataḥ siṃhaḥ samabhavad atha yat karṇābhyām adravat tato vṛkaḥ samabhavad atha yadavācaḥ prāṇād adravat tataḥ śārdūlajyeṣṭhāḥ śvāpadāḥ samabhavann atha yaduttarātprāṇādadravatsā parisrud atha trirniraṣṭhīvattataḥ kuvalaṃ karkandhu badaramiti samabhavat sa sarveṇaiva vyārdhyata sarvaṃ hi somaḥ //
ŚBM, 5, 5, 4, 15.1 atha yadāśvino bhavati /
ŚBM, 5, 5, 4, 16.1 atha yatsārasvato bhavati /
ŚBM, 5, 5, 4, 17.1 atha yadaindro bhavati indro vai yajñasya devatā tayaivainametadbhiṣajyati tasmādaindro bhavati //
ŚBM, 5, 5, 4, 20.1 atha pūrvedyuḥ /
ŚBM, 5, 5, 4, 20.2 parisrutaṃ saṃdadhāty aśvibhyām pacyasva sarasvatyai pacyasvendrāya sutrāmṇe pacyasveti sā yadā parisrud bhavaty athainayā pracarati //
ŚBM, 5, 5, 4, 21.2 uttaravedāvevottaramuddhate dakṣiṇaṃ net somāhutīśca surāhutīśca saha juhavāmeti tasmād dvāvagnī uddharantyuttaravedāvevottaramuddhate dakṣiṇam atha yadā vapābhiḥ pracaratyathaitayā parisrutā pracarati //
ŚBM, 5, 5, 4, 21.2 uttaravedāvevottaramuddhate dakṣiṇaṃ net somāhutīśca surāhutīśca saha juhavāmeti tasmād dvāvagnī uddharantyuttaravedāvevottaramuddhate dakṣiṇam atha yadā vapābhiḥ pracaratyathaitayā parisrutā pracarati //
ŚBM, 5, 5, 4, 23.1 atha grahāngṛhṇāti /
ŚBM, 5, 5, 4, 24.2 kuvidaṅga yavamanto yavaṃ cidyathā dāntyanupūrvaṃ viyūya ihehaiṣāṃ kṛṇuhi bhojanāni ye barhiṣo namauktiṃ yajanti upayāmagṛhīto 'sy aśvibhyāṃ tvā sarasvatyai tvendrāya tvā sutrāmṇa iti yady u trīn gṛhṇīyād etayaiva gṛhṇīyād upayāmais tu tarhi nānā gṛhṇīyād athāhāśvibhyām sarasvatyā indrāya sutrāmṇe 'nubrūhīti //
ŚBM, 5, 5, 4, 27.1 atha kumbhaḥ /
ŚBM, 5, 5, 4, 29.1 athaitāni havīṃṣi nirvapati /
ŚBM, 5, 5, 4, 31.1 atha yadvāruṇo bhavati /
ŚBM, 5, 5, 4, 32.1 atha yadaindro bhavati /
ŚBM, 5, 5, 4, 33.2 iṣṭā anuyājā bhavanty avyūḍhe srucāv athaitair havirbhiḥ pracarati paścādvai somo 'tipavate paścādevainametena medhenāpidadhāty āśvinam u tarhi dvikapālam puroḍāśaṃ nirvaped atha yadā vapābhiḥ pracaraty athaitenāśvinena dvikapālena puroḍāśena pracarati //
ŚBM, 5, 5, 4, 33.2 iṣṭā anuyājā bhavanty avyūḍhe srucāv athaitair havirbhiḥ pracarati paścādvai somo 'tipavate paścādevainametena medhenāpidadhāty āśvinam u tarhi dvikapālam puroḍāśaṃ nirvaped atha yadā vapābhiḥ pracaraty athaitenāśvinena dvikapālena puroḍāśena pracarati //
ŚBM, 5, 5, 4, 33.2 iṣṭā anuyājā bhavanty avyūḍhe srucāv athaitair havirbhiḥ pracarati paścādvai somo 'tipavate paścādevainametena medhenāpidadhāty āśvinam u tarhi dvikapālam puroḍāśaṃ nirvaped atha yadā vapābhiḥ pracaraty athaitenāśvinena dvikapālena puroḍāśena pracarati //
ŚBM, 5, 5, 5, 5.1 asti vā idaṃ vīryaṃ tannu te prayacchāni mā tu me prahārṣīr iti tasmai sāmāni prāyacchat tasmād apy etarhy evam evaitairvedair yajñaṃ tanvate yajurbhir evāgre 'thargbhir atha sāmabhir evaṃ hyasmā etat prāyacchat //
ŚBM, 5, 5, 5, 5.1 asti vā idaṃ vīryaṃ tannu te prayacchāni mā tu me prahārṣīr iti tasmai sāmāni prāyacchat tasmād apy etarhy evam evaitairvedair yajñaṃ tanvate yajurbhir evāgre 'thargbhir atha sāmabhir evaṃ hyasmā etat prāyacchat //
ŚBM, 5, 5, 5, 7.1 atha yadaindrāvaiṣṇavaṃ havirbhavati /
ŚBM, 5, 5, 5, 8.1 atha yaddvādaśakapālo bhavati /
ŚBM, 5, 5, 5, 9.2 vrīhimayamevāgre piṇḍamadhiśrayati tadyajuṣāṃ rūpam atha yavamayaṃ tad ṛcāṃ rūpamatha vrīhimayaṃ tatsāmnāṃ rūpaṃ tad etat trayyai vidyāyai rūpaṃ kriyate saiṣā rājasūyayājina udavasānīyeṣṭirbhavati //
ŚBM, 5, 5, 5, 9.2 vrīhimayamevāgre piṇḍamadhiśrayati tadyajuṣāṃ rūpam atha yavamayaṃ tad ṛcāṃ rūpamatha vrīhimayaṃ tatsāmnāṃ rūpaṃ tad etat trayyai vidyāyai rūpaṃ kriyate saiṣā rājasūyayājina udavasānīyeṣṭirbhavati //
ŚBM, 5, 5, 5, 12.1 atho yaḥ sahasraṃ vā bhūyo vā dadyāt /
ŚBM, 5, 5, 5, 13.1 atho ye dīrghasattramāsīran /
ŚBM, 5, 5, 5, 14.1 atho hainayāpyabhicaret /
ŚBM, 5, 5, 5, 15.1 atho hainayāpi bhiṣajyet /
ŚBM, 5, 5, 5, 16.2 tāni brahmaṇe dadāti na vai brahmā pracarati na stute na śaṃsaty atha sa yaśo na vai hiraṇyena kiṃcana kurvanty atha tad yaśas tasmāttrīṇi śatamānāni brahmaṇe dadāti //
ŚBM, 5, 5, 5, 16.2 tāni brahmaṇe dadāti na vai brahmā pracarati na stute na śaṃsaty atha sa yaśo na vai hiraṇyena kiṃcana kurvanty atha tad yaśas tasmāttrīṇi śatamānāni brahmaṇe dadāti //
ŚBM, 6, 1, 1, 4.1 atha yaiteṣāṃ saptānām puruṣāṇāṃ śrīḥ /
ŚBM, 6, 1, 1, 4.2 yo rasa āsīttamūrdhvaṃ samudauhaṃs tadasya śiro 'bhavad yacchriyaṃ samudauhaṃs tasmācchiras tasminn etasmin prāṇā aśrayanta tasmād vevaitacchiro 'tha yatprāṇā aśrayanta tasmād u prāṇāḥ śriyau 'tha yat sarvasminnaśrayanta tasmād u śarīram //
ŚBM, 6, 1, 1, 4.2 yo rasa āsīttamūrdhvaṃ samudauhaṃs tadasya śiro 'bhavad yacchriyaṃ samudauhaṃs tasmācchiras tasminn etasmin prāṇā aśrayanta tasmād vevaitacchiro 'tha yatprāṇā aśrayanta tasmād u prāṇāḥ śriyau 'tha yat sarvasminnaśrayanta tasmād u śarīram //
ŚBM, 6, 1, 1, 6.2 saptapuruṣo hyayam puruṣo yaccatvāra ātmā trayaḥ pakṣapucchāni catvāro hi tasya puruṣasyātmā trayaḥ pakṣapucchāny atha yadekena puruṣeṇātmānaṃ vardhayati tena vīryeṇāyamātmā pakṣapucchānyudyacchati //
ŚBM, 6, 1, 1, 7.1 atha yaścite 'gnirnidhīyate /
ŚBM, 6, 1, 1, 11.1 atha yo garbho 'ntarāsīt /
ŚBM, 6, 1, 1, 11.2 so 'grir asṛjyata sa yadasya sarvasyāgramasṛjyata tasmād agrir agrir ha vai tamagnir ity ācakṣate parokṣam parokṣakāmā hi devā atha yadaśru saṃkṣaritamāsīt so 'śrurabhavad aśrurha vai tamaśva ityācakṣate parokṣam parokṣakāmā hi devā atha yadarasadiva sa rāsabho 'bhavad atha yaḥ kapāle raso lipta āsīt so 'jo 'bhavad atha yat kapālam āsīt sā pṛthivyabhavat //
ŚBM, 6, 1, 1, 11.2 so 'grir asṛjyata sa yadasya sarvasyāgramasṛjyata tasmād agrir agrir ha vai tamagnir ity ācakṣate parokṣam parokṣakāmā hi devā atha yadaśru saṃkṣaritamāsīt so 'śrurabhavad aśrurha vai tamaśva ityācakṣate parokṣam parokṣakāmā hi devā atha yadarasadiva sa rāsabho 'bhavad atha yaḥ kapāle raso lipta āsīt so 'jo 'bhavad atha yat kapālam āsīt sā pṛthivyabhavat //
ŚBM, 6, 1, 1, 11.2 so 'grir asṛjyata sa yadasya sarvasyāgramasṛjyata tasmād agrir agrir ha vai tamagnir ity ācakṣate parokṣam parokṣakāmā hi devā atha yadaśru saṃkṣaritamāsīt so 'śrurabhavad aśrurha vai tamaśva ityācakṣate parokṣam parokṣakāmā hi devā atha yadarasadiva sa rāsabho 'bhavad atha yaḥ kapāle raso lipta āsīt so 'jo 'bhavad atha yat kapālam āsīt sā pṛthivyabhavat //
ŚBM, 6, 1, 1, 11.2 so 'grir asṛjyata sa yadasya sarvasyāgramasṛjyata tasmād agrir agrir ha vai tamagnir ity ācakṣate parokṣam parokṣakāmā hi devā atha yadaśru saṃkṣaritamāsīt so 'śrurabhavad aśrurha vai tamaśva ityācakṣate parokṣam parokṣakāmā hi devā atha yadarasadiva sa rāsabho 'bhavad atha yaḥ kapāle raso lipta āsīt so 'jo 'bhavad atha yat kapālam āsīt sā pṛthivyabhavat //
ŚBM, 6, 1, 1, 12.2 ābhyo 'dbhyo 'dhīmām prajanayeyamiti tāṃ saṃkliśyāpsu prāvidhyat tasyai yaḥ parāṅ raso 'tyakṣarat sa kūrmo 'bhavad atha yad ūrdhvam udaukṣyatedaṃ tad yad idam ūrdhvam adbhyo 'dhi jāyate seyaṃ sarvāpa evānuvyait tadidam ekameva rūpaṃ samadṛśyatāpa eva //
ŚBM, 6, 1, 1, 15.2 tadbhūmirabhavat tām aprathayat sā pṛthivyabhavat seyaṃ sarvā kṛtsnā manyamānāgāyad yad agāyat tasmād iyaṃ gāyatry atho āhur agnir evāsyai pṛṣṭhe sarvaḥ kṛtsno manyamāno 'gāyad yad agāyat tasmād agnir gāyatra iti tasmād u haitadyaḥ sarvaḥ kṛtsno manyate gāyati vaiva gīte vā ramate //
ŚBM, 6, 1, 2, 2.2 sa vāyurasṛjyatātha yadaśru saṃkṣaritamāsīttāni vayāṃsyabhavann atha yaḥ kapāle raso lipta āsīttā marīcayo 'bhavann atha yatkapālam āsīt tad antarikṣam abhavat //
ŚBM, 6, 1, 2, 2.2 sa vāyurasṛjyatātha yadaśru saṃkṣaritamāsīttāni vayāṃsyabhavann atha yaḥ kapāle raso lipta āsīttā marīcayo 'bhavann atha yatkapālam āsīt tad antarikṣam abhavat //
ŚBM, 6, 1, 2, 2.2 sa vāyurasṛjyatātha yadaśru saṃkṣaritamāsīttāni vayāṃsyabhavann atha yaḥ kapāle raso lipta āsīttā marīcayo 'bhavann atha yatkapālam āsīt tad antarikṣam abhavat //
ŚBM, 6, 1, 2, 3.2 bhūya eva syāt prajāyeteti sa vāyunāntarikṣam mithunaṃ samabhavat tata āṇḍaṃ samavartata tad abhyamṛśad yaśo bibhṛhīti tato 'sāvādityo 'sṛjyataiṣa vai yaśo 'tha yadaśru saṃkṣaritamāsīt so 'śmā pṛśnir abhavad aśrur ha vai tam aśmety ācakṣate parokṣam parokṣakāmā hi devā atha yaḥ kapāle raso lipta āsīt te raśmayo 'bhavann atha yat kapālam āsīt sā dyaur abhavat //
ŚBM, 6, 1, 2, 3.2 bhūya eva syāt prajāyeteti sa vāyunāntarikṣam mithunaṃ samabhavat tata āṇḍaṃ samavartata tad abhyamṛśad yaśo bibhṛhīti tato 'sāvādityo 'sṛjyataiṣa vai yaśo 'tha yadaśru saṃkṣaritamāsīt so 'śmā pṛśnir abhavad aśrur ha vai tam aśmety ācakṣate parokṣam parokṣakāmā hi devā atha yaḥ kapāle raso lipta āsīt te raśmayo 'bhavann atha yat kapālam āsīt sā dyaur abhavat //
ŚBM, 6, 1, 2, 3.2 bhūya eva syāt prajāyeteti sa vāyunāntarikṣam mithunaṃ samabhavat tata āṇḍaṃ samavartata tad abhyamṛśad yaśo bibhṛhīti tato 'sāvādityo 'sṛjyataiṣa vai yaśo 'tha yadaśru saṃkṣaritamāsīt so 'śmā pṛśnir abhavad aśrur ha vai tam aśmety ācakṣate parokṣam parokṣakāmā hi devā atha yaḥ kapāle raso lipta āsīt te raśmayo 'bhavann atha yat kapālam āsīt sā dyaur abhavat //
ŚBM, 6, 1, 2, 4.2 bhūya eva syāt prajāyeteti sa ādityena divam mithunaṃ samabhavat tata āṇḍaṃ samavartata tadabhyamṛśad reto bibhṛhīti tataś candramā asṛjyataiṣa vai reto 'tha yadaśru saṃkṣaritam āsīt tāni nakṣatrāṇyabhavann atha yaḥ kapāle raso lipta āsīttā avāntaradiśo 'bhavann atha yat kapālamāsīt tā diśo 'bhavan //
ŚBM, 6, 1, 2, 4.2 bhūya eva syāt prajāyeteti sa ādityena divam mithunaṃ samabhavat tata āṇḍaṃ samavartata tadabhyamṛśad reto bibhṛhīti tataś candramā asṛjyataiṣa vai reto 'tha yadaśru saṃkṣaritam āsīt tāni nakṣatrāṇyabhavann atha yaḥ kapāle raso lipta āsīttā avāntaradiśo 'bhavann atha yat kapālamāsīt tā diśo 'bhavan //
ŚBM, 6, 1, 2, 4.2 bhūya eva syāt prajāyeteti sa ādityena divam mithunaṃ samabhavat tata āṇḍaṃ samavartata tadabhyamṛśad reto bibhṛhīti tataś candramā asṛjyataiṣa vai reto 'tha yadaśru saṃkṣaritam āsīt tāni nakṣatrāṇyabhavann atha yaḥ kapāle raso lipta āsīttā avāntaradiśo 'bhavann atha yat kapālamāsīt tā diśo 'bhavan //
ŚBM, 6, 1, 2, 10.1 atho āhuḥ /
ŚBM, 6, 1, 2, 11.1 atho āhuḥ /
ŚBM, 6, 1, 2, 13.2 tvam mā saṃdhehīti kiṃ me tato bhaviṣyatīti tvayā mācakṣāntai yo vai putrāṇāṃ rādhyate tena pitaram pitāmaham putram pautram ācakṣate tvayā mācakṣāntā atha mā saṃdhehīti tatheti tamagniḥ samadadhāt tasmād etam prajāpatiṃ santam agnirity ācakṣata ā ha vā enena pitaram pitāmaham putram pautraṃ cakṣate ya evaṃ veda //
ŚBM, 6, 1, 2, 18.2 saṃvatsaraḥ so 'tha yā asyaitāḥ pañca tanvo vyasraṃsantartavas te pañca vā ṛtavaḥ pañcaitāścitayas tad yat pañca citīścinotyṛtubhirevainaṃ taccinoti yaccinoti tasmāccitayaḥ //
ŚBM, 6, 1, 2, 19.2 ayameva sa vāyuryo 'yam pavate 'tha yā asya tā ṛtavaḥ pañca tanvo vyasraṃsanta diśas tāḥ pañca vai diśaḥ pañcaitāś citayas tad yat pañca citīś cinoti digbhir evainaṃ taccinoti yaccinoti tasmāccitayaḥ //
ŚBM, 6, 1, 2, 20.1 atha yaścite 'gnirnidhīyate /
ŚBM, 6, 1, 2, 21.1 atho āhuḥ /
ŚBM, 6, 1, 2, 25.1 atha ha smāha tāṇḍyaḥ /
ŚBM, 6, 1, 2, 28.2 tayā devatayeti vāgvai sā devatāṅgirasvad iti prāṇo vā aṅgirā dhruvā sīdeti sthirā sīdety etad atho pratiṣṭhitā sīdeti vācā caivainam etat prāṇena ca cinoti vāgvā agniḥ prāṇa indra aindrāgno 'gnir yāvānagnir yāvatyasya mātrā tāvataivainametaccinotīndrāgnī vai sarve devāḥ sarvadevatyo 'gnir yāvān agnir yāvaty asya mātrā tāvataivainam etaccinoti //
ŚBM, 6, 1, 2, 30.2 yadevamekeṣṭako 'tha katham pañceṣṭaka itīyaṃ nveva prathamā mṛnmayīṣṭakā tad yat kiṃcātra mṛnmayam upadadhāty ekaiva seṣṭakātha yat paśuśīrṣāṇyupadadhāti sā paśviṣṭakātha yad rukmapuruṣā upadadhāti yaddhiraṇyaśakalaiḥ prokṣati sā hiraṇyeṣṭakātha yat srucā upadadhāti yad ulūkhalamusale yāḥ samidha ādadhāti sā vānaspatyeṣṭakātha yat puṣkaraparṇam upadadhāti yat kūrmaṃ yad dadhi madhu ghṛtaṃ yat kiṃcātrānnam upadadhāti saivānnaṃ pañcamīṣṭakaivam u pañceṣṭakaḥ //
ŚBM, 6, 1, 2, 30.2 yadevamekeṣṭako 'tha katham pañceṣṭaka itīyaṃ nveva prathamā mṛnmayīṣṭakā tad yat kiṃcātra mṛnmayam upadadhāty ekaiva seṣṭakātha yat paśuśīrṣāṇyupadadhāti sā paśviṣṭakātha yad rukmapuruṣā upadadhāti yaddhiraṇyaśakalaiḥ prokṣati sā hiraṇyeṣṭakātha yat srucā upadadhāti yad ulūkhalamusale yāḥ samidha ādadhāti sā vānaspatyeṣṭakātha yat puṣkaraparṇam upadadhāti yat kūrmaṃ yad dadhi madhu ghṛtaṃ yat kiṃcātrānnam upadadhāti saivānnaṃ pañcamīṣṭakaivam u pañceṣṭakaḥ //
ŚBM, 6, 1, 2, 30.2 yadevamekeṣṭako 'tha katham pañceṣṭaka itīyaṃ nveva prathamā mṛnmayīṣṭakā tad yat kiṃcātra mṛnmayam upadadhāty ekaiva seṣṭakātha yat paśuśīrṣāṇyupadadhāti sā paśviṣṭakātha yad rukmapuruṣā upadadhāti yaddhiraṇyaśakalaiḥ prokṣati sā hiraṇyeṣṭakātha yat srucā upadadhāti yad ulūkhalamusale yāḥ samidha ādadhāti sā vānaspatyeṣṭakātha yat puṣkaraparṇam upadadhāti yat kūrmaṃ yad dadhi madhu ghṛtaṃ yat kiṃcātrānnam upadadhāti saivānnaṃ pañcamīṣṭakaivam u pañceṣṭakaḥ //
ŚBM, 6, 1, 2, 30.2 yadevamekeṣṭako 'tha katham pañceṣṭaka itīyaṃ nveva prathamā mṛnmayīṣṭakā tad yat kiṃcātra mṛnmayam upadadhāty ekaiva seṣṭakātha yat paśuśīrṣāṇyupadadhāti sā paśviṣṭakātha yad rukmapuruṣā upadadhāti yaddhiraṇyaśakalaiḥ prokṣati sā hiraṇyeṣṭakātha yat srucā upadadhāti yad ulūkhalamusale yāḥ samidha ādadhāti sā vānaspatyeṣṭakātha yat puṣkaraparṇam upadadhāti yat kūrmaṃ yad dadhi madhu ghṛtaṃ yat kiṃcātrānnam upadadhāti saivānnaṃ pañcamīṣṭakaivam u pañceṣṭakaḥ //
ŚBM, 6, 1, 2, 30.2 yadevamekeṣṭako 'tha katham pañceṣṭaka itīyaṃ nveva prathamā mṛnmayīṣṭakā tad yat kiṃcātra mṛnmayam upadadhāty ekaiva seṣṭakātha yat paśuśīrṣāṇyupadadhāti sā paśviṣṭakātha yad rukmapuruṣā upadadhāti yaddhiraṇyaśakalaiḥ prokṣati sā hiraṇyeṣṭakātha yat srucā upadadhāti yad ulūkhalamusale yāḥ samidha ādadhāti sā vānaspatyeṣṭakātha yat puṣkaraparṇam upadadhāti yat kūrmaṃ yad dadhi madhu ghṛtaṃ yat kiṃcātrānnam upadadhāti saivānnaṃ pañcamīṣṭakaivam u pañceṣṭakaḥ //
ŚBM, 6, 1, 2, 33.1 atho eka iti brūyāt /
ŚBM, 6, 1, 2, 34.1 atho dvāviti brūyāt /
ŚBM, 6, 1, 2, 35.1 atho gauriti brūyāt /
ŚBM, 6, 1, 3, 8.2 ṛtavaste 'tha yaḥ sa bhūtānām patiḥ saṃvatsaraḥ so 'tha yā soṣāḥ patnyauṣasī sā tānīmāni bhūtāni ca bhūtānāṃ ca patiḥ saṃvatsara uṣasi reto 'siñcant sa saṃvatsare kumāro 'jāyata so 'rodīt //
ŚBM, 6, 1, 3, 8.2 ṛtavaste 'tha yaḥ sa bhūtānām patiḥ saṃvatsaraḥ so 'tha yā soṣāḥ patnyauṣasī sā tānīmāni bhūtāni ca bhūtānāṃ ca patiḥ saṃvatsara uṣasi reto 'siñcant sa saṃvatsare kumāro 'jāyata so 'rodīt //
ŚBM, 6, 1, 3, 12.2 tadyadasya tannāmākarod oṣadhayas tad rūpam abhavann oṣadhayo vai paśupatis tasmād yadā paśava oṣadhīrlabhante 'tha patīyanti so 'bravīj jyāyānvā ato 'smi dhehyeva me nāmeti //
ŚBM, 6, 2, 1, 6.2 nānā vā idaṃ devatābhya ālipse 'gner v ahaṃ rūpāṇi kāmaye hantainān agnibhyaḥ kāmāyālabhā iti tānagnibhyaḥ kāmāyālabhata tadyadagnibhya iti bahūni hyagnirūpāṇyabhyadhyāyad atha yatkāmāyeti kāmena hyālabhata tān āprītān paryagnikṛtān udīco nītvā samajñapayat //
ŚBM, 6, 2, 1, 7.2 yā vai śrīr abhyadhāsiṣam imās tāḥ śīrṣasu hanta śīrṣāṇyevopadadhā iti sa śīrṣāṇyevotkṛtyopādhattāthetarāṇi kusindhānyapsu prāplāvayad ajena yajñaṃ samasthāpayan nenme yajño vikṛṣṭo 'sad ity ātmā vai yajño nenme 'yamātmā vikṛṣṭo 'sad ity etena paśuneṣṭvā tat prajāpatir apaśyad yathaitasyāgner antaṃ na paryait //
ŚBM, 6, 2, 1, 8.2 yamimamātmānam apsu prāpiplavaṃ tam anvicchānīti tam anvaicchat tad yad eṣām apsu praviddhānām pratyatiṣṭhat tā apaḥ samabharad atha yadasyāṃ tām mṛdaṃ tadubhayaṃ saṃbhṛtya mṛdaṃ cāpaś ceṣṭakām akarot tasmād etad ubhayam iṣṭakā bhavati mṛccāpaśca //
ŚBM, 6, 2, 1, 10.2 tasmād iṣṭakās tasmād iṣṭvaiva paśuneṣṭakāḥ kuryād aniṣṭakā ha tā bhavanti yāḥ purā paśoḥ kurvanty atho ha tadanyadeva //
ŚBM, 6, 2, 1, 11.2 etāni tāni paśuśīrṣāṇy atha yāni tāni kusindhāny etās tāḥ pañca citayas tad yat paśuśīrṣāṇy upadhāya citīścinotyetaireva tacchīrṣabhir etāni kusindhāni saṃdadhāti //
ŚBM, 6, 2, 1, 13.2 atraivaitaiḥ sarvaiḥ paśubhir yajeta yad vā etair atra sarvaiḥ prajāpatir ayakṣyata tad evāgner antaṃ paryaiṣyat tad yad etairatra sarvairyajeta tadevāgner antam parīyāditi na tathā kuryād devānāṃ tad itādiyād atho pathas tad iyād atho kiṃ tataḥ saṃbhared etāni vā etatkusindhāny etāścitīḥ saṃbharati tasmāt tathā na kuryāt //
ŚBM, 6, 2, 1, 13.2 atraivaitaiḥ sarvaiḥ paśubhir yajeta yad vā etair atra sarvaiḥ prajāpatir ayakṣyata tad evāgner antaṃ paryaiṣyat tad yad etairatra sarvairyajeta tadevāgner antam parīyāditi na tathā kuryād devānāṃ tad itādiyād atho pathas tad iyād atho kiṃ tataḥ saṃbhared etāni vā etatkusindhāny etāścitīḥ saṃbharati tasmāt tathā na kuryāt //
ŚBM, 6, 2, 1, 17.2 bahavo hyete 'gnayo yadetāścitayo 'tha yatkāmāyeti yathā taṃ kāmamāpnuyādyajamāno yatkāma etatkarma kurute //
ŚBM, 6, 2, 1, 18.2 puruṣo hi prathamaḥ paśūnām athāśvam puruṣaṃ hyanvaśvo 'tha gām aśvaṃ hyanu gaur athāviṃ gāṃ hyanvavir athājam aviṃ hyanvajas tad enān yathāpūrvaṃ yathāśreṣṭhamālabhate //
ŚBM, 6, 2, 1, 18.2 puruṣo hi prathamaḥ paśūnām athāśvam puruṣaṃ hyanvaśvo 'tha gām aśvaṃ hyanu gaur athāviṃ gāṃ hyanvavir athājam aviṃ hyanvajas tad enān yathāpūrvaṃ yathāśreṣṭhamālabhate //
ŚBM, 6, 2, 1, 18.2 puruṣo hi prathamaḥ paśūnām athāśvam puruṣaṃ hyanvaśvo 'tha gām aśvaṃ hyanu gaur athāviṃ gāṃ hyanvavir athājam aviṃ hyanvajas tad enān yathāpūrvaṃ yathāśreṣṭhamālabhate //
ŚBM, 6, 2, 1, 18.2 puruṣo hi prathamaḥ paśūnām athāśvam puruṣaṃ hyanvaśvo 'tha gām aśvaṃ hyanu gaur athāviṃ gāṃ hyanvavir athājam aviṃ hyanvajas tad enān yathāpūrvaṃ yathāśreṣṭhamālabhate //
ŚBM, 6, 2, 1, 19.2 puruṣasya varṣiṣṭhātha hrasīyasyatha hrasīyasī tadyathārūpam paśūnāṃ raśanāḥ karoty apāpavasyasāya sarvāstveva samāḥ syuḥ sarvāḥ sadṛśyaḥ sarve hyete samāḥ sarve sadṛśā agnayo hyucyante 'nnaṃ hyucyante tena samāstena sadṛśāḥ //
ŚBM, 6, 2, 1, 19.2 puruṣasya varṣiṣṭhātha hrasīyasyatha hrasīyasī tadyathārūpam paśūnāṃ raśanāḥ karoty apāpavasyasāya sarvāstveva samāḥ syuḥ sarvāḥ sadṛśyaḥ sarve hyete samāḥ sarve sadṛśā agnayo hyucyante 'nnaṃ hyucyante tena samāstena sadṛśāḥ //
ŚBM, 6, 2, 1, 20.2 kathamasyaiṣo 'gniḥ pañceṣṭakaḥ sarvaḥ paśuṣvārabdho bhavatīti puroḍāśakapāleṣu nvevāpyata iyam prathamā mṛnmayīṣṭakātha yatpaśumālabhate tena paśviṣṭakāpyate 'tha yad vapām abhito hiraṇyaśakalau bhavatas tena hiraṇyeṣṭakāpyate 'tha yadidhmo yūpaḥ paridhayastena vānaspatyeṣṭakāpyate 'tha yadājyam prokṣaṇyaḥ puroḍāśas tenānnaṃ pañcamīṣṭakāpyata evam u hāsyaiṣo 'gniḥ pañceṣṭakaḥ sarvaḥ paśuṣvārabdho bhavati //
ŚBM, 6, 2, 1, 20.2 kathamasyaiṣo 'gniḥ pañceṣṭakaḥ sarvaḥ paśuṣvārabdho bhavatīti puroḍāśakapāleṣu nvevāpyata iyam prathamā mṛnmayīṣṭakātha yatpaśumālabhate tena paśviṣṭakāpyate 'tha yad vapām abhito hiraṇyaśakalau bhavatas tena hiraṇyeṣṭakāpyate 'tha yadidhmo yūpaḥ paridhayastena vānaspatyeṣṭakāpyate 'tha yadājyam prokṣaṇyaḥ puroḍāśas tenānnaṃ pañcamīṣṭakāpyata evam u hāsyaiṣo 'gniḥ pañceṣṭakaḥ sarvaḥ paśuṣvārabdho bhavati //
ŚBM, 6, 2, 1, 20.2 kathamasyaiṣo 'gniḥ pañceṣṭakaḥ sarvaḥ paśuṣvārabdho bhavatīti puroḍāśakapāleṣu nvevāpyata iyam prathamā mṛnmayīṣṭakātha yatpaśumālabhate tena paśviṣṭakāpyate 'tha yad vapām abhito hiraṇyaśakalau bhavatas tena hiraṇyeṣṭakāpyate 'tha yadidhmo yūpaḥ paridhayastena vānaspatyeṣṭakāpyate 'tha yadājyam prokṣaṇyaḥ puroḍāśas tenānnaṃ pañcamīṣṭakāpyata evam u hāsyaiṣo 'gniḥ pañceṣṭakaḥ sarvaḥ paśuṣvārabdho bhavati //
ŚBM, 6, 2, 1, 20.2 kathamasyaiṣo 'gniḥ pañceṣṭakaḥ sarvaḥ paśuṣvārabdho bhavatīti puroḍāśakapāleṣu nvevāpyata iyam prathamā mṛnmayīṣṭakātha yatpaśumālabhate tena paśviṣṭakāpyate 'tha yad vapām abhito hiraṇyaśakalau bhavatas tena hiraṇyeṣṭakāpyate 'tha yadidhmo yūpaḥ paridhayastena vānaspatyeṣṭakāpyate 'tha yadājyam prokṣaṇyaḥ puroḍāśas tenānnaṃ pañcamīṣṭakāpyata evam u hāsyaiṣo 'gniḥ pañceṣṭakaḥ sarvaḥ paśuṣvārabdho bhavati //
ŚBM, 6, 2, 1, 34.2 viṣamākṣarā viṣamāṇi hi chandāṃsy atho yānyasyādhyātmamaṅgāni viṣamāṇi tāny asyaitābhir āprīṇāti //
ŚBM, 6, 2, 1, 39.2 utsannā vā ete paśavo yadvai kiṃcotsannamiyaṃ tasya sarvasya pratiṣṭhā tadyatraite paśavo gatāstata enānadhi saṃbharāma iti na tathā kuryād yo vā eteṣām āvṛtaṃ ca brāhmaṇaṃ ca na vidyāt tasyaita utsannāḥ syuḥ sa etān eva pañca paśūn ālabheta yāvad asya vaśaḥ syāt tān haitān prajāpatiḥ prathama ālebhe śyāparṇaḥ sāyakāyano 'ntamo 'tha ha smaitān evāntareṇālabhante 'thaitarhīmau dvāvevālabhyete prājāpatyaśca vāyavyaśca tayor ato brāhmaṇam ucyate //
ŚBM, 6, 2, 1, 39.2 utsannā vā ete paśavo yadvai kiṃcotsannamiyaṃ tasya sarvasya pratiṣṭhā tadyatraite paśavo gatāstata enānadhi saṃbharāma iti na tathā kuryād yo vā eteṣām āvṛtaṃ ca brāhmaṇaṃ ca na vidyāt tasyaita utsannāḥ syuḥ sa etān eva pañca paśūn ālabheta yāvad asya vaśaḥ syāt tān haitān prajāpatiḥ prathama ālebhe śyāparṇaḥ sāyakāyano 'ntamo 'tha ha smaitān evāntareṇālabhante 'thaitarhīmau dvāvevālabhyete prājāpatyaśca vāyavyaśca tayor ato brāhmaṇam ucyate //
ŚBM, 6, 2, 2, 6.1 athaitaṃ vāyave niyutvate /
ŚBM, 6, 2, 2, 11.2 prājāpatyaḥ paśupuroḍāśo 'rdhaṃ ha prajāpater vāyur ardham prajāpatis tad yad ubhau vāyavyau syātām ubhau vā prājāpatyāvardhaṃ haivāsya kṛtaṃ syānnārdham atha yad vāyavyaḥ paśurbhavati prājāpatyaḥ paśupuroḍāśas tena haivaitaṃ sarvaṃ kṛtsnam prajāpatiṃ saṃskaroti //
ŚBM, 6, 2, 2, 12.2 prājāpatyaḥ paśupuroḍāśaḥ prajāpatiṃ visrastaṃ yatra devāḥ samaskurvant sa yo 'smāt prāṇo madhyata udakrāmat tamasminnetena paśunādadhur athāsyaitena puroḍāśenātmānaṃ samaskurvant sa yat prājāpatyo bhavati prajāpatir hyātmā dvādaśakapālo dvādaśa māsāḥ saṃvatsaraḥ saṃvatsaraḥ prajāpatiḥ kadvatyau yājyānuvākye ko hi prajāpatiḥ //
ŚBM, 6, 2, 2, 13.2 ya evāyam purastāt prāṇas tam asminnetad dadhāty atha yadetena madhyataścaranti madhyato hyayam ātmātha yaddhaviṣopariṣṭāccaranti ya evāyam upariṣṭāt prāṇas tam asminnetad dadhāti śuklavatyo yājyānuvākyāḥ syuḥ śuklarūpāṇām upāptyai niyutvatyo yadeva niyutvadrūpaṃ tasyopāptyai //
ŚBM, 6, 2, 2, 13.2 ya evāyam purastāt prāṇas tam asminnetad dadhāty atha yadetena madhyataścaranti madhyato hyayam ātmātha yaddhaviṣopariṣṭāccaranti ya evāyam upariṣṭāt prāṇas tam asminnetad dadhāti śuklavatyo yājyānuvākyāḥ syuḥ śuklarūpāṇām upāptyai niyutvatyo yadeva niyutvadrūpaṃ tasyopāptyai //
ŚBM, 6, 2, 2, 15.2 etasmin ha paśau sarveṣām paśūnāṃ rūpaṃ yattūparo lapsudī tatpuruṣasya rūpaṃ tūparo hi lapsudī puruṣo yattūparaḥ kesaravāṃs tad aśvasya rūpaṃ tūparo hi kesaravān aśvo yad aṣṭāśaphas tad gorūpam aṣṭāśapho hi gaur atha yad asyāveriva śaphās tad ave rūpaṃ yad ajas tad ajasya tad yad etam ālabhate tena haivāsyaite sarve paśava ālabdhā bhavanty ato yatamad asya karmopakalpetaite vā pañca paśava eṣa vā prājāpatya eṣa vā niyutvatīyaḥ //
ŚBM, 6, 2, 2, 19.2 atha paśumālabheta paurṇamāsena vā indro vṛtram pāpmānaṃ hatvāpahatapāpmaitat karmārabhata tathaivaitad yajamānaḥ paurṇamāsenaiva vṛtram pāpmānaṃ hatvāpahatapāpmaitat karmārabhate //
ŚBM, 6, 2, 2, 28.2 alokā iṣṭakā upadadhyād iṣṭakā lokānatiricyerann atha yad bhūyaso lokānkṛtveṣṭakā nānūpadadhyāllokā iṣṭakā atiricyerann atha yadamāvāsyāyāṃ dīkṣitvāmāvāsyāyāṃ krīṇāti tadyāvantameva lokaṃ karoti tāvatīriṣṭakā upadadhāty athāsyāpūryamāṇapakṣe sarvo 'gniścīyate //
ŚBM, 6, 2, 2, 28.2 alokā iṣṭakā upadadhyād iṣṭakā lokānatiricyerann atha yad bhūyaso lokānkṛtveṣṭakā nānūpadadhyāllokā iṣṭakā atiricyerann atha yadamāvāsyāyāṃ dīkṣitvāmāvāsyāyāṃ krīṇāti tadyāvantameva lokaṃ karoti tāvatīriṣṭakā upadadhāty athāsyāpūryamāṇapakṣe sarvo 'gniścīyate //
ŚBM, 6, 2, 2, 28.2 alokā iṣṭakā upadadhyād iṣṭakā lokānatiricyerann atha yad bhūyaso lokānkṛtveṣṭakā nānūpadadhyāllokā iṣṭakā atiricyerann atha yadamāvāsyāyāṃ dīkṣitvāmāvāsyāyāṃ krīṇāti tadyāvantameva lokaṃ karoti tāvatīriṣṭakā upadadhāty athāsyāpūryamāṇapakṣe sarvo 'gniścīyate //
ŚBM, 6, 2, 2, 29.2 yadyāvatya etasyāgner iṣṭakāstāvanti kraye 'horātrāṇi sampadyante 'tha yānyūrdhvāni krayād ahāni kathamasya te lokā anūpahitā bhavantīti yad vā amāvāsyāyāṃ dīkṣitvāmāvāsyāyāṃ krīṇāti tad yāvantam eva lokaṃ karoti tāvatīr iṣṭakā upadadhāty atha yānyūrdhvāni krayādahāni tasminnavakāśe 'dhvaryur agniṃ cinoti kvo hi cinuyān na ca so 'vakāśaḥ syād yāvanti vai saṃvatsarasyāhorātrāṇi tāvatya etasyāgner iṣṭakā upa ca trayodaśo māsas trayodaśo vā eṣa māso yānyūrdhvāni krayād ahāni tad yā amūs trayodaśasya māsa iṣṭakās tābhir asya te lokā anūpahitā bhavanti tat samā lokāś ceṣṭakāśca bhavanti //
ŚBM, 6, 2, 2, 29.2 yadyāvatya etasyāgner iṣṭakāstāvanti kraye 'horātrāṇi sampadyante 'tha yānyūrdhvāni krayād ahāni kathamasya te lokā anūpahitā bhavantīti yad vā amāvāsyāyāṃ dīkṣitvāmāvāsyāyāṃ krīṇāti tad yāvantam eva lokaṃ karoti tāvatīr iṣṭakā upadadhāty atha yānyūrdhvāni krayādahāni tasminnavakāśe 'dhvaryur agniṃ cinoti kvo hi cinuyān na ca so 'vakāśaḥ syād yāvanti vai saṃvatsarasyāhorātrāṇi tāvatya etasyāgner iṣṭakā upa ca trayodaśo māsas trayodaśo vā eṣa māso yānyūrdhvāni krayād ahāni tad yā amūs trayodaśasya māsa iṣṭakās tābhir asya te lokā anūpahitā bhavanti tat samā lokāś ceṣṭakāśca bhavanti //
ŚBM, 6, 2, 2, 30.2 tasyām paśum ālabhate yā prathamāṣṭakā tasyām ukhāṃ saṃbharati yā prathamāmāvāsyā tasyāṃ dīkṣata etadvai yānyeva saṃvatsarasya prathamānyahāni tānyasya tad ārabhate tāni ca tad āpnoty athātaḥ sampadeva //
ŚBM, 6, 2, 2, 34.1 atha yāni daśa /
ŚBM, 6, 2, 2, 35.2 tatṣaṣṭiḥ ṣaṣṭirmāsasyāhorātrāṇi tan māsam āpnoti māsa āpta ṛtum āpnoty ṛtuḥ saṃvatsaraṃ tat saṃvatsaram agnim āpnoti ye ca saṃvatsare kāmā atha yadato 'nyadyadeva saṃvatsare 'nnaṃ tattat //
ŚBM, 6, 2, 2, 36.1 athaitasya prājāpatyasya /
ŚBM, 6, 2, 2, 36.2 ekaviṃśatiḥ sāmidhenyo dvādaśāpriyas tat trayastriṃśad ekādaśānuyājā ekādaśopayajas tat pañcapañcāśad vapā paśupuroḍāśo havis tadaṣṭāpañcāśat sa yo 'ṣṭāpañcāśati kāmo 'traiva tamāpnoti dvāvāghārau tatṣaṣṭiḥ sa yaḥ ṣaṣṭyāṃ kāmo 'traiva tam āpnoty atha yadato 'nyad yad evaṃ saṃvatsare 'nnaṃ tat tat //
ŚBM, 6, 2, 2, 37.1 athaitasya niyutvatīyasya /
ŚBM, 6, 2, 2, 37.2 saptadaśa sāmidhenyo dvādaśāpriyas tad ekāṃ na triṃśad ekādaśānuyājā ekādaśopayajas tad ekapañcāśad vapā paśupuroḍāśo havis taccatuṣpañcāśad dvāvāghārau dvau sviṣṭakṛtau tad aṣṭāpañcāśat sa yo 'ṣṭāpañcāśati kāmo 'traiva tam āpnoti vanaspatiśca vasāhomaśca tatṣaṣṭiḥ sa yaḥ ṣaṣṭyāṃ kāmo 'traiva tam āpnoty atha yad ato 'nyad yad evaṃ saṃvatsare 'nnaṃ tat tad evam u hāsyaitat karma saṃvatsaram agnim āpnoty evaṃ saṃvatsareṇāgninā sampadyate //
ŚBM, 6, 2, 2, 38.2 naitasya paśoḥ samiṣṭayajūṃṣi juhuyānna hṛdayaśūlenāvabhṛtham abhyaveyād ārambho vā eṣo 'gneḥ paśur vyavasargo devatānāṃ samiṣṭayajūṃṣi saṃsthāvabhṛtho nedārambhe devatā vyavasṛjāni nedyajñaṃ saṃsthāpayānīti sa vai sameva sthāpayed etena paśuneṣṭvā tat prajāpatir apaśyad yathaitasyāgner antaṃ na paryait tasmāt saṃsthāpayed yad v eva saṃsthāpayati prāṇa eṣa paśus tasya yad antariyāt prāṇasya tad antariyād yad u vai prāṇasyāntariyāt tata evaṃ mriyeta tasmāt sameva sthāpayed athāto vratānām iva //
ŚBM, 6, 2, 3, 8.2 upa vayamāyāmeti keneti yadeṣu lokeṣūpeti tatheti tadyadūrdhvam pṛthivyā arvācīnam antarikṣāt tena devā upāyaṃs tad eṣā dvitīyā citir atha yad ūrdhvam antarikṣād arvācīnaṃ divastenarṣaya upāyaṃs tadeṣā caturthī citiḥ //
ŚBM, 6, 3, 1, 6.2 savitaiṣo 'gnis tametayāhutyā purastātprīṇāti tamiṣṭvā prītvāthainaṃ saṃbharati tadyadetayā savitāram prīṇāti tasmāt sāvitrāṇi tasmādvā etāmāhutiṃ juhoti //
ŚBM, 6, 3, 1, 9.2 yo vai sa prajāpatir āsīd eṣa sa sruvaḥ prāṇo vai sruvaḥ prāṇaḥ prajāpatir atha yā sā vāgāsīdeṣā sā srug yoṣā vai vāg yoṣā srug atha yāstā āpa āyan vāco lokād etāstā yām etām āhutiṃ juhoti //
ŚBM, 6, 3, 1, 9.2 yo vai sa prajāpatir āsīd eṣa sa sruvaḥ prāṇo vai sruvaḥ prāṇaḥ prajāpatir atha yā sā vāgāsīdeṣā sā srug yoṣā vai vāg yoṣā srug atha yāstā āpa āyan vāco lokād etāstā yām etām āhutiṃ juhoti //
ŚBM, 6, 3, 1, 10.2 saṃtatā hi tā āpa āyann atha yaḥ sa prajāpatis trayyā vidyayā sahāpaḥ prāviśad eṣa sa yair etad yajurbhir juhoti //
ŚBM, 6, 3, 1, 11.2 ime te lokā atha yaccaturthaṃ yajus trayī sā vidyā jagatī sā bhavati jagatī sarvāṇi chandāṃsi sarvāṇi chandāṃsi trayī vidyātha yāni catvāryuttamāni diśas tānīme ca vai lokā diśaśca prajāpatir athaiṣā trayī vidyā //
ŚBM, 6, 3, 1, 11.2 ime te lokā atha yaccaturthaṃ yajus trayī sā vidyā jagatī sā bhavati jagatī sarvāṇi chandāṃsi sarvāṇi chandāṃsi trayī vidyātha yāni catvāryuttamāni diśas tānīme ca vai lokā diśaśca prajāpatir athaiṣā trayī vidyā //
ŚBM, 6, 3, 1, 11.2 ime te lokā atha yaccaturthaṃ yajus trayī sā vidyā jagatī sā bhavati jagatī sarvāṇi chandāṃsi sarvāṇi chandāṃsi trayī vidyātha yāni catvāryuttamāni diśas tānīme ca vai lokā diśaśca prajāpatir athaiṣā trayī vidyā //
ŚBM, 6, 3, 1, 20.2 asau vā ādityo devaḥ savitā yad u vā eṣa yajñiyaṃ karma praṇayati tad anārtaṃ svastyudṛcam aśnute devāvyamiti yo devān avad ity etat sakhividaṃ satrājitaṃ dhanajitaṃ svarjitam iti ya etat sarvaṃ vindād ity etadṛcetyṛcā stomaṃ samardhaya gāyatreṇa rathantaram bṛhadgāyatravartanīti sāmāni svāheti yajūṃṣi saiṣā trayī vidyā prathamaṃ jāyate yathaivādo 'mutrājāyataivam atha yaḥ so 'gnir asṛjyataiṣa sa yo 'ta ūrdhvam agniścīyate //
ŚBM, 6, 3, 1, 28.2 aśvaḥ prathamo 'tha rāsabho 'thāja evaṃ hyete 'nupūrvaṃ yadvai tadaśru saṃkṣaritam āsīd eṣa so 'śvo 'tha yattadarasadivaiṣa rāsabho 'tha yaḥ sa kapāle raso lipta āsīdeṣa so 'jo 'tha yat tat kapālamāsīd eṣā sā mṛd yām etad āhariṣyanto bhavanty etebhyo vā eṣa rūpebhyo 'gre 'sṛjyata tebhya evainam etajjanayati //
ŚBM, 6, 3, 1, 28.2 aśvaḥ prathamo 'tha rāsabho 'thāja evaṃ hyete 'nupūrvaṃ yadvai tadaśru saṃkṣaritam āsīd eṣa so 'śvo 'tha yattadarasadivaiṣa rāsabho 'tha yaḥ sa kapāle raso lipta āsīdeṣa so 'jo 'tha yat tat kapālamāsīd eṣā sā mṛd yām etad āhariṣyanto bhavanty etebhyo vā eṣa rūpebhyo 'gre 'sṛjyata tebhya evainam etajjanayati //
ŚBM, 6, 3, 1, 28.2 aśvaḥ prathamo 'tha rāsabho 'thāja evaṃ hyete 'nupūrvaṃ yadvai tadaśru saṃkṣaritam āsīd eṣa so 'śvo 'tha yattadarasadivaiṣa rāsabho 'tha yaḥ sa kapāle raso lipta āsīdeṣa so 'jo 'tha yat tat kapālamāsīd eṣā sā mṛd yām etad āhariṣyanto bhavanty etebhyo vā eṣa rūpebhyo 'gre 'sṛjyata tebhya evainam etajjanayati //
ŚBM, 6, 3, 1, 28.2 aśvaḥ prathamo 'tha rāsabho 'thāja evaṃ hyete 'nupūrvaṃ yadvai tadaśru saṃkṣaritam āsīd eṣa so 'śvo 'tha yattadarasadivaiṣa rāsabho 'tha yaḥ sa kapāle raso lipta āsīdeṣa so 'jo 'tha yat tat kapālamāsīd eṣā sā mṛd yām etad āhariṣyanto bhavanty etebhyo vā eṣa rūpebhyo 'gre 'sṛjyata tebhya evainam etajjanayati //
ŚBM, 6, 3, 1, 28.2 aśvaḥ prathamo 'tha rāsabho 'thāja evaṃ hyete 'nupūrvaṃ yadvai tadaśru saṃkṣaritam āsīd eṣa so 'śvo 'tha yattadarasadivaiṣa rāsabho 'tha yaḥ sa kapāle raso lipta āsīdeṣa so 'jo 'tha yat tat kapālamāsīd eṣā sā mṛd yām etad āhariṣyanto bhavanty etebhyo vā eṣa rūpebhyo 'gre 'sṛjyata tebhya evainam etajjanayati //
ŚBM, 6, 3, 1, 34.2 anyatarato hīdaṃ vācaḥ kṣṇutam ubhayataḥkṣṇuttveva bhavaty ubhayato hīdaṃ vācaḥ kṣṇutaṃ yad enayā daivaṃ ca vadati mānuṣaṃ cātho yatsatyaṃ cānṛtaṃ ca tasmād ubhayataḥkṣṇut //
ŚBM, 6, 3, 1, 37.2 tad enam asmāllokāt khanaty atha yad ūrdhvoccarati tad amuṣmāllokād atha yadantareṇa saṃcarati tad antarikṣalokāt sarvebhya evainam etad ebhyo lokebhyaḥ khanati //
ŚBM, 6, 3, 1, 37.2 tad enam asmāllokāt khanaty atha yad ūrdhvoccarati tad amuṣmāllokād atha yadantareṇa saṃcarati tad antarikṣalokāt sarvebhya evainam etad ebhyo lokebhyaḥ khanati //
ŚBM, 6, 3, 1, 38.2 devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyām pūṣṇo hastābhyām ādade gāyatreṇa chandasāṅgirasvad iti savitṛprasūta evaināmetad etābhir devatābhir ādatte gāyatreṇa chandasātho asyāṃ gāyatraṃ chando dadhāti pṛthivyāḥ sadhasthādagnim purīṣyam aṅgirasvad ābhareti paśavo vai purīṣam pṛthivyā upasthād agnim paśavyam agnivad ābharety etat traiṣṭubhena chandasāṅgirasvad iti tad enāṃ traiṣṭubhena chandasādatte 'tho 'syāṃ traiṣṭubhaṃ chando dadhāti //
ŚBM, 6, 3, 1, 38.2 devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyām pūṣṇo hastābhyām ādade gāyatreṇa chandasāṅgirasvad iti savitṛprasūta evaināmetad etābhir devatābhir ādatte gāyatreṇa chandasātho asyāṃ gāyatraṃ chando dadhāti pṛthivyāḥ sadhasthādagnim purīṣyam aṅgirasvad ābhareti paśavo vai purīṣam pṛthivyā upasthād agnim paśavyam agnivad ābharety etat traiṣṭubhena chandasāṅgirasvad iti tad enāṃ traiṣṭubhena chandasādatte 'tho 'syāṃ traiṣṭubhaṃ chando dadhāti //
ŚBM, 6, 3, 1, 39.2 abhrir hyeṣā tad enaṃ satyenādatte nāryasīti vajro vā abhrir yoṣā nārī na vai yoṣā kaṃcana hinasti śamayatyevainām etad ahiṃsāyai tvayā vayam agniṃ śakema khanituṃ sadhastha etīdaṃ vai sadhasthaṃ tvayā vayam agniṃ śakema khanitum asmint sadhastha ity etajjāgatena chandasāṅgirasvad iti tad enāṃ jāgatena chandasādatte 'tho 'syāṃ jāgataṃ chando dadhāti //
ŚBM, 6, 3, 1, 40.2 trivṛd agnir yāvān agnir yāvatyasya mātrā tāvataivainām etad ādatte tribhirādāyāthaināṃ caturthenābhimantrayata etadvā enāṃ devāstribhirādāyāthāsyāṃ caturthena vīryam adadhus tathaivainām ayam etat tribhir ādāyāthāsyāṃ caturthena vīryaṃ dadhāti //
ŚBM, 6, 3, 1, 40.2 trivṛd agnir yāvān agnir yāvatyasya mātrā tāvataivainām etad ādatte tribhirādāyāthaināṃ caturthenābhimantrayata etadvā enāṃ devāstribhirādāyāthāsyāṃ caturthena vīryam adadhus tathaivainām ayam etat tribhir ādāyāthāsyāṃ caturthena vīryaṃ dadhāti //
ŚBM, 6, 3, 1, 40.2 trivṛd agnir yāvān agnir yāvatyasya mātrā tāvataivainām etad ādatte tribhirādāyāthaināṃ caturthenābhimantrayata etadvā enāṃ devāstribhirādāyāthāsyāṃ caturthena vīryam adadhus tathaivainām ayam etat tribhir ādāyāthāsyāṃ caturthena vīryaṃ dadhāti //
ŚBM, 6, 3, 1, 41.2 haste hyasyāhitā bhavati bibhrad abhrim iti bibharti hyenāṃ hiraṇyayīmiti hiraṇmayī hyeṣā yā chandomayy agner jyotir nicāyyety agner jyotir dṛṣṭvety etat pṛthivyā adhyābharad iti pṛthivyai hyenad adhyābharaty ānuṣṭubhena chandasāṅgirasvad iti tad enām ānuṣṭubhena chandasādatte 'tho asyām ānuṣṭubhaṃ chando dadhāti tānyetānyeva chandāṃsyeṣābhrir ārambhāyaiveyaṃ vaiṇavī kriyate //
ŚBM, 6, 3, 1, 43.2 caturakṣarā vai sarvā vāg vāg ityekam akṣaram akṣaram iti tryakṣaraṃ tad yat tad vāg ity ekam akṣaraṃ yaivaiṣānuṣṭub uttamā sā sātha yad akṣaramiti tryakṣarametāni tāni pūrvāṇi yajūṃṣi sarvayaivaitad vācāgniṃ khanati sarvayā vācā saṃbharati tasmāccaturbhiḥ //
ŚBM, 6, 3, 2, 1.1 hasta eṣābhrir bhavaty atha paśūn abhimantrayate /
ŚBM, 6, 3, 2, 2.2 pratūrtaṃ vājinnādraveti yadvai kṣipraṃ tat tūrtam atha yat kṣiprāt kṣepīyas tat pratūrtaṃ variṣṭhām anu saṃvatam itīyaṃ vai variṣṭhā saṃvad imāmanu saṃvatam ityetaddivi te janma paramam antarikṣe tava nābhiḥ pṛthivyām adhi yonirid iti tad enametā devatāḥ karoty agniṃ vāyum ādityaṃ tad aśve vīryaṃ dadhāti //
ŚBM, 6, 3, 2, 3.1 atha rāsabham /
ŚBM, 6, 3, 2, 4.1 athājam /
ŚBM, 6, 3, 2, 6.1 athainānprāca utkramayati /
ŚBM, 6, 3, 2, 8.1 atha rāsabham /
ŚBM, 6, 3, 2, 9.1 athājam /
ŚBM, 6, 3, 3, 1.2 atha mṛdam accha yantīme vai lokā ete 'gnayas te yadā pradīptā athaita ime lokāḥ puro vā etadebhyo lokebhyo 'gre devāḥ karmānvaicchaṃs tad yad etānagnīnatītya mṛdamāharati tadenam puraibhyo lokebhyo 'nvicchati //
ŚBM, 6, 3, 3, 1.2 atha mṛdam accha yantīme vai lokā ete 'gnayas te yadā pradīptā athaita ime lokāḥ puro vā etadebhyo lokebhyo 'gre devāḥ karmānvaicchaṃs tad yad etānagnīnatītya mṛdamāharati tadenam puraibhyo lokebhyo 'nvicchati //
ŚBM, 6, 3, 3, 4.1 athānaddhāpuruṣamīkṣate /
ŚBM, 6, 3, 3, 5.1 atha valmīkavapā suṣirā vyadhve nihitā bhavati /
ŚBM, 6, 3, 3, 6.2 tad enam uṣaḥsvaicchann anvahāni prathamo jātavedā iti tad enam ahaḥsvaicchann anu sūryasya purutrā ca raśmīniti tadenaṃ sūryasya raśmiṣvaicchann anu dyāvāpṛthivī ātatantheti tadenaṃ dyāvāpṛthivyoraicchaṃs tam avindaṃs tathaivainam ayametad vindati taṃ yadā parāpaśyaty atha tām avāsyaty āgacchanti mṛdam //
ŚBM, 6, 3, 3, 7.1 athāśvamabhimantrayate /
ŚBM, 6, 3, 3, 9.1 athainamākramayati /
ŚBM, 6, 3, 3, 12.1 athainamunmṛśati /
ŚBM, 6, 3, 3, 13.1 athainamutkramayati /
ŚBM, 6, 3, 3, 14.1 athainam utkrāntamabhimantrayate /
ŚBM, 6, 3, 3, 15.1 athopaviśya mṛdamabhijuhoti /
ŚBM, 6, 3, 3, 17.2 mṛdaṃ ca tadapaśca prīṇāti te iṣṭvā prītvāthaine saṃbharati vyatiṣaktābhyām juhoti mṛdaṃ ca tadapaśca vyatiṣajati //
ŚBM, 6, 3, 3, 18.2 vajro vā ājyaṃ vajramevāsmā etadabhigoptāraṃ karoty atho reto vā ājyaṃ reta evaitatsiñcati sruveṇa vṛṣā vai sruvo vṛṣā vai retaḥ siñcati svāhākāreṇa vṛṣā vai svāhākāro vṛṣā vai retaḥ siñcati //
ŚBM, 6, 3, 3, 21.2 dvipādyajamāno yajamāno 'gnir yāvānagniryāvatyasya mātrā tāvataivainam etad reto bhūtaṃ siñcaty āgneyībhyām agnimevaitadreto bhūtaṃ siñcati te yad āgneyyau tenāgnir atha yattriṣṭubhau tenendra aindrāgno 'gnir yāvān agniryāvatyasya mātrā tāvataivainametadreto bhūtaṃ siñcatīndrāgnī vai sarve devāḥ sarvadevatyo 'gnir yāvān agnir yāvatyasya mātrā tāvataivainam etad reto bhūtaṃ siñcati //
ŚBM, 6, 3, 3, 23.1 athainam parilikhati /
ŚBM, 6, 3, 3, 26.1 athainamasyāṃ khanati /
ŚBM, 6, 3, 3, 26.2 etadvai devā abibhayur yad vai na imamiha rakṣāṃsi nāṣṭrā na hanyuriti tasmā imāmevātmānamakurvanguptyā ātmātmānaṃ gopsyatīti sā samambilā syāt tad asyeyamātmā bhavati yad v eva samambilā yonirvā iyaṃ reta idaṃ yadvai retaso yonimatiricyate 'muyā tadbhavatyatha yannyūnaṃ vyṛddhaṃ tad etadvai retasaḥ samṛddhaṃ yat samaṃbilaṃ catuḥsraktir eṣa kūpo bhavati catasro vai diśaḥ sarvābhya evainam etad digbhyaḥ khanati //
ŚBM, 6, 4, 1, 1.1 athainamataḥ khanatyeva /
ŚBM, 6, 4, 1, 3.2 dvipādyajamāno yajamāno 'gnir yāvānagniryāvatyasya mātrā tāvataivainametatkhanaty atho dvayaṃ hyevaitadrūpam mṛccāpaśca //
ŚBM, 6, 4, 1, 6.1 athainaṃ kṛṣṇājine saṃbharati /
ŚBM, 6, 4, 1, 7.1 athainaṃ puṣkaraparṇe saṃbharati /
ŚBM, 6, 4, 1, 10.1 athaine abhimṛśati /
ŚBM, 6, 4, 1, 12.2 dvipādyajamāno yajamāno 'gniryāvānagniryāvatyasya mātrā tāvataivābhyāmetatsaṃjñāṃ karoty atho dvayaṃ hyevaitadrūpaṃ kṛṣṇājinaṃ ca puṣkaraparṇaṃ ca //
ŚBM, 6, 4, 2, 1.1 atha mṛtpiṇḍamabhimṛśati /
ŚBM, 6, 4, 2, 2.1 athainam parigṛhṇāti /
ŚBM, 6, 4, 2, 6.1 athaite triṣṭubhā uttare bhavataḥ /
ŚBM, 6, 4, 2, 8.1 athaiṣā bṛhatyuttamā bhavati /
ŚBM, 6, 4, 2, 9.2 idamevaitadretaḥ siktaṃ saṃsādayati tasmādyonau retaḥ siktaṃ saṃsīdati śocasva devavītama iti dīpyasva devavītama ityetad vi dhūmamagne aruṣam miyedhya sṛja praśasta darśatamiti yadā vā eṣa samidhyate 'thaiṣa dhūmamaruṣaṃ visṛjate darśatamiti dadṛśa iva hyeṣaḥ //
ŚBM, 6, 4, 3, 1.1 atha tatrāpa upaninayati /
ŚBM, 6, 4, 3, 3.1 athaināṃ vāyunā saṃdadhāti /
ŚBM, 6, 4, 3, 5.1 athaināṃ digbhiḥ saṃdadhāti /
ŚBM, 6, 4, 3, 5.2 yadvā asyai kṣataṃ yadviliṣṭaṃ digbhir vai tat saṃdhīyate digbhirevāsyā etatkṣataṃ viliṣṭaṃ saṃtanoti saṃdadhāti sa imāṃ cemāṃ ca diśau saṃdadhāti tasmādete diśau saṃhite athemāṃ cemāṃ ca tasmād v evaite saṃhite ityagre 'theti athetyatheti taddakṣiṇāvṛttaddhi devatrānayānayā vai bheṣajaṃ kriyate 'nayaivainām etad bhiṣajyati //
ŚBM, 6, 4, 3, 5.2 yadvā asyai kṣataṃ yadviliṣṭaṃ digbhir vai tat saṃdhīyate digbhirevāsyā etatkṣataṃ viliṣṭaṃ saṃtanoti saṃdadhāti sa imāṃ cemāṃ ca diśau saṃdadhāti tasmādete diśau saṃhite athemāṃ cemāṃ ca tasmād v evaite saṃhite ityagre 'theti athetyatheti taddakṣiṇāvṛttaddhi devatrānayānayā vai bheṣajaṃ kriyate 'nayaivainām etad bhiṣajyati //
ŚBM, 6, 4, 3, 5.2 yadvā asyai kṣataṃ yadviliṣṭaṃ digbhir vai tat saṃdhīyate digbhirevāsyā etatkṣataṃ viliṣṭaṃ saṃtanoti saṃdadhāti sa imāṃ cemāṃ ca diśau saṃdadhāti tasmādete diśau saṃhite athemāṃ cemāṃ ca tasmād v evaite saṃhite ityagre 'theti athetyatheti taddakṣiṇāvṛttaddhi devatrānayānayā vai bheṣajaṃ kriyate 'nayaivainām etad bhiṣajyati //
ŚBM, 6, 4, 3, 5.2 yadvā asyai kṣataṃ yadviliṣṭaṃ digbhir vai tat saṃdhīyate digbhirevāsyā etatkṣataṃ viliṣṭaṃ saṃtanoti saṃdadhāti sa imāṃ cemāṃ ca diśau saṃdadhāti tasmādete diśau saṃhite athemāṃ cemāṃ ca tasmād v evaite saṃhite ityagre 'theti athetyatheti taddakṣiṇāvṛttaddhi devatrānayānayā vai bheṣajaṃ kriyate 'nayaivainām etad bhiṣajyati //
ŚBM, 6, 4, 3, 6.1 atha kṛṣṇājinaṃ ca puṣkaraparṇaṃ ca samudgṛhṇāti /
ŚBM, 6, 4, 3, 7.1 athainamupanahyati /
ŚBM, 6, 4, 3, 9.1 athainamādāyottiṣṭhati /
ŚBM, 6, 4, 3, 10.1 athainamita ūrdhvam prāñcam pragṛhṇāti /
ŚBM, 6, 4, 3, 10.2 asau vā āditya eṣo 'gnir amuṃ tadādityamita ūrdhvam prāñcaṃ dadhāti tasmādasāvāditya ita ūrdhvaḥ prāṅ dhīyata ūrdhva ū ṣu ṇa ūtaye tiṣṭhā devo na saviteti yathaiva yajus tathā bandhur ūrdhvo vājasya sanitetyūrdhvo vā eṣa tiṣṭhanvājamannaṃ sanoti yad añjibhir vāghadbhir vihvayāmaha iti raśmayo vā etasyāñjayo vāghatas tān etad āha parobāhu pragṛhṇāti parobāhu hyeṣa ito 'thainam upāvaharati tam upāvahṛtyoparinābhi dhārayati tasyopari bandhuḥ //
ŚBM, 6, 4, 4, 1.1 hasta eṣa bhavatyatha paśūn abhimantrayate /
ŚBM, 6, 4, 4, 3.1 atha rāsabham /
ŚBM, 6, 4, 4, 4.1 athājam /
ŚBM, 6, 4, 4, 6.1 athainameteṣām paśūnāmupariṣṭāt pragṛhṇāti /
ŚBM, 6, 4, 4, 6.2 tad enam etaiḥ paśubhiḥ saṃbharati nopaspṛśati vajro vai paśavo reta idaṃ nedidaṃ reto vajreṇa hinasānīty atho agnirayam paśava ime nedayamagnirimānpaśūnhinasaditi //
ŚBM, 6, 4, 4, 8.1 atha rāsabhasya /
ŚBM, 6, 4, 4, 9.1 athāpādatte /
ŚBM, 6, 4, 4, 10.1 athājasya /
ŚBM, 6, 4, 4, 12.1 athaitānpaśūnāvartayanti /
ŚBM, 6, 4, 4, 12.2 teṣāmajaḥ prathama etyatha rāsabho 'thāśvo 'theto yatāmaśvaḥ prathama etyatha rāsabho 'thājaḥ kṣatraṃ vā anvaśvo vaiśyaṃ ca śūdraṃ cānu rāsabho brāhmaṇamajaḥ //
ŚBM, 6, 4, 4, 12.2 teṣāmajaḥ prathama etyatha rāsabho 'thāśvo 'theto yatāmaśvaḥ prathama etyatha rāsabho 'thājaḥ kṣatraṃ vā anvaśvo vaiśyaṃ ca śūdraṃ cānu rāsabho brāhmaṇamajaḥ //
ŚBM, 6, 4, 4, 12.2 teṣāmajaḥ prathama etyatha rāsabho 'thāśvo 'theto yatāmaśvaḥ prathama etyatha rāsabho 'thājaḥ kṣatraṃ vā anvaśvo vaiśyaṃ ca śūdraṃ cānu rāsabho brāhmaṇamajaḥ //
ŚBM, 6, 4, 4, 12.2 teṣāmajaḥ prathama etyatha rāsabho 'thāśvo 'theto yatāmaśvaḥ prathama etyatha rāsabho 'thājaḥ kṣatraṃ vā anvaśvo vaiśyaṃ ca śūdraṃ cānu rāsabho brāhmaṇamajaḥ //
ŚBM, 6, 4, 4, 12.2 teṣāmajaḥ prathama etyatha rāsabho 'thāśvo 'theto yatāmaśvaḥ prathama etyatha rāsabho 'thājaḥ kṣatraṃ vā anvaśvo vaiśyaṃ ca śūdraṃ cānu rāsabho brāhmaṇamajaḥ //
ŚBM, 6, 4, 4, 13.2 aśvaḥ prathama eti tasmāt kṣatriyam prathamaṃ yantamitare trayo varṇāḥ paścādanuyanty atha yadamuta āyatāmajaḥ prathama eti tasmādbrāhmaṇam prathamaṃ yantamitare trayo varṇāḥ paścādanuyantyatha yannaiveto yatāṃ nāmuto rāsabhaḥ prathama eti tasmānna kadācana brāhmaṇaśca kṣatriyaśca vaiśyaṃ ca śūdraṃ ca paścād anvitas tasmād evaṃ yantyapāpavasyasāyātho brahmaṇā caivaitat kṣatreṇa caitau varṇāvabhitaḥ parigṛhṇīte 'napakramiṇau kurute //
ŚBM, 6, 4, 4, 13.2 aśvaḥ prathama eti tasmāt kṣatriyam prathamaṃ yantamitare trayo varṇāḥ paścādanuyanty atha yadamuta āyatāmajaḥ prathama eti tasmādbrāhmaṇam prathamaṃ yantamitare trayo varṇāḥ paścādanuyantyatha yannaiveto yatāṃ nāmuto rāsabhaḥ prathama eti tasmānna kadācana brāhmaṇaśca kṣatriyaśca vaiśyaṃ ca śūdraṃ ca paścād anvitas tasmād evaṃ yantyapāpavasyasāyātho brahmaṇā caivaitat kṣatreṇa caitau varṇāvabhitaḥ parigṛhṇīte 'napakramiṇau kurute //
ŚBM, 6, 4, 4, 13.2 aśvaḥ prathama eti tasmāt kṣatriyam prathamaṃ yantamitare trayo varṇāḥ paścādanuyanty atha yadamuta āyatāmajaḥ prathama eti tasmādbrāhmaṇam prathamaṃ yantamitare trayo varṇāḥ paścādanuyantyatha yannaiveto yatāṃ nāmuto rāsabhaḥ prathama eti tasmānna kadācana brāhmaṇaśca kṣatriyaśca vaiśyaṃ ca śūdraṃ ca paścād anvitas tasmād evaṃ yantyapāpavasyasāyātho brahmaṇā caivaitat kṣatreṇa caitau varṇāvabhitaḥ parigṛhṇīte 'napakramiṇau kurute //
ŚBM, 6, 4, 4, 14.1 athānaddhāpuruṣamīkṣate /
ŚBM, 6, 4, 4, 15.2 āgneyo vā ajaḥ svenaivainametadātmanā svayā devatayā saṃbharaty atho brahma vā ajo brahmaṇaivainametatsaṃbharati //
ŚBM, 6, 4, 4, 16.1 athainamupāvaharati /
ŚBM, 6, 4, 4, 19.4 tathaivāsmā ayametām puram pariśrayaty atho yonirvā iyaṃ reta idaṃ tira iva vai yonau retaḥ sicyate yonirūpam etat kriyate /
ŚBM, 6, 4, 4, 20.1 athainaṃ viṣyati /
ŚBM, 6, 4, 4, 20.2 tad yad evāsyātropanaddhasya saṃśucyati tām evāsmād etacchucam bahirdhā dadhāty atho etasyā evainametadyoneḥ prajanayati //
ŚBM, 6, 4, 4, 22.1 athājalomānyācchidya /
ŚBM, 6, 5, 1, 3.1 atha phenaṃ janayitvānvavadadhāti /
ŚBM, 6, 5, 1, 3.2 yadeva tatpheno dvitīyaṃ rūpamasṛjyata tadevaitadrūpaṃ karoty atha yāmeva tatra mṛdaṃ saṃyauti saiva mṛd yat tat tṛtīyaṃ rūpamasṛjyataitebhyo vā eṣa rūpebhyo 'gre 'sṛjyata tebhya evainametajjanayati //
ŚBM, 6, 5, 1, 4.1 athājalomaiḥ saṃsṛjati /
ŚBM, 6, 5, 1, 4.2 sthemne nveva yad v evājalomair etadvā enaṃ devāḥ paśubhyo 'dhi samabharaṃstathaivainam ayametatpaśubhyo 'dhi saṃbharati tad yad ajalomair evāje hi sarveṣām paśūnāṃ rūpam atha yalloma loma hi rūpam //
ŚBM, 6, 5, 1, 6.1 athaitattrayam piṣṭam bhavati /
ŚBM, 6, 5, 1, 9.1 atha prayauti /
ŚBM, 6, 5, 1, 12.2 trivṛd agnir yāvānagniryāvatyasya mātrā tāvataivainam etat prayauti dvābhyāṃ saṃsṛjati tat pañca pañcacitiko 'gniḥ pañcartavaḥ saṃvatsaraḥ saṃvatsaro 'gnir yāvānagniryāvatyasya mātrā tāvattadbhavati tribhir apa upasṛjati tadaṣṭāvaṣṭākṣarā gāyatrī gāyatro 'gnir yāvānagniryāvatyasya mātrā tāvat tad bhavaty atho 'ṣṭākṣarā vā iyam agre 'sṛjyata tad yāvatīyam agre 'sṛjyata tāvatīm evainām etat karoti //
ŚBM, 6, 5, 2, 1.1 atha mṛtpiṇḍamapādatte /
ŚBM, 6, 5, 2, 3.2 vasavastvā kṛṇvantu gāyatreṇa chandasāṅgirasvadityayaṃ haiṣa loko nidhis tam etad vasavo gāyatreṇa chandasākurvaṃstathaivainamayametadgāyatreṇa chandasā karotyaṅgirasvaditi prāṇo vā aṅgirā dhruvāsīti sthirāsīty etad atho pratiṣṭhitāsīti pṛthivyasīti pṛthivī hyeṣa nidhir dhārayā mayi prajāṃ rāyaspoṣaṃ gaupatyaṃ suvīryaṃ sajātānyajamānāyetyetad vai vasava imaṃ lokaṃ kṛtvā tasminnetām āśiṣam āśāsata tathaivaitad yajamāna imaṃ lokaṃ kṛtvā tasminnetām āśiṣam āśāste tāṃ prādeśamātrīṃ kṛtvāthāsyai sarvatastīram unnayati //
ŚBM, 6, 5, 2, 3.2 vasavastvā kṛṇvantu gāyatreṇa chandasāṅgirasvadityayaṃ haiṣa loko nidhis tam etad vasavo gāyatreṇa chandasākurvaṃstathaivainamayametadgāyatreṇa chandasā karotyaṅgirasvaditi prāṇo vā aṅgirā dhruvāsīti sthirāsīty etad atho pratiṣṭhitāsīti pṛthivyasīti pṛthivī hyeṣa nidhir dhārayā mayi prajāṃ rāyaspoṣaṃ gaupatyaṃ suvīryaṃ sajātānyajamānāyetyetad vai vasava imaṃ lokaṃ kṛtvā tasminnetām āśiṣam āśāsata tathaivaitad yajamāna imaṃ lokaṃ kṛtvā tasminnetām āśiṣam āśāste tāṃ prādeśamātrīṃ kṛtvāthāsyai sarvatastīram unnayati //
ŚBM, 6, 5, 2, 4.1 atha pūrvamuddhimādadhāti /
ŚBM, 6, 5, 2, 4.2 rudrāstvā kṛṇvantu traiṣṭubhena chandasāṅgirasvadityantarikṣaṃ haiṣa uddhistam etad rudrāstraiṣṭubhena chandasākurvaṃstathaivainamayametattraiṣṭubhena chandasā karotyaṅgirasvaditi prāṇo vā aṅgirā dhruvāsīti sthirāsītyetad atho pratiṣṭhitāsītyantarikṣamasītyantarikṣaṃ hyeṣa uddhir dhārayā mayi //
ŚBM, 6, 5, 2, 5.1 athottaramuddhimādadhāti /
ŚBM, 6, 5, 2, 5.2 ādityāstvā kṛṇvantu jāgatena chandasāṅgirasvaditi dyaurhaiṣa uddhis tametad ādityā jāgatena chandasākurvaṃstathaivainamayametajjāgatena chandasā karotyaṅgirasvaditi prāṇo vā aṅgirā dhruvāsīti sthirāsītyetad atho pratiṣṭhitāsīti dyaurasīti dyaurhyeṣa uddhir dhārayā mayi prajāṃ rāyaspoṣaṃ gaupatyaṃ suvīryaṃ sajātān yajamānāyetyetad vā ādityā divaṃ kṛtvā tasyāṃ etām āśiṣam āśāsata tathaivaitad yajamāno divaṃ kṛtvā tasyām etām āśiṣamāśāste //
ŚBM, 6, 5, 2, 6.1 athaitena caturthena yajuṣā karoti /
ŚBM, 6, 5, 2, 6.2 viśve tvā devā vaiśvānarāḥ kṛṇvantvānuṣṭubhena chandasāṅgirasvaditi diśo haitadyajuretadvai viśve devā vaiśvānarā eṣu lokeṣūkhāyāmetena caturthena yajuṣā diśo 'dadhus tathaivaitad yajamāna eṣu lokeṣūkhāyāmetena caturthena yajuṣā diśo dadhātyaṅgirasvaditi prāṇo vā aṅgirā dhruvāsīti sthirāsītyetad atho pratiṣṭhitāsīti diśo 'sīti diśo hyetad yajur dhārayā mayi prajāṃ rāyaspoṣaṃ gaupatyaṃ suvīryaṃ sajātān yajamānāyetyetad vai viśve devā vaiśvānarā diśaḥ kṛtvā tāsvetām āśiṣamāśāsata tathaivaitad yajamāno diśaḥ kṛtvā tāsvetāmāśiṣamāśāste //
ŚBM, 6, 5, 2, 10.2 ekaprādeśāṃ kuryādatha yadi pañca paśavaḥ syuḥ pañcaprādeśāṃ kuryādiṣumātrīṃ vā vīryaṃ vā iṣur vīryasaṃmitaiva tadbhavati pañcaprādeśā ha sma tveva pureṣurbhavati //
ŚBM, 6, 5, 2, 11.1 atha tiraścīṃ rāsnām paryasyati /
ŚBM, 6, 5, 2, 14.1 atha catasra ūrdhvāḥ karoti /
ŚBM, 6, 5, 2, 15.2 etadvā etā etām astabhnuvaṃs tathaivainām etat stabhnuvanti tadyadata ūrdhvaṃ tadetayā tiraścyā dṛḍhamatha yadato 'rvāktadetābhiḥ //
ŚBM, 6, 5, 2, 19.2 atho aṣṭastanāṃ na tathā kuryādye vai goḥ kanīyastanāḥ paśavo ye bhūyastanā anupajīvanīyatarā vā asyaite 'nupajīvanīyatarāṃ haināṃ te kurvate 'tho ha te na gāṃ kurvate śunīṃ vāviṃ vā vaḍabāṃ vā tasmāttathā na kuryāt //
ŚBM, 6, 5, 2, 19.2 atho aṣṭastanāṃ na tathā kuryādye vai goḥ kanīyastanāḥ paśavo ye bhūyastanā anupajīvanīyatarā vā asyaite 'nupajīvanīyatarāṃ haināṃ te kurvate 'tho ha te na gāṃ kurvate śunīṃ vāviṃ vā vaḍabāṃ vā tasmāttathā na kuryāt //
ŚBM, 6, 5, 2, 20.1 athāsyai bilamabhipadyate /
ŚBM, 6, 5, 2, 22.2 trayo vā ime lokā ime lokā ukhā iti vadanto 'tho anyo 'nyasyai prāyaścittyai yadītarā bhetsyate 'thetarasyām bhariṣyāmo yadītarāthetarasyāmiti na tathā kuryādyo vā eṣa nidhiḥ prathamo 'yaṃ sa loko yaḥ pūrva uddhirantarikṣaṃ tadya uttaro dyauḥ sātha yadetaccaturthaṃ yajurdiśo haiva tad etāvad vā idaṃ sarvaṃ yāvad ime ca lokā diśaśca sa yad atropāhared ati tad recayed yad u vai yajñe 'tiriktaṃ kriyate yajamānasya tad dviṣantaṃ bhrātṛvyam abhyatiricyate yad u bhinnāyai prāyaścittir uttarasmiṃs tad anvākhyāne //
ŚBM, 6, 5, 2, 22.2 trayo vā ime lokā ime lokā ukhā iti vadanto 'tho anyo 'nyasyai prāyaścittyai yadītarā bhetsyate 'thetarasyām bhariṣyāmo yadītarāthetarasyāmiti na tathā kuryādyo vā eṣa nidhiḥ prathamo 'yaṃ sa loko yaḥ pūrva uddhirantarikṣaṃ tadya uttaro dyauḥ sātha yadetaccaturthaṃ yajurdiśo haiva tad etāvad vā idaṃ sarvaṃ yāvad ime ca lokā diśaśca sa yad atropāhared ati tad recayed yad u vai yajñe 'tiriktaṃ kriyate yajamānasya tad dviṣantaṃ bhrātṛvyam abhyatiricyate yad u bhinnāyai prāyaścittir uttarasmiṃs tad anvākhyāne //
ŚBM, 6, 5, 2, 22.2 trayo vā ime lokā ime lokā ukhā iti vadanto 'tho anyo 'nyasyai prāyaścittyai yadītarā bhetsyate 'thetarasyām bhariṣyāmo yadītarāthetarasyāmiti na tathā kuryādyo vā eṣa nidhiḥ prathamo 'yaṃ sa loko yaḥ pūrva uddhirantarikṣaṃ tadya uttaro dyauḥ sātha yadetaccaturthaṃ yajurdiśo haiva tad etāvad vā idaṃ sarvaṃ yāvad ime ca lokā diśaśca sa yad atropāhared ati tad recayed yad u vai yajñe 'tiriktaṃ kriyate yajamānasya tad dviṣantaṃ bhrātṛvyam abhyatiricyate yad u bhinnāyai prāyaścittir uttarasmiṃs tad anvākhyāne //
ŚBM, 6, 5, 2, 22.2 trayo vā ime lokā ime lokā ukhā iti vadanto 'tho anyo 'nyasyai prāyaścittyai yadītarā bhetsyate 'thetarasyām bhariṣyāmo yadītarāthetarasyāmiti na tathā kuryādyo vā eṣa nidhiḥ prathamo 'yaṃ sa loko yaḥ pūrva uddhirantarikṣaṃ tadya uttaro dyauḥ sātha yadetaccaturthaṃ yajurdiśo haiva tad etāvad vā idaṃ sarvaṃ yāvad ime ca lokā diśaśca sa yad atropāhared ati tad recayed yad u vai yajñe 'tiriktaṃ kriyate yajamānasya tad dviṣantaṃ bhrātṛvyam abhyatiricyate yad u bhinnāyai prāyaścittir uttarasmiṃs tad anvākhyāne //
ŚBM, 6, 5, 3, 3.1 athokhāṃ karoti /
ŚBM, 6, 5, 3, 3.2 imāṃstallokānkarotyatha viśvajyotiṣaḥ karotyetā devatā agniṃ vāyumādityametā hyeva devatā viśvaṃ jyotis tā etasyā eva mṛdaḥ karotyebhyastallokebhya etāndevānnirmimīte yajamānaḥ karoti tryālikhitā bhavanti trivṛto hyete devā ityadhidevatam //
ŚBM, 6, 5, 3, 4.1 athādhyātmam /
ŚBM, 6, 5, 3, 4.2 ātmaivokhā vāgaṣāḍhā tām pūrvāṃ karoti purastāddhīyamātmano vāk tāmetasyā eva mṛdaḥ karotyātmano hyeveyaṃ vāṅmahiṣī karoti mahiṣī hi vāktryālikhitā bhavati tredhāvihitā hi vāgṛco yajūṃṣi sāmāny atho yadidaṃ trayaṃ vāco rūpamupāṃśu vyantarāmuccaiḥ //
ŚBM, 6, 5, 3, 5.1 athokhāṃ karoti /
ŚBM, 6, 5, 3, 5.2 ātmānaṃ tatkarotyatha viśvajyotiṣaḥ karoti prajā vai viśvajyotiḥ prajā hyeva viśvaṃ jyotiḥ prajananamevaitatkaroti tā etasyā eva mṛdaḥ karotyātmanastatprajāṃ nirmimīte yajamānaḥ karoti yajamānastadātmanaḥ prajāṃ karoty anantarhitāḥ karoty anantarhitāṃ tadātmanaḥ prajāṃ karotyuttarāḥ karotyuttarāṃ tad ātmanaḥ prajāṃ karoti tryālikhitā bhavanti trivṛddhi prajāpatiḥ pitā mātā putro 'tho garbha ulbaṃ jarāyu //
ŚBM, 6, 5, 3, 5.2 ātmānaṃ tatkarotyatha viśvajyotiṣaḥ karoti prajā vai viśvajyotiḥ prajā hyeva viśvaṃ jyotiḥ prajananamevaitatkaroti tā etasyā eva mṛdaḥ karotyātmanastatprajāṃ nirmimīte yajamānaḥ karoti yajamānastadātmanaḥ prajāṃ karoty anantarhitāḥ karoty anantarhitāṃ tadātmanaḥ prajāṃ karotyuttarāḥ karotyuttarāṃ tad ātmanaḥ prajāṃ karoti tryālikhitā bhavanti trivṛddhi prajāpatiḥ pitā mātā putro 'tho garbha ulbaṃ jarāyu //
ŚBM, 6, 5, 3, 7.2 ubhayam v etat prajāpatirniruktaś cāniruktaśca parimitaścāparimitaśca tadyā yajuṣkṛtāyai karoti yadevāsya niruktam parimitaṃ rūpaṃ tadasya tena saṃskarotyatha yā ayajuṣkṛtāyai yadevāsyāniruktam aparimitaṃ rūpaṃ tadasya tena saṃskaroti sa ha vā etaṃ sarvaṃ kṛtsnam prajāpatiṃ saṃskaroti ya evaṃ vidvān etad evaṃ karotyathopaśayāyai piṇḍaṃ pariśinaṣṭi prāyaścittibhyaḥ //
ŚBM, 6, 5, 3, 7.2 ubhayam v etat prajāpatirniruktaś cāniruktaśca parimitaścāparimitaśca tadyā yajuṣkṛtāyai karoti yadevāsya niruktam parimitaṃ rūpaṃ tadasya tena saṃskarotyatha yā ayajuṣkṛtāyai yadevāsyāniruktam aparimitaṃ rūpaṃ tadasya tena saṃskaroti sa ha vā etaṃ sarvaṃ kṛtsnam prajāpatiṃ saṃskaroti ya evaṃ vidvān etad evaṃ karotyathopaśayāyai piṇḍaṃ pariśinaṣṭi prāyaścittibhyaḥ //
ŚBM, 6, 5, 3, 8.1 athaināṃ dhūpayati /
ŚBM, 6, 5, 3, 8.2 sthemne nvevātho karmaṇaḥ prakṛtatāyai yad v eva dhūpayati śira etadyajñasya yadukhā prāṇo dhūmaḥ śīrṣaṃstatprāṇaṃ dadhāti //
ŚBM, 6, 5, 4, 1.1 athainamasyāṃ khanati /
ŚBM, 6, 5, 4, 3.2 pṛthivyāḥ sadhasthe aṅgirasvatkhanatvavaṭetyavaṭo haiṣa devatrātra sā vaiṇavyabhrirutsīdati catuḥsraktireṣa kūpo bhavati catasro vai diśaḥ sarvābhya evainametaddigbhyaḥ khanatyatha pacanamavadhāyāṣāḍhāmavadadhāti tūṣṇīmeva tāṃ hi pūrvāṃ karoti //
ŚBM, 6, 5, 4, 4.1 athokhāmavadadhāti /
ŚBM, 6, 5, 4, 4.2 devānāṃ tvā patnīrdevīrviśvadevyāvatīḥ pṛthivyāḥ sadhasthe aṅgirasvaddadhatūkha iti devānāṃ haitāmagre patnīrdevīrviśvadevyāvatīḥ pṛthivyāḥ sadhasthe 'ṅgirasvaddadhus tābhirevaināmetaddadhāti tā ha tā oṣadhaya evauṣadhayo vai devānām patnya oṣadhibhirhīdaṃ sarvaṃ hitam oṣadhibhirevainām etad dadhāty atha viśvajyotiṣo 'vadadhāti tūṣṇīm evātha pacanam avadhāyābhīnddhe //
ŚBM, 6, 5, 4, 4.2 devānāṃ tvā patnīrdevīrviśvadevyāvatīḥ pṛthivyāḥ sadhasthe aṅgirasvaddadhatūkha iti devānāṃ haitāmagre patnīrdevīrviśvadevyāvatīḥ pṛthivyāḥ sadhasthe 'ṅgirasvaddadhus tābhirevaināmetaddadhāti tā ha tā oṣadhaya evauṣadhayo vai devānām patnya oṣadhibhirhīdaṃ sarvaṃ hitam oṣadhibhirevainām etad dadhāty atha viśvajyotiṣo 'vadadhāti tūṣṇīm evātha pacanam avadhāyābhīnddhe //
ŚBM, 6, 5, 4, 5.2 viśvadevyāvatīḥ pṛthivyāḥ sadhasthe aṅgirasvadabhīndhatāmukha iti dhiṣaṇā haitām agre devīrviśvadevyāvatīḥ pṛthivyāḥ sadhasthe 'ṅgirasvadabhīdhire tābhirevaināmetadabhīnddhe sā ha sā vāgeva vāg vai dhiṣaṇā vācā hīdaṃ sarvamiddhaṃ vācaivaināmetadabhīnddhe 'thaitāni trīṇi yajūṃṣīkṣamāṇa eva japati //
ŚBM, 6, 5, 4, 10.1 atha mitrasya carṣaṇīdhṛta iti /
ŚBM, 6, 5, 4, 12.1 athainām paryāvartayati /
ŚBM, 6, 5, 4, 13.1 athainām udyacchati /
ŚBM, 6, 5, 4, 15.1 athaināmācchṛṇatti /
ŚBM, 6, 5, 4, 15.2 sthemne nvevātho karmaṇaḥ prakṛtatāyai yad v evācchṛṇatti śira etadyajñasya yadukhā prāṇaḥ payaḥ śīrṣaṃs tat prāṇaṃ dadhāty atho yoṣā vā ukhā yoṣāyāṃ tatpayo dadhāti tasmādyoṣāyām payaḥ //
ŚBM, 6, 5, 4, 15.2 sthemne nvevātho karmaṇaḥ prakṛtatāyai yad v evācchṛṇatti śira etadyajñasya yadukhā prāṇaḥ payaḥ śīrṣaṃs tat prāṇaṃ dadhāty atho yoṣā vā ukhā yoṣāyāṃ tatpayo dadhāti tasmādyoṣāyām payaḥ //
ŚBM, 6, 6, 1, 3.2 netare haviṣī adhvarasyaiva dīkṣaṇīyaṃ kṛtaṃ syānnāgneratha yad itare eva haviṣī nirvapennāgnāvaiṣṇavamagnereva dīkṣaṇīyaṃ kṛtaṃ syānnādhvarasya //
ŚBM, 6, 6, 1, 4.2 adhvarasya cāgneścobhayaṃ hyetatkarmādhvarakarma cāgnikarma cādhvarasya pūrvamathāgner upāyi hyetatkarma yadagnikarma //
ŚBM, 6, 6, 1, 9.1 athādhyātmam /
ŚBM, 6, 6, 1, 12.1 athaudgrabhaṇāni juhoti /
ŚBM, 6, 6, 1, 13.2 agnicityāyāṃ yad u cānagnicityāyāṃ tasyokto bandhur ubhayāni bhavanti tasyokto 'dhvarasya pūrvāṇy athāgnes tasyo evoktaḥ //
ŚBM, 6, 6, 1, 21.1 atha sāvitrīṃ juhoti /
ŚBM, 6, 6, 2, 1.1 tāṃ tiṣṭhan pravṛṇakti ime vai lokā ukhā tiṣṭhantīva vā ime lokā atho tiṣṭhan vai vīryavattamaḥ //
ŚBM, 6, 6, 2, 6.2 yathaiva yajustathā bandhur āsurī māyā svadhayā kṛtāsīti prāṇo vā asus tasyaiṣā māyā svadhayā kṛtā juṣṭaṃ devebhya idam astu havyam iti yā evaitasminnagnāvāhutīrhoṣyanbhavati tā etad āhātho evaiva havyam ariṣṭā tvamudihi yajñe asminniti yathaivāriṣṭānārtaitasmin yajña udiyādevametadāha //
ŚBM, 6, 6, 2, 7.2 dvipād yajamāno yajamāno 'gnir yāvān agnir yāvatyasya mātrā tāvataivainām etat pravṛṇakti gāyatryā ca triṣṭubhā ca prāṇo gāyatryātmā triṣṭub etāvān vai paśur yāvān prāṇaś cātmā ca tad yāvān paśus tāvataivainām etat pravṛṇakty atho agnir vai gāyatrīndras triṣṭub aindrāgno 'gnir yāvān agnir yāvatyasya mātrā tāvataivainām etat pravṛṇaktīndrāgnī vai sarve devāḥ sarvadevatyo 'gnir yāvān agnir yāvatyasya mātrā tāvataivainām etat pravṛṇakti tayoḥ sapta padāni saptacitiko 'gniḥ saptartavaḥ saṃvatsaraḥ saṃvatsaro 'gnir yāvān agnir yāvatyasya mātrā tāvat tad bhavati //
ŚBM, 6, 6, 2, 8.2 athainām arcir ārohati yoṣā vā ukhā vṛṣāgnis tasmād yadā vṛṣā yoṣāṃ saṃtapatyathāsyāṃ reto dadhāti //
ŚBM, 6, 6, 2, 8.2 athainām arcir ārohati yoṣā vā ukhā vṛṣāgnis tasmād yadā vṛṣā yoṣāṃ saṃtapatyathāsyāṃ reto dadhāti //
ŚBM, 6, 6, 2, 9.2 yadi ciram arcir ārohaty aṅgārān evāvapanty ubhayenaiṣo 'gniriti na tathā kuryād asthanvān vāva paśurjāyate 'tha taṃ nāgra evāsthanvantam iva nyṛṣanti reta ivaiva dadhati reta u etad anasthikaṃ yad arcis tasmād enām arcir evārohet //
ŚBM, 6, 6, 2, 10.2 athāsmint samidham ādadhāti reto vā enām etad āpadyata eṣo 'gnis tasminnetāṃ retasi saṃbhūtiṃ dadhāti //
ŚBM, 6, 6, 3, 1.1 atha vaikaṅkatīm ādadhāti /
ŚBM, 6, 6, 3, 2.1 athaudumbarīmādadhāti /
ŚBM, 6, 6, 3, 5.1 athāparaśuvṛkṇam ādadhāti /
ŚBM, 6, 6, 3, 6.1 athādhaḥśayam ādadhāti /
ŚBM, 6, 6, 3, 7.1 athaitā uttarāḥ pālāśyo bhavanti /
ŚBM, 6, 6, 3, 15.1 atha kṣatriyasya /
ŚBM, 6, 6, 3, 15.2 ud eṣām bāhū atiram ud varco atho balam kṣiṇomi brahmaṇāmitrānunnayāmi svāṁ ahamiti yathaiva kṣiṇuyād amitrān unnayet svān evametad āhobhe tv evaite ādadhyād ayaṃ vā agnirbrahma ca kṣatraṃ cemamevaitadagnimetābhyāmubhābhyāṃ saminddhe brahmaṇā ca kṣatreṇa ca //
ŚBM, 6, 6, 4, 1.1 atha viṣṇukramān krāntvā /
ŚBM, 6, 6, 4, 2.1 atha prātarudita āditye /
ŚBM, 6, 6, 4, 4.1 atha yadāsmai vratam prayacchanti /
ŚBM, 6, 6, 4, 4.2 atha vrate nyajya samidhamādadhāti na vrate nyañjyād ity u haika āhur āhutiṃ tajjuhuyād anavakᄆptaṃ vai tadyaddīkṣita āhutiṃ juhuyāditi //
ŚBM, 6, 6, 4, 5.2 daivo vā asyaiṣa ātmā mānuṣo 'yaṃ sa yanna nyañjyān na haitaṃ daivam ātmānam prīṇīyād atha yan nyanakti tatho haitaṃ daivam ātmānam prīṇāti sā yat samittena nāhutir yad u vrate nyaktā tenānnam annaṃ hi vratam //
ŚBM, 6, 6, 4, 6.1 sa vai samidham ādhāyātha vratayati /
ŚBM, 6, 6, 4, 6.2 daivo vā asyaiṣa ātmā mānuṣo 'yaṃ devā u vā agre 'tha manuṣyās tasmāt samidhamādhāyātha vratayati //
ŚBM, 6, 6, 4, 6.2 daivo vā asyaiṣa ātmā mānuṣo 'yaṃ devā u vā agre 'tha manuṣyās tasmāt samidhamādhāyātha vratayati //
ŚBM, 6, 6, 4, 9.1 atha mṛdam āhṛtya /
ŚBM, 6, 6, 4, 10.1 atha yadyeṣa ukhyo 'gnir anugacchet /
ŚBM, 6, 6, 4, 11.1 atha prāyaścittī karoti /
ŚBM, 6, 6, 4, 11.2 sarvebhyo vā eṣa etaṃ kāmebhya ādhatte tad yad evāsyātra kāmānāṃ vyavacchidyate 'gnāvanugate tadevaitatsaṃtanoti saṃdadhāty ubhe prāyaścittī karoty adhvaraprāyaścittiṃ cāgniprāyaścittiṃ cādhvarasya pūrvām athāgnes tasyokto bandhuḥ //
ŚBM, 6, 6, 4, 12.2 āsīna āhutiṃ juhoti viśvakarmaṇe svāhety athopotthāya samidham ādadhāti punastvādityā rudrā vasavaḥ samindhatām punarbrahmāṇo vasunītha yajñair ity etāstvā devatāḥ punaḥ samindhatām ity etad ghṛtena tvaṃ tanvaṃ vardhayasva satyāḥ santu yajamānasya kāmā iti ghṛtenāha tvaṃ vardhayasva yebhya u tvāṃ kāmebhyo yajamāna ādhatta te 'sya sarve satyāḥ santvityetat //
ŚBM, 6, 6, 4, 13.1 atha yadi gārhapatyo 'nugacchet /
ŚBM, 6, 6, 4, 14.1 atha yadi prasuta āhavanīyo 'nugacchet /
ŚBM, 6, 6, 4, 15.1 atha yadyāgnīdhrīyo 'nugacchet /
ŚBM, 6, 6, 4, 15.2 gārhapatyaṃ vāva sa gacchati gārhapatyāddhi sa āhṛto bhavati gārhapatyād evainam prāñcamuttareṇa sado hṛtvopasamādhāya prāyaścittī karoty atha yadi gārhapatyo 'nugacchet tasyokto bandhuḥ //
ŚBM, 6, 7, 1, 11.2 yad vai prāṇasyāmṛtam ūrdhvaṃ tannābher ūrdhvaiḥ prāṇair uccaraty atha yan martyam parāk tan nābhim atyeti tad yad eva prāṇasyāmṛtaṃ tad enam etad abhisaṃpādayati tenainam etadbibharti //
ŚBM, 6, 7, 1, 12.1 athainam āsandyā bibharti /
ŚBM, 6, 7, 1, 13.2 ūrg vai rasa udumbara ūrjaivainam etad rasena bibharty atho sarva ete vanaspatayo yad udumbaraḥ sarve vā etaṃ vanaspatayo yantum arhanti sarvair etaṃ vanaspatibhir devā abibharuḥ sarvair evainam etad vanaspatibhir bibharti //
ŚBM, 6, 7, 1, 15.2 catuḥsraktīnyanūcyāni catasro vai diśo diśo vā etaṃ yantum arhanti digbhir etaṃ devā abibharur digbhir evainam etad bibharti mauñjībhī rajjubhir vyutā bhavati trivṛdbhis tasyokto bandhur mṛdā digdhā tasyo evokto 'tho anatidāhāya //
ŚBM, 6, 7, 1, 16.1 athainaṃ śikyena bibharti /
ŚBM, 6, 7, 1, 16.2 ime vai lokā eṣo 'gnir diśaḥ śikyaṃ digbhir hīme lokāḥ śaknuvanti sthātuṃ yacchaknuvanti tasmācchikyaṃ digbhir evainam etad bibharti ṣaḍudyāmam bhavati ṣaḍḍhi diśo mauñjaṃ trivṛt tasyokto bandhur mṛdā digdhaṃ tasyo evokto 'tho anatidāhāya //
ŚBM, 6, 7, 1, 20.1 athādhyātmam /
ŚBM, 6, 7, 1, 22.1 athainam ukhayā bibharti /
ŚBM, 6, 7, 1, 25.1 athainam iṇḍvābhyāṃ parigṛhṇāti /
ŚBM, 6, 7, 1, 26.2 asau vā āditya eṣo 'gnir imā u lokāv iṇḍve amum tad ādityam ābhyāṃ lokābhyām parigṛhṇāti tasmād eṣa ābhyāṃ lokābhyām parigṛhītaḥ parimaṇḍale bhavataḥ parimaṇḍalau hīmau lokau mauñje trivṛtī tasyokto bandhur mṛdā digdhe tasyo evokto 'tho anatidāhāya //
ŚBM, 6, 7, 1, 27.1 athātaḥ sampad eva /
ŚBM, 6, 7, 1, 28.1 atha sarvasampat /
ŚBM, 6, 7, 2, 1.4 atho tiṣṭhan vai vīryavattara udaṅ prāṅ tiṣṭhan /
ŚBM, 6, 7, 2, 3.1 athainam iṇḍvābhyām parigṛhṇāti /
ŚBM, 6, 7, 2, 4.1 atha śikyapāśam pratimuñcate /
ŚBM, 6, 7, 2, 5.1 athainam ato vikṛtyā vikaroti /
ŚBM, 6, 7, 2, 9.6 parobāhu hy eṣa ito 'thainam upāvaharati /
ŚBM, 6, 7, 2, 10.1 atha viṣṇukramān kramate /
ŚBM, 6, 7, 3, 1.1 athainam iti pragṛhṇāti /
ŚBM, 6, 7, 3, 3.1 athainamupāvaharati /
ŚBM, 6, 7, 3, 3.5 atha yat pratyavarohaty asminn evaitalloke rasam upajīvanaṃ dadhāti //
ŚBM, 6, 7, 3, 4.5 atha yat pratyavarohatīmām evaitat pratiṣṭhām abhipratyaiti /
ŚBM, 6, 7, 3, 5.4 atha ya ubhayathā jayati tasya tatra kāmacaraṇam bhavati /
ŚBM, 6, 7, 3, 7.1 athainam abhimantrayate /
ŚBM, 6, 7, 3, 8.1 atha śikyapāśaṃ ca rukmapāśaṃ conmuñcate /
ŚBM, 6, 7, 3, 8.7 athā vayam āditya vrate tavānāgaso aditaye syāmetīyaṃ vā aditiḥ /
ŚBM, 6, 7, 3, 9.1 athainam iti pragṛhṇāti /
ŚBM, 6, 7, 3, 9.5 atha yad enam iti pragṛhṇāti tasmād eṣa itītvātheti punar aiti //
ŚBM, 6, 7, 3, 9.5 atha yad enam iti pragṛhṇāti tasmād eṣa itītvātheti punar aiti //
ŚBM, 6, 7, 3, 10.7 parobāhu hy eṣa ito 'thainam upāvaharati /
ŚBM, 6, 7, 3, 13.1 athainam upatiṣṭhate /
ŚBM, 6, 7, 3, 15.1 sīda tvam mātuḥ asyā upasthe 'ntar agne rucā tvaṃ śivo bhūtvā mahyam agne atho sīda śivas tvam iti śivaḥ śiva iti śamayaty evainam /
ŚBM, 6, 7, 3, 16.3 atho trivṛd agniḥ /
ŚBM, 6, 7, 3, 16.5 atho tāvataivainam etad ebhyo lokebhyaḥ śamayati //
ŚBM, 6, 7, 4, 1.1 atha vātsapreṇopatiṣṭhate /
ŚBM, 6, 7, 4, 2.5 atha yaṃ kāmayeta vīryavānt syād iti vikṛtyainaṃ purastād abhimantrayeta /
ŚBM, 6, 7, 4, 5.4 atha yat triṣṭubho yad ekādaśa tenendraḥ /
ŚBM, 6, 7, 4, 8.1 sa vai viṣṇukramān krāntvātha tadānīm eva vātsapreṇopatiṣṭhate /
ŚBM, 6, 7, 4, 8.2 yathā prayāyātha tadānīm eva vimuñcet tādṛk tat /
ŚBM, 6, 7, 4, 8.4 tasmād u hedam uta mānuṣo grāmaḥ prayāyātha tadānīm evāvasyati //
ŚBM, 6, 7, 4, 10.4 sa yat kanīyo 'rdhāt krameta na haitaṃ svargaṃ lokam abhiprāpnuyād atha yad bhūyo 'rdhāt parāṅ haitaṃ svargaṃ lokam atipraṇaśyet /
ŚBM, 6, 7, 4, 10.5 atha yad ardhaṃ kramate 'rdham upatiṣṭhate tat samprati svargaṃ lokam āptvā vimuñcate //
ŚBM, 6, 7, 4, 12.1 tad āhuḥ yad ahar viṣṇukramā rātrir vātsapram athobhe evāhan bhavato na rātryām /
ŚBM, 6, 7, 4, 12.5 athaine etat saṃnivapsyann upariṣṭāt pūrvāhṇa ubhe samasyati /
ŚBM, 6, 7, 4, 13.6 atha prāyaścittī karoti //
ŚBM, 6, 7, 4, 14.2 atha yadi vātsaprīyaṃ vātsapreṇopasthāya viṣṇukramān krāntvā vātsapram antataḥ kuryāt /
ŚBM, 6, 7, 4, 14.5 atha yad vātsapram antataḥ karoti pratiṣṭhā vai vātsapram /
ŚBM, 6, 8, 1, 2.3 atha yo na vanīvāhyate 'surān karmaṇaiti /
ŚBM, 6, 8, 1, 3.5 athāsyedam mānuṣam prayāṇaṃ yad idam prayāti mānuṣam avasānaṃ yad avasyati //
ŚBM, 6, 8, 1, 4.4 atha yad vanīvāhyate yad evāsya mānuṣaṃ rūpaṃ tad asya tena saṃskaroti /
ŚBM, 6, 8, 1, 5.1 sa yad ahaḥ prayāsyant syāt tad ahar uttarato 'gneḥ prāg ana upasthāpyāthāsmint samidham ādadhāti /
ŚBM, 6, 8, 1, 7.1 athainam udyacchaty ud u tvā viśve devā agne bharantu cittibhir iti /
ŚBM, 6, 8, 1, 8.1 athānaḍvāhau yunakti dakṣiṇam agre 'tha savyam /
ŚBM, 6, 8, 1, 8.1 athānaḍvāhau yunakti dakṣiṇam agre 'tha savyam /
ŚBM, 6, 8, 1, 10.1 sa yadākṣa utsarjet athaitad yajur japed asuryā vā eṣā vāg yākṣasya tām etacchamayati tām etad devatrā karoti //
ŚBM, 6, 8, 1, 12.2 atha yadā vasatyai vimuñceta prāg ana upasthāpyottarata uddhatyāvokṣati /
ŚBM, 6, 8, 1, 13.1 athāsmint samidham ādadhāti /
ŚBM, 6, 8, 1, 15.1 athātaḥ sampad eva /
ŚBM, 6, 8, 2, 1.1 athāto bhasmana evābhyavaharaṇasya /
ŚBM, 6, 8, 2, 5.4 ekenāgre 'tha dvābhyāṃ dvābhyāṃ vāgre 'thaikena /
ŚBM, 6, 8, 2, 5.4 ekenāgre 'tha dvābhyāṃ dvābhyāṃ vāgre 'thaikena /
ŚBM, 6, 8, 2, 6.1 athāpādatte /
ŚBM, 6, 8, 2, 7.3 atho annaṃ vai paśavaḥ /
ŚBM, 6, 8, 2, 11.1 atha prāyaścittī karoti /
ŚBM, 10, 1, 1, 2.2 atha yāny asya tāni parvāṇi vyasraṃsantāhorātrāṇi tāni //
ŚBM, 10, 1, 1, 3.2 atha yāny asya tāny ahorātrāṇi parvāṇi vyasraṃsanteṣṭakā eva tāḥ /
ŚBM, 10, 1, 1, 4.1 atha yo 'sya so 'graṃ raso 'gacchat mahat tad uktham /
ŚBM, 10, 1, 1, 6.1 te yadā stuvate yadānuśaṃsati athāsminn etaṃ vaṣaṭkṛte juhoti /
ŚBM, 10, 1, 1, 7.2 atha pañcamyai citer yaś cite 'gnir nidhīyate tan mithunam /
ŚBM, 10, 1, 1, 9.6 atha yaś cite 'gnir nidhīyate sa prāṇaḥ /
ŚBM, 10, 1, 1, 9.9 atha ya ātman prāṇas tan mithunam /
ŚBM, 10, 1, 1, 11.5 atha yan martyam parāk tan nābhim atyeti /
ŚBM, 10, 1, 1, 11.8 atha yad vāyum apyeti yaś cite 'gnir nidhīyate taṃ tad apyeti /
ŚBM, 10, 1, 2, 3.1 athādhyātmam /
ŚBM, 10, 1, 2, 8.3 atha yāḥ saptātiyanti tāḥ parimādaḥ /
ŚBM, 10, 1, 2, 9.1 atha hotā sapta chandāṃsi śaṃsati caturuttarāṇy ekarcāni virāḍaṣṭamāni /
ŚBM, 10, 1, 2, 9.5 atha yāni pañcacatvāriṃśat tato yāni pañcaviṃśatiḥ sa pañcaviṃśa ātmā /
ŚBM, 10, 1, 2, 9.7 atha yāni viṃśatis tad āvapanam /
ŚBM, 10, 1, 3, 1.3 athordhvam eva mṛtyum prajābhyo 'ttāram asṛjata //
ŚBM, 10, 1, 3, 3.5 yad asyāpsv āsīt tā apaḥ samabharan atha yad asyāṃ tām mṛdaṃ /
ŚBM, 10, 1, 3, 4.2 athaitā amṛtā mano vāk prāṇaś cakṣuḥ śrotram //
ŚBM, 10, 1, 3, 5.2 atha yā asya tāḥ pañca martyās tanva āsann etās tāḥ purīṣacitayaḥ /
ŚBM, 10, 1, 3, 5.3 atha yā amṛtā etās tā iṣṭakācitayaḥ //
ŚBM, 10, 1, 3, 7.1 atha pañcamīṃ citim upadhāya purīṣaṃ nivapati /
ŚBM, 10, 1, 4, 2.6 atha purīṣaṃ nivapati /
ŚBM, 10, 1, 4, 3.8 atha purīṣaṃ nivapati /
ŚBM, 10, 1, 4, 4.8 atha purīṣaṃ nivapati /
ŚBM, 10, 1, 4, 5.8 atha purīṣaṃ nivapati /
ŚBM, 10, 1, 4, 6.8 atha purīṣaṃ nivapati /
ŚBM, 10, 1, 4, 7.8 atha purīṣaṃ nivapati /
ŚBM, 10, 1, 4, 9.1 atha vikarṇīṃ ca svayamātṛṇṇāṃ copadhāya hiraṇyaśakalaiḥ prokṣati /
ŚBM, 10, 1, 5, 1.3 atha yad ukhāṃ saṃbharati tāny agnyādheyahavīṃṣi /
ŚBM, 10, 1, 5, 1.4 atha yad dīkṣate tad agnihotram /
ŚBM, 10, 1, 5, 1.5 atha yad dīkṣitaḥ samidhāv ādadhāti te agnihotrāhutī //
ŚBM, 10, 1, 5, 2.5 atha yad vanīvāhanaṃ ca bhasmanaś cābhyavaharaṇaṃ tau darśapūrṇamāsau /
ŚBM, 10, 1, 5, 2.6 atha yad gārhapatyaṃ cinoti tāni cāturmāsyāni /
ŚBM, 10, 1, 5, 2.7 atha yad ūrdhvaṃ gārhapatyād ā sarvauṣadhāt tā iṣṭayaḥ /
ŚBM, 10, 1, 5, 2.8 atha yad ūrdhvaṃ sarvauṣadhāt prācīnaṃ citibhyas te paśubandhāḥ /
ŚBM, 10, 1, 5, 3.7 atha yat tatrodgātuḥ purastāj japyaṃ tacchatarudriyam /
ŚBM, 10, 1, 5, 3.9 atha yad ūrdhvaṃ sāmabhyaḥ prācīnaṃ vasordhārāyai yad eva tatra hotuḥ purastājjapyaṃ tat tat /
ŚBM, 10, 1, 5, 3.10 atha yad ūrdhvaṃ vasordhārāyai te gṛhamedhāḥ /
ŚBM, 10, 1, 5, 4.1 athāto yajñavīryāṇām eva /
ŚBM, 10, 2, 1, 1.9 tasmād apy etarhi vayāṃsi yadaiva pakṣā upasamūhante yadā patrāṇi visṛjante 'thotpatituṃ śaknuvanti //
ŚBM, 10, 2, 1, 5.1 atha nirṇāmau pakṣayoḥ karoti /
ŚBM, 10, 2, 1, 6.3 atho idam //
ŚBM, 10, 2, 1, 7.1 atha vakrau karoti /
ŚBM, 10, 2, 1, 8.1 atha rūpam uttamaṃ karoti /
ŚBM, 10, 2, 1, 9.1 atha pañcamīṃ citim upadhāya tredhāgniṃ vimimīte /
ŚBM, 10, 2, 1, 10.1 atha sahasram ity ālikhitā dakṣiṇata upadadhāti /
ŚBM, 10, 2, 1, 11.1 atha sahasram ity ālikhitā uttarata upadadhāti /
ŚBM, 10, 2, 2, 7.1 atha pakṣayor aratnī upādadhāti /
ŚBM, 10, 2, 2, 8.1 atha pucche vitastim upādadhāti /
ŚBM, 10, 2, 2, 8.8 atho etāvad vā idam mitam bhavaty etāvad idam /
ŚBM, 10, 2, 3, 3.3 atha ya eṣa vyāmaḥ sā gārhapatyasya yoniḥ /
ŚBM, 10, 2, 3, 5.5 athaikaḥ puruṣo 'tyeti /
ŚBM, 10, 2, 3, 8.1 atha ṣaṭtriṃśatprakramāṃ rajjum mimīte /
ŚBM, 10, 2, 3, 9.1 atha triṃśatprakramām mimīte /
ŚBM, 10, 2, 3, 10.1 atha caturviṃśatiprakramām mimīte /
ŚBM, 10, 2, 3, 11.1 athāgner vidhāḥ /
ŚBM, 10, 2, 3, 12.1 atha tripuruṣāṃ rajjum mimīte /
ŚBM, 10, 2, 3, 13.1 athāratnimātrīm mimīte /
ŚBM, 10, 2, 3, 14.1 atha vitastimātrīm mimīte /
ŚBM, 10, 2, 3, 16.1 atho āhuḥ prajāpatir evātmānaṃ vidhāya tasya yatra yatra nyūnam āsīt tad etaiḥ samāpūrayata teno evāpi sampanna iti //
ŚBM, 10, 2, 3, 17.1 taddhaike ekavidham prathamaṃ vidadhaty athaikottaram āparimitavidhāt /
ŚBM, 10, 2, 3, 18.6 atha sa ekaśatavidham atividhatte /
ŚBM, 10, 2, 3, 18.9 tasmād u saptavidham eva prathamaṃ vidadhītāthaikottaram aikaśatavidhāt /
ŚBM, 10, 2, 4, 4.1 atha vā ekaśatavidhaḥ saptavidham abhisaṃpadyate /
ŚBM, 10, 2, 4, 6.3 atha yad ato 'nyad brahmaiva tad dvyakṣaraṃ vai brahma /
ŚBM, 10, 2, 4, 7.2 tasmād ekaśatavidhaḥ saptavidham abhisaṃpadyate 'tha vai saptavidha ekaśatavidham abhisaṃpadyate //
ŚBM, 10, 2, 5, 1.1 athātaś cayanasyaiva /
ŚBM, 10, 2, 5, 5.1 atha yadi caturviṃśatiḥ /
ŚBM, 10, 2, 5, 6.1 atha yadi dvādaśa /
ŚBM, 10, 2, 5, 7.1 atha yadi ṣaṭ /
ŚBM, 10, 2, 5, 8.1 atha yadi tisraḥ /
ŚBM, 10, 2, 5, 9.1 athātaś citipurīṣāṇām eva mīmāṃsā /
ŚBM, 10, 2, 5, 13.1 atha pañcamyai citeḥ asapatnā virājaś ca prathamāham upadadhāti stomabhāgā ekaikām anvaham /
ŚBM, 10, 2, 5, 15.1 atha trīṇy ahāny upātiyanti yad ahaḥ śatarudriyaṃ juhoti yad ahar upavasatho yad ahaḥ prasutaḥ /
ŚBM, 10, 2, 5, 15.3 atha yat pravargyeṇa tad u tasminn ṛtāv ādityam pratiṣṭhāpayati /
ŚBM, 10, 2, 6, 8.2 atha ye paroviṃśeṣv arvākcatvāriṃśeṣv ardhamāseṣu te /
ŚBM, 10, 2, 6, 8.3 atha ye paraścatvāriṃśeṣv arvākṣaṣṭheṣu māseṣu te /
ŚBM, 10, 2, 6, 8.4 atha ye paraḥṣaṣṭeṣv arvāgaśīteṣv ṛtuṣu te /
ŚBM, 10, 2, 6, 8.5 atha ye paro'śīteṣv arvākśateṣu saṃvatsare te /
ŚBM, 10, 2, 6, 8.6 atha ya eva śataṃ varṣāṇi yo vā bhūyāṃsi jīvati sa haivaitad amṛtam āpnoti //
ŚBM, 10, 2, 6, 10.1 athādhiyajñam /
ŚBM, 10, 2, 6, 11.3 atha yā etad antareṇeṣṭakā upadhīyante saivaikaśatatamī vidhā //
ŚBM, 10, 2, 6, 12.3 atha yāny etad antareṇa yajūṃṣi kriyante saivaikaśatatamī vidhā /
ŚBM, 10, 2, 6, 14.1 athādhyātmam /
ŚBM, 10, 2, 6, 17.1 athādhiyajñam /
ŚBM, 10, 2, 6, 18.1 athādhyātmam /
ŚBM, 10, 3, 1, 1.7 atha yo 'yam avāṅ prāṇa eṣa jagatī /
ŚBM, 10, 3, 1, 8.1 atha yo 'yam avāṅ prāṇaḥ eṣa jagatīti tad ya evaitasya prāṇasya mahimā yad vīryaṃ tad etat sahasram /
ŚBM, 10, 3, 3, 7.1 athādhidevatam /
ŚBM, 10, 3, 3, 7.6 atha yaḥ sa prāṇo 'yam eva sa vāyur yo 'yaṃ pavate //
ŚBM, 10, 3, 4, 3.2 atha vai no bhavān vakṣyatīti /
ŚBM, 10, 3, 4, 3.4 atha vai no bhavān vakṣyatīti /
ŚBM, 10, 3, 4, 3.6 atha vai no bhavānvakṣyatīti /
ŚBM, 10, 3, 4, 3.8 atha vai no bhavān vakṣyatīti /
ŚBM, 10, 3, 4, 3.10 atha vai no bhavān vakṣyatīti /
ŚBM, 10, 3, 4, 3.12 atha vai no bhavān vakṣyatīti /
ŚBM, 10, 3, 4, 3.14 atha vai no bhavān vakṣyatīti /
ŚBM, 10, 3, 4, 3.16 atha vai no bhavān vakṣyatīti //
ŚBM, 10, 3, 4, 5.1 atha ha vai yat tad uvāca vetthārkam iti puruṣaṃ haiva tad uvāca /
ŚBM, 10, 3, 5, 3.4 yadā hy evaiṣa udety athedaṃ sarvaṃ carati /
ŚBM, 10, 3, 5, 4.1 athādhyātmam /
ŚBM, 10, 3, 5, 9.2 atha ya evaitam anubhavati yo vai tam anu bhāryān bubhūrṣati sa haivālam bhāryebhyo bhavati //
ŚBM, 10, 3, 5, 13.2 tasmād yadānnasya tṛpyaty atha sa gata iva manyate /
ŚBM, 10, 4, 1, 5.1 athendrāgnī vā asṛjyetām brahma ca kṣatraṃ ca /
ŚBM, 10, 4, 1, 7.5 atha yat purīṣaṃ sa indraḥ /
ŚBM, 10, 4, 1, 8.1 atha yaś cite 'gnir nidhīyate tad ekaṃ rūpam ubhau bhavataḥ /
ŚBM, 10, 4, 1, 12.2 te devā etam agnim prajāpatiṃ saṃskṛtyāthāsmā etat saṃvatsare 'nnaṃ samaskurvan ya eṣa mahāvratīyo grahaḥ //
ŚBM, 10, 4, 1, 14.1 te yadā stuvate yadānuśaṃsati athāsminn etaṃ vaṣaṭkṛte juhoti /
ŚBM, 10, 4, 1, 16.4 atha yad etad antareṇa karma kriyate sa eva saptadaśaḥ prajāpatiḥ /
ŚBM, 10, 4, 1, 17.3 atha ya etad antareṇa prāṇaḥ saṃcarati sa eva saptadaśaḥ prajāpatiḥ //
ŚBM, 10, 4, 1, 18.2 tā yadānabhihartuṃ dhriyante 'thaitā eva jagdhvotkrāmati /
ŚBM, 10, 4, 1, 19.2 atha yā asya tāḥ ṣoḍaśa kalā ete te ṣoḍaśartvijaḥ /
ŚBM, 10, 4, 1, 19.4 atha ya evātra raso yā āhutayo hūyante tad eva saptadaśam annam //
ŚBM, 10, 4, 1, 20.1 te yadā stuvate yadānuśaṃsati athāsminn etaṃ vaṣaṭkṛte juhoti /
ŚBM, 10, 4, 1, 21.13 atha yena tenānnena sahodakrāmad eṣa sa candramāḥ //
ŚBM, 10, 4, 1, 23.1 athādhyātmam /
ŚBM, 10, 4, 2, 18.1 atha yac caturviṃśatim ātmano 'kuruta tasmāc caturviṃśatyardhamāsaḥ saṃvatsaraḥ /
ŚBM, 10, 4, 2, 18.5 atha yat kṣudrāḥ santa imāṃl lokān āpūrayanti tasmāl lokampṛṇāḥ //
ŚBM, 10, 4, 2, 21.1 atha sarvāṇi bhūtāni paryaikṣat /
ŚBM, 10, 4, 2, 23.5 atha yat paṅktiṣu tasmāt pāṅktaḥ prajāpatiḥ /
ŚBM, 10, 4, 2, 24.1 athetarau vedau vyauhad dvādaśaiva bṛhatīsahasrāṇy aṣṭau yajuṣāṃ catvāri sāmnām /
ŚBM, 10, 4, 2, 24.5 atha yat paṅktiṣu tasmāt pāṅktaḥ prajāpatiḥ /
ŚBM, 10, 4, 2, 27.2 atha yad yajuṣmatīm upādhatta tad ahar upādhatta tad anu pañcadaśa muhūrtān muhūrtān anu pañcadaśāśītīḥ /
ŚBM, 10, 4, 2, 30.2 atha yad yajuṣmatīm upadhatte tad ahar upadhatte tad anu pañcadaśa muhūrtān muhūrtān anu pañcadaśāśītīḥ /
ŚBM, 10, 4, 2, 31.4 sa yadaivaṃvid asmāl lokāt praity athaitam evātmānam abhisaṃbhavati chandomayaṃ prāṇamayaṃ devatāmayam /
ŚBM, 10, 4, 3, 1.3 atha mriyante /
ŚBM, 10, 4, 3, 2.3 atha mriyante /
ŚBM, 10, 4, 3, 8.2 adhi ṣaṭtriṃśatam atha lokampṛṇā daśa ca sahasrāṇy aṣṭau ca śatāny upadhatta /
ŚBM, 10, 4, 3, 8.3 atha me sarvāṇi rūpāṇy upadhāsyatha /
ŚBM, 10, 4, 3, 8.4 athāmṛtā bhaviṣyatheti /
ŚBM, 10, 4, 3, 9.2 atha ko mahyam bhāgo bhaviṣyatīti /
ŚBM, 10, 4, 3, 9.4 yadaiva tvam etam bhāgaṃ harāsā atha vyāvṛtya śarīreṇāmṛto 'sad yo 'mṛto 'sad vidyayā vā karmaṇā veti /
ŚBM, 10, 4, 3, 10.3 atha ya evaṃ na vidur ye vaitat karma na kurvate mṛtvā punaḥ sambhavanti /
ŚBM, 10, 4, 3, 14.1 atha yajuṣmatyaḥ /
ŚBM, 10, 4, 3, 15.1 atha dvitīyā /
ŚBM, 10, 4, 3, 16.1 atha tṛtīyā /
ŚBM, 10, 4, 3, 17.1 atha caturthī /
ŚBM, 10, 4, 3, 17.2 aṣṭādaśa prathamā atha dvādaśātha saptadaśa /
ŚBM, 10, 4, 3, 17.2 aṣṭādaśa prathamā atha dvādaśātha saptadaśa /
ŚBM, 10, 4, 3, 18.1 atha pañcamī /
ŚBM, 10, 4, 3, 19.5 atha yāḥ ṣaṭtriṃśat purīṣaṃ tāsāṃ ṣaṭtriṃśī /
ŚBM, 10, 4, 3, 19.7 atha yā dvādaśa māsalokās tā māsānām eva sāptiḥ kriyate māsānām pratimā /
ŚBM, 10, 4, 3, 20.1 atha yā lokampṛṇāḥ muhūrtalokās tā muhūrtānām eva sāptiḥ kriyate muhūrtānām pratimā /
ŚBM, 10, 4, 3, 22.1 te ye ha tathā kurvanti etāni hāsya te rūpāṇi bahirdhā kurvanty atho pāpavasyasaṃ kurvanti kṣatrāya viśam pratipratinīm pratyudyāminīm /
ŚBM, 10, 4, 3, 22.3 atha taṃ saṃpaśyati /
ŚBM, 10, 4, 4, 3.3 atha yaṃ tam pāpmānam atyapavatedaṃ taccharīram /
ŚBM, 10, 4, 4, 4.4 atha ya enam evaṃ na viduḥ na hāsya te sahasratamīṃ cana kalāṃ viduḥ /
ŚBM, 10, 4, 4, 4.5 atha ya evaivaṃ veda yo vaitat karma kurute sa haivaitaṃ sarvaṃ kṛtsnam prājāpatyam agnim āpnoti yam prajāpatir āpnot /
ŚBM, 10, 4, 5, 1.1 athādeśā upaniṣadām /
ŚBM, 10, 4, 5, 1.4 atha ha smāha śraumatyo vā hāliṅgavo vā vāyur evāgniḥ /
ŚBM, 10, 4, 5, 1.5 tasmād yadaivādhvaryur uttamaṃ karma karoty athaitam evāpyetīti //
ŚBM, 10, 5, 1, 1.3 atha yan mānuṣyā vācāhetīdaṃ kurutetīdaṃ kuruteti tad u ha tayā cīyate //
ŚBM, 10, 5, 1, 4.6 atha ya enam ata ūrdhvaṃ cinute sa punarmṛtyum apajayati /
ŚBM, 10, 5, 1, 5.5 athaitad amṛtaṃ yad etad arcir dīpyata idaṃ tat puṣkaraparṇam /
ŚBM, 10, 5, 2, 1.3 atha yad etad arcir dīpyate tan mahāvrataṃ tāni sāmāni /
ŚBM, 10, 5, 2, 1.5 atha ya eṣa etasmin maṇḍale puruṣaḥ so 'gnis tāni yajūṃṣi /
ŚBM, 10, 5, 2, 3.2 athaitad amṛtaṃ yad etad arcir dīpyate /
ŚBM, 10, 5, 2, 6.1 athādhiyajñam /
ŚBM, 10, 5, 2, 6.3 atha yad etad arcir dīpyata idaṃ tat puṣkaraparṇam /
ŚBM, 10, 5, 2, 6.6 atha ya eṣa etasmin maṇḍale puruṣo 'yam eva sa yo 'yaṃ hiraṇmayaḥ puruṣaḥ /
ŚBM, 10, 5, 2, 7.1 athādhyātmam /
ŚBM, 10, 5, 2, 7.3 atha yad etad arcir dīpyate yac caitat puṣkaraparṇam idaṃ tat kṛṣṇam akṣan /
ŚBM, 10, 5, 2, 7.4 atha ya eṣa etasmin maṇḍale puruṣo yaś caiṣa hiraṇmayaḥ puruṣo 'yam eva sa yo 'yaṃ dakṣiṇe 'kṣan puruṣaḥ //
ŚBM, 10, 5, 2, 8.5 yadā vai saha mithunenātha sarvo 'tha kṛtsnaḥ kṛtsnatāyai /
ŚBM, 10, 5, 2, 8.5 yadā vai saha mithunenātha sarvo 'tha kṛtsnaḥ kṛtsnatāyai /
ŚBM, 10, 5, 2, 9.2 atheyam indrāṇī /
ŚBM, 10, 5, 2, 11.2 tau yadā mithunasyāntaṃ gacchato 'tha haitat puruṣaḥ svapiti /
ŚBM, 10, 5, 2, 13.4 sa yadotkrāmaty atha haitat puruṣo mriyate /
ŚBM, 10, 5, 2, 14.4 sa yadā svapity athainam ete prāṇāḥ svā apiyanti /
ŚBM, 10, 5, 2, 15.5 atha yad eka eva tasmād ekā //
ŚBM, 10, 5, 2, 16.4 atha yad iha prajāsu bahudhā vyāviṣṭas teno bahavaḥ //
ŚBM, 10, 5, 2, 17.4 atha yad asāv amutra teno dūre //
ŚBM, 10, 5, 2, 18.3 atha ya eṣa etasmin maṇḍale puruṣaḥ so 'ttā sa etasminn anne 'paśrito bhāti /
ŚBM, 10, 5, 2, 19.1 athādhyātmam /
ŚBM, 10, 5, 2, 19.3 atha yo 'yaṃ dakṣiṇe 'kṣan puruṣaḥ so 'ttā sa etasminn anne 'paśrito bhāti //
ŚBM, 10, 5, 2, 21.3 atha yāṃ yajuṣā puruṣa eva tasyā āyatanam /
ŚBM, 10, 5, 2, 21.4 atha yāṃ sāmnā puṣkaraparṇam eva tasyā āyatanam /
ŚBM, 10, 5, 2, 23.3 sa yadaivaṃvid asmāl lokāt praity athaitam evātmānam abhisaṃbhavati /
ŚBM, 10, 5, 4, 4.9 atha yad antarā diśaś ca raśmīṃś ca tat sūdadohāḥ /
ŚBM, 10, 5, 4, 4.10 atha yad dikṣu ca raśmiṣu cānnaṃ tat purīṣam /
ŚBM, 10, 5, 4, 4.13 atha yad diśa iti ca raśmaya iti cākhyāyate tal lokampṛṇā /
ŚBM, 10, 5, 4, 5.6 atha yāny adhi ṣaṭtriṃśat sa trayodaśo māsaḥ sa ātmā /
ŚBM, 10, 5, 4, 5.11 atha yad antarā nakṣatre tat sūdadohāḥ /
ŚBM, 10, 5, 4, 5.12 atha yan nakṣatreṣv annaṃ tat purīṣam /
ŚBM, 10, 5, 4, 5.15 atha yan nakṣatrāṇīty ākhyāyate tal lokampṛṇā /
ŚBM, 10, 5, 4, 7.5 atha yāny adhi ṣaṭtriṃśat sa trayodaśo māsaḥ sa ātmā /
ŚBM, 10, 5, 4, 8.2 atha yāni viṃśatiḥ sā viṃśatyakṣarā dvipadā /
ŚBM, 10, 5, 4, 8.3 atha yāni triṃśat sā triṃśadakṣarā virāṭ /
ŚBM, 10, 5, 4, 8.4 atha yāni trayastriṃśat sā trayastriṃśadakṣarā /
ŚBM, 10, 5, 4, 8.5 atha yāni catustriṃśat sā catustriṃśadakṣarā svarāṭ /
ŚBM, 10, 5, 4, 8.6 atha yat sarvaiś chandobhir ayam agniś citas tad atichandāḥ /
ŚBM, 10, 5, 4, 8.12 atha yad antarā chandasī tat sūdadohāḥ /
ŚBM, 10, 5, 4, 8.13 atha yac chandaḥsv annaṃ tat purīṣam /
ŚBM, 10, 5, 4, 8.16 atha yac chandāṃsīty ākhyāyate tal lokampṛṇā /
ŚBM, 10, 5, 4, 10.8 atha yā amūḥ ṣaṭtriṃśad iṣṭakā atiyanti yaḥ sa trayodaśo māsa ātmārdhamāsāś ca te māsāś ca caturviṃśatir ardhamāsā dvādaśa māsāḥ /
ŚBM, 10, 5, 4, 10.9 atha yad antarāhorātre tat sūdadohāḥ /
ŚBM, 10, 5, 4, 10.10 atha yad ahorātreṣv annaṃ tat purīṣam /
ŚBM, 10, 5, 4, 10.13 atha yad ahorātrāṇīty ākhyāyate tal lokampṛṇā /
ŚBM, 10, 5, 4, 12.8 atha yā amūḥ ṣaṭtriṃśad iṣṭakā atiyanti yaḥ sa trayodaśo māsa ātmā prāṇaḥ /
ŚBM, 10, 5, 4, 12.11 atha yenemāni parvāṇi saṃtatāni tat sūdadohāḥ /
ŚBM, 10, 5, 4, 12.12 athaitat trayaṃ yenāyam ātmā pracchanno loma tvaṅ māṃsam iti tat purīṣam /
ŚBM, 10, 5, 4, 12.15 atha yad ātmety ākhyāyate tal lokampṛṇā /
ŚBM, 10, 5, 4, 14.10 atha yad antarā nāvye tat sūdadohāḥ /
ŚBM, 10, 5, 4, 14.11 atha yā amūḥ ṣaṭtriṃśad iṣṭakā atiyanti yaḥ sa trayodaśo māsa ātmāyam eva sa yo 'yaṃ hiraṇmayaḥ puruṣaḥ //
ŚBM, 10, 5, 4, 15.9 atha yad vikarṇī ca svayamātṛṇṇā cāśmā pṛśniḥ /
ŚBM, 10, 5, 4, 17.8 atha yad devā ity ākhyāyate tal lokampṛṇā /
ŚBM, 10, 5, 5, 7.2 atha yat pratyañcaṃ kūrmam upadadhāti pratyañci paśuśīrṣāṇi tat pratyaṅ cīyate /
ŚBM, 10, 5, 5, 7.3 atha yan nyañcaṃ kūrmam upadadhāti nyañci paśuśīrṣāṇi nīcīr iṣṭakās tan nyaṅ cīyate /
ŚBM, 10, 5, 5, 7.4 atha yad uttānaṃ puruṣam upadadhāty uttāne srucā uttānam ulūkhalam uttānām ukhāṃ tad uttānaś cīyate /
ŚBM, 10, 5, 5, 7.5 atha yat sarvā anu diśaḥ parisarpam iṣṭakā upadadhāti tat sarvataś cīyate //
ŚBM, 10, 5, 5, 8.1 atha ha koṣā dhāvayantaḥ nirūḍhaśirasam agnim upādhāvayāṃcakruḥ /
ŚBM, 10, 5, 5, 9.1 atha haika uvāca prāṇā vai śiraḥ /
ŚBM, 10, 5, 5, 10.2 atha hāsyaitad eva pratyakṣatamāṃ śiro yaś cite 'gnir nidhīyate /
ŚBM, 10, 6, 1, 1.1 atha haite 'ruṇe aupaveśau samājagmuḥ satyayajñaḥ pauluṣir mahāśālo jābālo buḍila āśvatarāśvir indradyumno bhāllaveyo janaḥ śārkarākṣyaḥ /
ŚBM, 10, 6, 1, 5.1 atha hovāca satyayajñaṃ pauluṣim prācīnayogya kaṃ tvaṃ vaiśvānaraṃ vettheti /
ŚBM, 10, 6, 1, 6.1 atha hovāca mahāśālaṃ jābālam aupamanyava kaṃ tvaṃ vaiśvānaraṃ vettheti /
ŚBM, 10, 6, 1, 7.1 atha hovāca buḍilam āśvatarāśviṃ vaiyāghrapadya kaṃ tvaṃ vaiśvānaraṃ vettheti /
ŚBM, 10, 6, 1, 8.1 atha hovācendradyumnam bhāllaveyaṃ vaiyāghrapadya kaṃ tvaṃ vaiśvānaraṃ vettheti /
ŚBM, 10, 6, 1, 9.1 atha hovāca janaṃ śārkarākṣyaṃ sāyavasa kaṃ tvaṃ vaiśvānaraṃ vettheti /
ŚBM, 10, 6, 2, 4.1 athādhyātmam /
ŚBM, 10, 6, 2, 5.1 athārkasya /
ŚBM, 10, 6, 2, 7.1 athādhyātmam /
ŚBM, 10, 6, 2, 8.1 athokthasya /
ŚBM, 10, 6, 2, 10.1 athādhyātmam /
ŚBM, 10, 6, 3, 1.2 atha khalu kratumayo 'yam puruṣaḥ /
ŚBM, 10, 6, 5, 3.5 athāsya pratīcī dik puccham /
ŚBM, 10, 6, 5, 9.1 atha vaṃśaḥ /
ŚBM, 13, 1, 2, 4.2 ārtim ārtor yo brahmaṇe devebhyo 'pratiprocyāśvaṃ badhnāti brahmannaśvam bhantsyāmi devebhyaḥ prajāpataye tena rādhyāsamiti brahmāṇamāmantrayate brahmaṇa evainam pratiprocya badhnāti nārtimārchati taṃ badhāna devebhyaḥ prajāpataye tena rādhnuhīti brahmā prasauti svayaivainaṃ devatayā samardhayatyatha prokṣatyasāveva bandhuḥ //
ŚBM, 13, 1, 2, 9.2 yat prājāpatyo 'śvo 'tha kathāpyanyābhyo devatābhyaḥ prokṣatīti sarvā vai devatā aśvamedhe'nvāyattā yadāha sarvebhyastvā devebhyaḥ prokṣāmīti sarvā evāsmindevatā anvāyātayati tasmādaśvamedhe sarvā devatā anvāyattāḥ pāpmā vā etam bhrātṛvya īpsati yo 'śvamedhena yajeta vajro 'śvaḥ paro martaḥ paraḥ śveti śvānaṃ caturakṣaṃ hatvādhaspadam aśvasyopaplāvayati vajreṇaivainam avakrāmati nainaṃ pāpmā bhrātṛvya āpnoti //
ŚBM, 13, 1, 3, 6.2 anāhutir vai rūpāṇi naitā hotavyā ity atho khalvāhuratra vā aśvamedhaḥ saṃtiṣṭhate yadrūpāṇi juhoti hotavyā eveti bahirdhā vā etamāyatanātkaroti bhrātṛvyamasmai janayati yasyānāyatane 'nyatrāgner āhutīrjuhoti //
ŚBM, 13, 1, 4, 3.0 tadāhuḥ pra vā etad aśvo mīyate yat parāṅeti na hyenam pratyāvartayantīti yat sāyaṃ dhṛtīrjuhoti kṣemo vai dhṛtiḥ kṣemo rātriḥ kṣemeṇaivainaṃ dādhāra tasmāt sāyam manuṣyāśca paśavaśca kṣemyā bhavanty atha yat prātariṣṭibhir yajata icchatyevainaṃ tat tasmād divā naṣṭaiṣa eti yad v eva sāyaṃ dhṛtīr juhoti prātariṣṭibhir yajate yogakṣemameva tad yajamānaḥ kalpayate tasmād yatraitena yajñena yajante kᄆptaḥ prajānāṃ yogakṣemo bhavati //
ŚBM, 13, 1, 5, 4.0 tadāhuḥ yadubhau divā gāyetām prabhraṃśukāsmācchrīḥ syād brahmaṇo vā etadrūpaṃ yad ahar yadā vai rājā kāmayate 'tha brāhmaṇaṃ jināti pāpīyāṃstu bhavati //
ŚBM, 13, 1, 6, 3.0 rāṣṭraṃ vā aśvamedhaḥ rāṣṭra ete vyāyacchante ye'śvaṃ rakṣanti teṣāṃ ya udṛcaṃ gacchanti rāṣṭreṇaiva te rāṣṭram bhavanty atha ye nodṛcaṃ gacchanti rāṣṭrātte vyavacchidyante tasmādrāṣṭryaśvamedhena yajeta parā vā eṣa sicyate yo'balo'śvamedhena yajate yadyamitrā aśvaṃ vinderan yajño'sya vicchidyeta pāpīyāntsyāc chataṃ kavacino rakṣanti yajñasya saṃtatyā avyavacchedāya na pāpīyān bhavaty athānyam ānīya prokṣeyuḥ saiva tatra prāyaścittiḥ //
ŚBM, 13, 1, 6, 3.0 rāṣṭraṃ vā aśvamedhaḥ rāṣṭra ete vyāyacchante ye'śvaṃ rakṣanti teṣāṃ ya udṛcaṃ gacchanti rāṣṭreṇaiva te rāṣṭram bhavanty atha ye nodṛcaṃ gacchanti rāṣṭrātte vyavacchidyante tasmādrāṣṭryaśvamedhena yajeta parā vā eṣa sicyate yo'balo'śvamedhena yajate yadyamitrā aśvaṃ vinderan yajño'sya vicchidyeta pāpīyāntsyāc chataṃ kavacino rakṣanti yajñasya saṃtatyā avyavacchedāya na pāpīyān bhavaty athānyam ānīya prokṣeyuḥ saiva tatra prāyaścittiḥ //
ŚBM, 13, 2, 2, 15.0 taddhaike eteṣām paryaṅgyāṇāṃ nānā yājyāpuronuvākyāḥ kurvanti vindāma eteṣāmavittyetareṣāṃ na kurma iti na tathā kuryāt kṣatraṃ vā aśvo viḍitare paśavaḥ pratipratinīṃ ha te pratyudyāminīṃ kṣatrāya viśaṃ kurvanty atho āyuṣā yajamānaṃ vyardhayanti ye tathā kurvanti tasmātprājāpatya evāśvo devadevatyā itare kṣatrāyaiva tadviśaṃ kṛtānukarāmanuvartmānaṃ karoty atho āyuṣaiva yajamānaṃ samardhayati //
ŚBM, 13, 2, 2, 15.0 taddhaike eteṣām paryaṅgyāṇāṃ nānā yājyāpuronuvākyāḥ kurvanti vindāma eteṣāmavittyetareṣāṃ na kurma iti na tathā kuryāt kṣatraṃ vā aśvo viḍitare paśavaḥ pratipratinīṃ ha te pratyudyāminīṃ kṣatrāya viśaṃ kurvanty atho āyuṣā yajamānaṃ vyardhayanti ye tathā kurvanti tasmātprājāpatya evāśvo devadevatyā itare kṣatrāyaiva tadviśaṃ kṛtānukarāmanuvartmānaṃ karoty atho āyuṣaiva yajamānaṃ samardhayati //
ŚBM, 13, 2, 2, 16.0 hiraṇmayo'śvasya śāso bhavati lohamayāḥ paryaṅgyāṇāmāyasā itareṣāṃ jyotirvai hiraṇyaṃ rāṣṭramaśvamedho jyotireva tadrāṣṭre dadhāty atho hiraṇyajyotiṣaiva yajamānaḥ svargaṃ lokamety atho anūkāśameva taṃ kurute svargasya lokasya samaṣṭyai //
ŚBM, 13, 2, 2, 16.0 hiraṇmayo'śvasya śāso bhavati lohamayāḥ paryaṅgyāṇāmāyasā itareṣāṃ jyotirvai hiraṇyaṃ rāṣṭramaśvamedho jyotireva tadrāṣṭre dadhāty atho hiraṇyajyotiṣaiva yajamānaḥ svargaṃ lokamety atho anūkāśameva taṃ kurute svargasya lokasya samaṣṭyai //
ŚBM, 13, 2, 2, 17.0 atho kṣatraṃ vā aśvaḥ kṣatrasyaitadrūpaṃ yaddhiraṇyaṃ kṣatrameva tatkṣatreṇa samardhayati //
ŚBM, 13, 2, 2, 18.0 atha yallohamayāḥ paryaṅgyāṇām yathā vai rājño rājāno rājakṛtaḥ sūtagrāmaṇya evaṃ vā ete'śvasya yat paryaṅgyā evamu vā etaddhiraṇyasya yallohaṃ svenaivaināṃstadrūpeṇa samardhayati //
ŚBM, 13, 2, 2, 19.0 atha yadāyasā itareṣām viḍvā itare paśavo viśa etadrūpaṃ yadayo viśameva tadviśā samardhayati vaitasa iṭasūna uttarato'śvasyāvadyanty ānuṣṭubho vā aśva ānuṣṭubhaiṣā dik svāyāmevainaṃ taddiśi dadhāty atha yadvaitasa iṭasūne 'psuyonirvā aśvo 'psujā vetasaḥ svayaivainaṃ yonyā samardhayati //
ŚBM, 13, 2, 2, 19.0 atha yadāyasā itareṣām viḍvā itare paśavo viśa etadrūpaṃ yadayo viśameva tadviśā samardhayati vaitasa iṭasūna uttarato'śvasyāvadyanty ānuṣṭubho vā aśva ānuṣṭubhaiṣā dik svāyāmevainaṃ taddiśi dadhāty atha yadvaitasa iṭasūne 'psuyonirvā aśvo 'psujā vetasaḥ svayaivainaṃ yonyā samardhayati //
ŚBM, 13, 2, 3, 2.2 yathākṣetrajño 'nyena pathā nayettādṛktad atha yadudgātāramavarudhyāśvamudgīthāya vṛṇīte yathā kṣetrajño'ñjasā nayedevamevaitad yajamānamaśvaḥ svargaṃ lokamañjasā nayati hiṃkaroti sāmaiva taddhiṃkaroty udgītha eva sa vaḍavā uparundhanti saṃśiñjate yathopagātāra upagāyanti tādṛktaddhiraṇyaṃ dakṣiṇā suvarṇaṃ śatamānaṃ tasyoktaṃ brāhmaṇam //
ŚBM, 13, 2, 4, 1.0 prajāpatir akāmayata ubhau lokāvabhijayeyaṃ devalokaṃ ca manuṣyalokaṃ ceti sa etānpaśūnapaśyadgrāmyāṃś cāraṇyāṃśca tānālabhata tairimau lokāvavārunddha grāmyaireva paśubhirimaṃ lokamavārunddhāraṇyairamum ayaṃ vai loko manuṣyaloko 'thāsau devaloko yad grāmyān paśūn ālabhata imameva tairlokaṃ yajamāno 'varunddhe yadāraṇyān amuṃ taiḥ //
ŚBM, 13, 2, 7, 6.0 paḍbhiścaturbhir ed aganniti tasmādaśvastribhistiṣṭhaṃstiṣṭhatyatha yuktaḥ sarvaiḥ padbhiḥ samam āyute //
ŚBM, 13, 2, 7, 12.0 na vā u etanmriyase na riṣyasīti praśvāsayatyevainaṃ tad devāṁ ideṣi pathibhiḥ sugebhiriti devayānānevainam patho darśayati yatrāsate sukṛto yatra te yayuriti sukṛdbhirevainaṃ salokaṃ karoti tatra tvā devaḥ savitā dadhātv iti savitaivainaṃ svarge loke dadhāti prajāpataye tvā juṣṭam prokṣāmītyupāṃśvathopagṛhṇāti //
ŚBM, 13, 2, 8, 3.0 ambe ambike'mbālike na mā nayati kaścaneti patnīr udānayaty ahvataivainā etad atho medhyā evaināḥ karoti //
ŚBM, 13, 2, 8, 4.0 gaṇānāṃ tvā gaṇapatiṃ havāmaha iti patnyaḥ pariyantyapahnuvata evāsmā etad ato nyevāsmai hnuvate 'tho dhuvata evainaṃ triḥ pariyanti trayo vā ime lokā ebhirevainaṃ lokair dhuvate triḥ punaḥ pariyanti ṣaṭ sampadyante ṣaḍ vā ṛtava ṛtubhirevainaṃ dhuvate //
ŚBM, 13, 2, 9, 3.0 girau bhāraṃ haranniveti śrīrvai rāṣṭrasya bhāraḥ śriyamevāsmai rāṣṭraṃ saṃnahyaty atho śriyamevāsmin rāṣṭramadhinidadhāti //
ŚBM, 13, 2, 9, 4.0 athāsyai madhyamedhatāmiti śrīrvai rāṣṭrasya madhyaṃ śriyameva rāṣṭre madhyato'nnādyaṃ dadhāti //
ŚBM, 13, 3, 8, 1.0 athātaḥ prāyaścittīnām yadyaśvo vaḍavāṃ skandedvāyavyam payo'nunirvaped vāyurvai retasāṃ vikartā prāṇo vai vāyuḥ prāṇo hi retasāṃ vikartā retasaivāsmiṃstadreto dadhāti //
ŚBM, 13, 3, 8, 2.0 atha yadi srāmo vindet pauṣṇaṃ carumanunirvapet pūṣā vai paśūnāmīṣṭe sa yasyaiva paśavo yaḥ paśūnām īṣṭe tamevaitatprīṇāty agado haiva bhavati //
ŚBM, 13, 3, 8, 3.0 atha yadyakṣatāmayo vindet vaiśvānaraṃ dvādaśakapālam bhūmikapālam puroḍāśamanunirvaped iyaṃ vai vaiśvānara imāmevaitatprīṇātyagado haiva bhavati //
ŚBM, 13, 3, 8, 4.0 atha yadyakṣyāmayo vindet sauryaṃ carumanunirvapet sūryo vai prajānāṃ cakṣuryadā hyevaiṣa udetyathedaṃ sarvaṃ carati cakṣuṣaivāsmiṃstaccakṣurdadhāti sa yaccarurbhavati cakṣuṣā hyayamātmā carati //
ŚBM, 13, 3, 8, 4.0 atha yadyakṣyāmayo vindet sauryaṃ carumanunirvapet sūryo vai prajānāṃ cakṣuryadā hyevaiṣa udetyathedaṃ sarvaṃ carati cakṣuṣaivāsmiṃstaccakṣurdadhāti sa yaccarurbhavati cakṣuṣā hyayamātmā carati //
ŚBM, 13, 3, 8, 5.0 atha yadyudake mriyeta vāruṇaṃ yavamayaṃ carumanunirvaped varuṇo vā etaṃ gṛhṇāti yo 'psu mriyate sā yaivainaṃ devatā gṛhṇāti tāmevaitatprīṇāti sāsmai prītānyam ālambhāyānumanyate tayānumatamālabhate sa yadyavamayo bhavati varuṇyā hi yavāḥ //
ŚBM, 13, 3, 8, 6.0 atha yadi naśyet trihaviṣam iṣṭim anunirvaped dyāvāpṛthivyamekakapālam puroḍāśaṃ vāyavyam payaḥ sauryaṃ caruṃ yadvai kiṃca naśyatyantaraiva tad dyāvāpṛthivī naśyati tadvāyurupavātyādityo'bhitapati naitābhyo devatābhya ṛte kiṃ cana naśyati saiṣā pṛthageva naṣṭavedanī sa yadyasyāpyanyannaśyedetayaiva yajetānu haivainadvindatyatha yadyamitrā aśvaṃ vinderanyadi vā mriyeta yadi vāpsvanyamānīya prokṣeyuḥ saiva tatra prāyaścittiḥ //
ŚBM, 13, 3, 8, 6.0 atha yadi naśyet trihaviṣam iṣṭim anunirvaped dyāvāpṛthivyamekakapālam puroḍāśaṃ vāyavyam payaḥ sauryaṃ caruṃ yadvai kiṃca naśyatyantaraiva tad dyāvāpṛthivī naśyati tadvāyurupavātyādityo'bhitapati naitābhyo devatābhya ṛte kiṃ cana naśyati saiṣā pṛthageva naṣṭavedanī sa yadyasyāpyanyannaśyedetayaiva yajetānu haivainadvindatyatha yadyamitrā aśvaṃ vinderanyadi vā mriyeta yadi vāpsvanyamānīya prokṣeyuḥ saiva tatra prāyaścittiḥ //
ŚBM, 13, 4, 1, 7.0 athāsmā adhvaryur niṣkam pratimuñcan vācayati tejo'si śukram amṛtamiti tejo vai śukram amṛtaṃ hiraṇyaṃ teja evāsmiñchukram amṛtaṃ dadhāty āyuṣpā āyur me pāhīty āyur evāsmin dadhāty athainam āha vācaṃ yaccheti vāgvai yajño yajñasyaivābhyārambhāya //
ŚBM, 13, 4, 1, 7.0 athāsmā adhvaryur niṣkam pratimuñcan vācayati tejo'si śukram amṛtamiti tejo vai śukram amṛtaṃ hiraṇyaṃ teja evāsmiñchukram amṛtaṃ dadhāty āyuṣpā āyur me pāhīty āyur evāsmin dadhāty athainam āha vācaṃ yaccheti vāgvai yajño yajñasyaivābhyārambhāya //
ŚBM, 13, 4, 1, 11.0 atha yo'sya niṣkaḥ pratimukto bhavati tam adhvaryave dadāty adhvaryave dadad amṛtam āyur ātman dhatte 'mṛtaṃ hyāyur hiraṇyam //
ŚBM, 13, 4, 1, 12.0 athāgneyīm iṣṭiṃ nirvapati pathaś ca kāmāya yajñamukhasya cāchambaṭkārāyātho agnimukhā u vai sarvā devatāḥ sarve kāmā aśvamedhe mukhataḥ sarvān devān prītvā sarvān kāmān āpnavānīti //
ŚBM, 13, 4, 1, 12.0 athāgneyīm iṣṭiṃ nirvapati pathaś ca kāmāya yajñamukhasya cāchambaṭkārāyātho agnimukhā u vai sarvā devatāḥ sarve kāmā aśvamedhe mukhataḥ sarvān devān prītvā sarvān kāmān āpnavānīti //
ŚBM, 13, 4, 1, 13.0 tasyai pañcadaśa sāmidhenyo bhavanti pañcadaśo vai vajro vīryaṃ vajro vajreṇaivaitad vīryeṇa yajamānaḥ purastāt pāpmānam apahate vārtraghnāvājyabhāgau pāpmā vai vṛtraḥ pāpmano 'pahatyā agnir mūrdhā divaḥ kakud bhuvo yajñasya rajasaśca netety upāṃśu haviṣo yājyānuvākye mūrdhanvaty anyā bhavati sadvatyanyaiṣa vai mūrdhā ya eṣa tapaty etasyaivāvaruddhyā atha yat sadvatī sadevāvarunddhe virājau saṃyājye sarvadevatyaṃ vā etacchando yad virāṭ sarve kāmā aśvamedhe sarvān devān prītvā sarvān kāmān āpnavānīti hiraṇyaṃ dakṣiṇā suvarṇaṃ śatamānaṃ tasyoktam brāhmaṇam //
ŚBM, 13, 4, 1, 14.0 atha pauṣṇīṃ nirvapati pūṣā vai pathīnām adhipatir aśvāyaivaitat svastyayanaṃ karoty atho iyaṃ vai pūṣemām evāsmā etad goptrīṃ karoti tasya hi nārtir asti na hvalā yam iyam adhvan gopāyatīmām evāsmā etad goptrīṃ karoti //
ŚBM, 13, 4, 1, 14.0 atha pauṣṇīṃ nirvapati pūṣā vai pathīnām adhipatir aśvāyaivaitat svastyayanaṃ karoty atho iyaṃ vai pūṣemām evāsmā etad goptrīṃ karoti tasya hi nārtir asti na hvalā yam iyam adhvan gopāyatīmām evāsmā etad goptrīṃ karoti //
ŚBM, 13, 4, 1, 15.0 tasyai saptadaśa sāmidhenyo bhavanti saptadaśo vai prajāpatiḥ prajāpatir aśvamedho 'śvamedhasyaivāptyai vṛdhanvantāv ājyabhāgau yajamānasyaiva vṛddhyai pūṣaṃs tava vrate vayam pathas pathaḥ paripatiṃ vacasyety upāṃśu haviṣo yājyānuvākye vratavatyanyā bhavati pathanvaty anyā vīryaṃ vai vrataṃ vīryasyāptyai vīryasyāvaruddhyā atha yat pathanvaty aśvāyaivaitat svastyayanaṃ karoty anuṣṭubhau saṃyājye vāg vā anuṣṭub vāg vai prajāpatiḥ prajāpatir aśvamedho 'śvamedhasyaivāptyai vāsaḥśataṃ dakṣiṇā rūpaṃ vā etat puruṣasya yad vāsas tasmād yam eva kaṃ ca suvāsasam āhuḥ ko nvayam iti rūpasamṛddho hi bhavati rūpeṇaivainaṃ samardhayati śatam bhavati śatāyur vai puruṣaḥ śatendriya āyur evendriyaṃ vīryam ātman dhatte //
ŚBM, 13, 4, 2, 2.0 tad yat sarvarūpo bhavati sarvaṃ vai rūpaṃ sarvam aśvamedhaḥ sarvasyāptyai sarvasyāvaruddhyā atha yajjavasamṛddho vīryaṃ vai javo vīryasyāptyai vīryasyāvaruddhyā atha yat sahasrārhaḥ sarvaṃ vai sahasraṃ sarvam aśvamedhaḥ sarvasyāptyai sarvasyāvaruddhyā atha yat pūrvya eṣa vā aparimitaṃ vīryam abhivardhate yat pūrvyo 'parimitasyaiva vīryasyāvaruddhyā atha yad dakṣiṇāyāṃ dhury apratidhura eṣa vā eṣa ya eṣa tapati na vā etaṃ kaścana pratipratir etasyaivāvaruddhyai //
ŚBM, 13, 4, 2, 2.0 tad yat sarvarūpo bhavati sarvaṃ vai rūpaṃ sarvam aśvamedhaḥ sarvasyāptyai sarvasyāvaruddhyā atha yajjavasamṛddho vīryaṃ vai javo vīryasyāptyai vīryasyāvaruddhyā atha yat sahasrārhaḥ sarvaṃ vai sahasraṃ sarvam aśvamedhaḥ sarvasyāptyai sarvasyāvaruddhyā atha yat pūrvya eṣa vā aparimitaṃ vīryam abhivardhate yat pūrvyo 'parimitasyaiva vīryasyāvaruddhyā atha yad dakṣiṇāyāṃ dhury apratidhura eṣa vā eṣa ya eṣa tapati na vā etaṃ kaścana pratipratir etasyaivāvaruddhyai //
ŚBM, 13, 4, 2, 2.0 tad yat sarvarūpo bhavati sarvaṃ vai rūpaṃ sarvam aśvamedhaḥ sarvasyāptyai sarvasyāvaruddhyā atha yajjavasamṛddho vīryaṃ vai javo vīryasyāptyai vīryasyāvaruddhyā atha yat sahasrārhaḥ sarvaṃ vai sahasraṃ sarvam aśvamedhaḥ sarvasyāptyai sarvasyāvaruddhyā atha yat pūrvya eṣa vā aparimitaṃ vīryam abhivardhate yat pūrvyo 'parimitasyaiva vīryasyāvaruddhyā atha yad dakṣiṇāyāṃ dhury apratidhura eṣa vā eṣa ya eṣa tapati na vā etaṃ kaścana pratipratir etasyaivāvaruddhyai //
ŚBM, 13, 4, 2, 2.0 tad yat sarvarūpo bhavati sarvaṃ vai rūpaṃ sarvam aśvamedhaḥ sarvasyāptyai sarvasyāvaruddhyā atha yajjavasamṛddho vīryaṃ vai javo vīryasyāptyai vīryasyāvaruddhyā atha yat sahasrārhaḥ sarvaṃ vai sahasraṃ sarvam aśvamedhaḥ sarvasyāptyai sarvasyāvaruddhyā atha yat pūrvya eṣa vā aparimitaṃ vīryam abhivardhate yat pūrvyo 'parimitasyaiva vīryasyāvaruddhyā atha yad dakṣiṇāyāṃ dhury apratidhura eṣa vā eṣa ya eṣa tapati na vā etaṃ kaścana pratipratir etasyaivāvaruddhyai //
ŚBM, 13, 4, 2, 4.0 atha hovāca sātyayajñiḥ trirūpa evaiṣo 'śvaḥ syāt tasya kṛṣṇaḥ pūrvārdhaḥ śuklo 'parārdhaḥ kṛttikāñjiḥ purastāt tad yat kṛṣṇaḥ pūrvārdho bhavati yad evedaṃ kṛṣṇam akṣṇas tad asya tad atha yacchuklo 'parārdho yadevedaṃ śuklam akṣṇas tad asya tad atha yat kṛttikāñjiḥ purastāt sā kanīnakā sa eva rūpasamṛddho 'to yatamo 'syopakalpeta bahurūpo vā dvirūpo vā trirūpo vā kṛttikāñjis tam ālabheta javena tv eva samṛddhaḥ syāt //
ŚBM, 13, 4, 2, 4.0 atha hovāca sātyayajñiḥ trirūpa evaiṣo 'śvaḥ syāt tasya kṛṣṇaḥ pūrvārdhaḥ śuklo 'parārdhaḥ kṛttikāñjiḥ purastāt tad yat kṛṣṇaḥ pūrvārdho bhavati yad evedaṃ kṛṣṇam akṣṇas tad asya tad atha yacchuklo 'parārdho yadevedaṃ śuklam akṣṇas tad asya tad atha yat kṛttikāñjiḥ purastāt sā kanīnakā sa eva rūpasamṛddho 'to yatamo 'syopakalpeta bahurūpo vā dvirūpo vā trirūpo vā kṛttikāñjis tam ālabheta javena tv eva samṛddhaḥ syāt //
ŚBM, 13, 4, 2, 4.0 atha hovāca sātyayajñiḥ trirūpa evaiṣo 'śvaḥ syāt tasya kṛṣṇaḥ pūrvārdhaḥ śuklo 'parārdhaḥ kṛttikāñjiḥ purastāt tad yat kṛṣṇaḥ pūrvārdho bhavati yad evedaṃ kṛṣṇam akṣṇas tad asya tad atha yacchuklo 'parārdho yadevedaṃ śuklam akṣṇas tad asya tad atha yat kṛttikāñjiḥ purastāt sā kanīnakā sa eva rūpasamṛddho 'to yatamo 'syopakalpeta bahurūpo vā dvirūpo vā trirūpo vā kṛttikāñjis tam ālabheta javena tv eva samṛddhaḥ syāt //
ŚBM, 13, 4, 2, 6.0 atha sāvitrīm iṣṭiṃ nirvapati savitre prasavitre dvādaśakapālam puroḍāśaṃ savitā vai prasavitā savitā ma imaṃ yajñam prasuvād iti //
ŚBM, 13, 4, 2, 9.0 atha dvitīyāṃ nirvapati savitra āsavitre dvādaśakapālam puroḍāśaṃ savitā vā āsavitā savitā ma imaṃ yajñam āsuvād iti //
ŚBM, 13, 4, 2, 10.0 tasyai saptadaśa sāmidhenyo bhavanti sadvantāvājyabhāgau sad evāvarunddhe viśvāni deva savitaḥ sa ghā no devaḥ savitā sahāvety upāṃśu haviṣo yājyānuvākye anuṣṭubhau saṃyājye rajataṃ hiraṇyaṃ dakṣiṇā nānārūpatāyā atho utkramāyānapakramāya śatamānam bhavati śatāyur vai puruṣaḥ śatendriya āyur evendriyaṃ vīryam ātman dhatte //
ŚBM, 13, 4, 2, 12.0 atha tṛtīyāṃ nirvapati savitre satyaprasavāya dvādaśakapālam puroḍāśam eṣa ha vai satyaḥ prasavo yaḥ savituḥ satyena me prasavenemaṃ yajñam prasuvāditi //
ŚBM, 13, 4, 2, 15.0 etasyāṃ saṃsthitāyām upotthāyādhvaryuśca yajamānaś cāśvasya dakṣiṇe karṇa ājapato vibhūr mātrā prabhūḥ pitreti tasyoktam brāhmaṇam athainam udañcam prāñcam prasṛjata eṣā hobhayeṣāṃ devamanuṣyāṇāṃ dig yad udīcī prācī svāyāmevainaṃ tad diśi dhatto na vai sva āyatane pratiṣṭhito riṣyaty ariṣṭyai //
ŚBM, 13, 4, 2, 16.0 sa āha devā āśāpālāḥ etaṃ devebhyo 'śvam medhāya prokṣitaṃ rakṣatety uktā mānuṣā āśāpālā athaite daivā āpyāḥ sādhyā anvādhyā marutas tam eta ubhaye devamanuṣyāḥ saṃvidānā apratyāvartayantaḥ saṃvatsaraṃ rakṣanti tad yaṃ na pratyāvartayanty eṣa vā eṣa tapati ka u hyetam arhati pratyāvartayituṃ yaddhyenam pratyāvartayeyuḥ parāg evedaṃ sarvaṃ syāt tasmād apratyāvartayanto rakṣanti //
ŚBM, 13, 4, 2, 17.0 sa āhāśāpālāḥ ye vā etasyodṛcaṃ gamiṣyanti rāṣṭraṃ te bhaviṣyanti rājāno bhaviṣyanty abhiṣecanīyā atha ya etasyodṛcaṃ na gamiṣyanty arāṣṭraṃ te bhaviṣyanty arājāno bhaviṣyanti rājanyā viśo 'nabhiṣecanīyās tasmān mā pramadata snātvāccaivainam udakān nirundhīdhvaṃ vaḍavābhyaśca te yad yad brāhmaṇajātam upanigaccheta tat tat pṛccheta brāhmaṇāḥ kiyad yūyam aśvamedhasya vittheti te ye na vidyur jinīyāta tānt sarvaṃ vā aśvamedhaḥ sarvasyaiṣa na veda yo brāhmaṇaḥ sann aśvamedhasya na veda so 'brāhmaṇo jyeya eva sa pānaṃ karavātha khādaṃ nivapāthātha yat kiṃ ca janapade kṛtānnaṃ sarvaṃ vas tat sutaṃ teṣāṃ rathakārakula eva vo vasatis taddhyaśvasyāyatanamiti //
ŚBM, 13, 4, 2, 17.0 sa āhāśāpālāḥ ye vā etasyodṛcaṃ gamiṣyanti rāṣṭraṃ te bhaviṣyanti rājāno bhaviṣyanty abhiṣecanīyā atha ya etasyodṛcaṃ na gamiṣyanty arāṣṭraṃ te bhaviṣyanty arājāno bhaviṣyanti rājanyā viśo 'nabhiṣecanīyās tasmān mā pramadata snātvāccaivainam udakān nirundhīdhvaṃ vaḍavābhyaśca te yad yad brāhmaṇajātam upanigaccheta tat tat pṛccheta brāhmaṇāḥ kiyad yūyam aśvamedhasya vittheti te ye na vidyur jinīyāta tānt sarvaṃ vā aśvamedhaḥ sarvasyaiṣa na veda yo brāhmaṇaḥ sann aśvamedhasya na veda so 'brāhmaṇo jyeya eva sa pānaṃ karavātha khādaṃ nivapāthātha yat kiṃ ca janapade kṛtānnaṃ sarvaṃ vas tat sutaṃ teṣāṃ rathakārakula eva vo vasatis taddhyaśvasyāyatanamiti //
ŚBM, 13, 4, 3, 5.0 sāvitryā eveṣṭeḥ purastād anudrutya sakṛd eva rūpāṇyāhavanīye juhoty atha sāyaṃ dhṛtiṣu hūyamānāsu rājanyo vīṇāgāthī dakṣiṇata uttaramandrām udāghnaṃs tisraḥ svayaṃsambhṛtā gāthā gāyatīty ayudhyatety amuṃ saṃgrāmam ajayad iti tasyoktam brāhmaṇam //
ŚBM, 13, 4, 3, 6.0 atha śvo bhūte dvitīye 'han evam evaitāsu sāvitrīṣviṣṭiṣu saṃsthitāsv eṣaivāvṛd adhvaryav iti havai hotar ity evādhvaryur yamo vaivasvato rājety āha tasya pitaro viśas ta ima āsata iti sthavirā upasametā bhavanti tān upadiśati yajūṃṣi vedaḥ so'yamiti yajuṣāmanuvākaṃ vyācakṣāṇa ivānudraved evam evādhvaryuḥ saṃpreṣyati na prakramānjuhoti //
ŚBM, 13, 4, 3, 7.0 atha tṛtīye 'han evam evaitāsviṣṭiṣu saṃsthitāsv eṣaivāvṛd adhvaryav iti havai hotarityevādhvaryurvaruṇa ādityo rājetyāha tasya gandharvā viśas ta ima āsata iti yuvānaḥ śobhanā upasametā bhavanti tān upadiśaty atharvāṇo vedaḥ so 'yam ity atharvaṇām ekam parva vyācakṣāṇa ivānudravedevamevādhvaryuḥ saṃpreṣyati na prakramānjuhoti //
ŚBM, 13, 4, 3, 8.0 atha caturthe'han evam evaitāsviṣṭiṣu saṃsthitāsv eṣaivāvṛd adhvaryav iti havai hotarityevādhvaryuḥ somo vaiṣṇavo rājetyāha tasyāpsaraso viśas tā imā āsata iti yuvatayaḥ śobhanāḥ upasametā bhavanti tā upadiśaty aṅgiraso vedaḥ so 'yam ity aṅgirasām ekam parva vyācakṣāṇa ivānudraved evamevādhvaryuḥ saṃpreṣyati na prakramānjuhoti //
ŚBM, 13, 4, 3, 9.0 atha pañcame 'han evamevaitāsviṣṭiṣu saṃsthitāsv eṣaivāvṛd adhvaryav iti havai hotar ity evādhvaryur arbudaḥ kādraveyo rājetyāha tasya sarpā viśas ta ima āsata iti sarpāśca sarpavidaścopasametā bhavanti tān upadiśati sarpavidyā vedaḥ so'yamiti sarpavidyāyā ekam parva vyācakṣāṇa ivānudraved evamevādhvaryuḥ saṃpreṣyati na prakramānjuhoti //
ŚBM, 13, 4, 3, 10.0 atha ṣaṣṭhe 'han evamevaitāsviṣṭiṣu saṃsthitāsv eṣaivāvṛd adhvaryaviti havai hotarityevādhvaryuḥ kubero vaiśravaṇo rājety āha tasya rakṣāṃsi viśas tānīmānyāsata iti selagāḥ pāpakṛta upasametā bhavanti tān upadiśati devajanavidyā vedaḥ so'yamiti devajanavidyāyā ekam parva vyācakṣāṇa ivānudraved evamevādhvaryuḥ saṃpreṣyati na prakramānjuhoti //
ŚBM, 13, 4, 3, 11.0 atha saptame'han evamevaitāsviṣṭiṣu saṃsthitāsveṣaivāvṛd adhvaryav iti havai hotar ity evādhvaryur asito dhānvo rājetyāha tasyāsurā viśas ta ima āsata iti kusīdina upasametā bhavanti tān upadiśati māyā vedaḥ so'yamiti kāṃcin māyāṃ kuryād evam evādhvaryuḥ saṃpreṣyati na prakramān juhoti //
ŚBM, 13, 4, 3, 12.0 athāṣṭame 'han evamevaitāsviṣṭiṣu saṃsthitāsv eṣaivāvṛd adhvaryav iti havai hotar ity evādhvaryur matsyaḥ sāmmado rājetyāha tasyodakecarā viśas ta ima āsata iti matsyāśca matsyahanaś copasametā bhavanti tān upadiśatītihāso vedaḥ so 'yamiti kaṃcid itihāsam ācakṣītaivam evādhvaryuḥ saṃpreṣyati na prakramānjuhoti //
ŚBM, 13, 4, 3, 13.0 atha navame 'han evam evaitāsviṣṭiṣu saṃsthitāsveṣaivāvṛd adhvaryav iti havai hotar ityevādhvaryus tārkṣyo vaipaśyato rājetyāha tasya vayāṃsi viśas tānīmānyāsata iti vayāṃsi ca vāyovidyikāś copasametā bhavanti tān upadiśati purāṇaṃ vedaḥ so'yamiti kiṃcit purāṇam ācakṣītaivam evādhvaryuḥ saṃpreṣyati na prakramānjuhoti //
ŚBM, 13, 4, 3, 14.0 atha daśame 'han evamevaitāsviṣṭiṣu saṃsthitāsv eṣaivāvṛd adhvaryav iti havai hotar ityevādhvaryur dharma indro rājetyāha tasya devā viśas ta ima āsata iti śrotriyā apratigrāhakā upasametā bhavanti tānupadiśati sāmāni vedaḥ so 'yamiti sāmnāṃ daśatam brūyād evam evādhvaryuḥ saṃpreṣyati na prakramān juhotīti //
ŚBM, 13, 4, 4, 7.0 atha yad āpomayaṃ teja āsīt yo gandhaḥ sa sārdhaṃ samavadrutya cakṣuṣṭa udabhinat sa eṣa vanaspatir abhavat pītudārus tasmāt sa surabhir gandhāddhi samabhavat tasmād u jvalanas tejaso hi samabhavat tenaivainaṃ tad rūpeṇa samardhayati tad yat tāvabhito 'gniṣṭham bhavatas tasmād ime abhito nāsikāṃ cakṣuṣī sva evainau tadāyatane dadhāti //
ŚBM, 13, 4, 4, 8.0 atha yat kuntāpam āsīt yo majjā sa sārdhaṃ samavadrutya śrotrata udabhinat sa eṣa vanaspatir abhavad bilvas tasmāt tasyāntarataḥ sarvam eva phalam ādyam bhavati tasmād u hāridra iva bhavati hāridra iva hi majjā tenaivainaṃ tad rūpeṇa samardhayaty antare paitudāruvau bhavato bāhye bailvā antare hi cakṣuṣī bāhye śrotre sva evaināṃstadāyatane dadhāti //
ŚBM, 13, 4, 4, 11.0 atha yad ekaviṃśatir bhavanti ekaviṃśatyaratnaya ekaviṃśo vā eṣa tapati dvādaśa māsāḥ pañcartavas traya ime lokā asāvāditya ekaviṃśaḥ so 'śvamedha eṣa prajāpatir evam etam prajāpatiṃ yajñaṃ kṛtsnaṃ saṃskṛtya tasminn ekaviṃśatim agnīṣomīyān paśūn ālabhate teṣāṃ samānaṃ karmety etat pūrvedyuḥ karma //
ŚBM, 13, 5, 1, 1.0 atha prātar gotamasya caturuttara stomo bhavati tasya catasṛṣu bahiṣpavamānam aṣṭāsvaṣṭāsvājyāni dvādaśasu mādhyandinaḥ pavamānaḥ ṣoḍaśasu pṛṣṭhāni viṃśatyām ārbhavaḥ pavamānaś caturviṃśatyām agniṣṭomasāma //
ŚBM, 13, 5, 1, 9.0 athāto mādhyandinaṃ savanaṃ atichandāḥ pratipan marutvatīyasya trikadrukeṣu mahiṣo yavāśiram ity atiṣṭhā vā eṣā chandasāṃ yad atichandā atiṣṭhā aśvamedho yajñānām aśvamedhasyaivāptyai saiṣaiva triḥ śastā tricaḥ sampadyate teno taṃ kāmam āpnoti yas trica idaṃ vaso sutam andha ityanucara eṣa eva nitya ekāhātāna itthā hi soma in made 'vitāsi sunvato vṛktabarhiṣa iti paṅktīśca ṣaṭpadāśca śastvaikāhike nividaṃ dadhātīti marutvatīyam //
ŚBM, 13, 5, 1, 10.0 athāto niṣkevalyam mahānāmnyaḥ pṛṣṭham bhavanti sānurūpāḥ sapragāthāḥ śaṃsati sarve vai kāmā mahānāmnīṣu sarve kāmā aśvamedhe sarveṣāṃ kāmānām āptyā indro madāya vāvṛdhe predam brahma vṛtratūryeṣv āvitheti paṅktīśca ṣaṭpadāśca śastvaikāhike nividaṃ dadhāti kᄆptam mādhyandinaṃ savanam //
ŚBM, 13, 5, 1, 11.0 athātas tṛtīyasavanam atichandā eva pratipad vaiśvadevasyābhi tyaṃ devaṃ savitāram oṇyoriti tasyā etadeva brāhmaṇaṃ yat pūrvasyā abhi tvā deva savitar ity anucaro 'bhivān abhibhūtyai rūpam ud u ṣya devaḥ savitā damūnā iti sāvitraṃ śastvaikāhike nividaṃ dadhāti mahī dyāvāpṛthivī iha jyeṣṭhe iti caturṛcaṃ dyāvāpṛthivīyaṃ śastvaikāhike nividaṃ dadhāty ṛbhur vibhvā vāja indro no acchety ārbhavaṃ śastvaikāhike nividaṃ dadhāti ko nu vām mitrāvaruṇāvṛtāyann iti vaiśvadevaṃ śastvaikāhike nividaṃ dadhātīti vaiśvadevam //
ŚBM, 13, 5, 1, 12.0 athāta āgnimārutam mūrdhānaṃ divo aratim pṛthivyā iti vaiśvānarīyaṃ śastvaikāhike nividaṃ dadhāty ā rudrāsa indravantaḥ sajoṣasa iti mārutaṃ śastvaikāhike nividaṃ dadhāti imam ū ṣu vo atithim uṣarbudhamiti navarcaṃ jātavedasīyaṃ śastvaikāhike nividaṃ dadhāti tad yad aikāhikāni nividdhānāni bhavanti pratiṣṭhā vai jyotiṣṭomaḥ pratiṣṭhāyā apracyutyai //
ŚBM, 13, 5, 1, 13.0 tasyaite paśavo bhavanti aśvas tūparo gomṛga iti pañcadaśa paryaṅgyās teṣām uktam brāhmaṇam athaita āraṇyā vasantāya kapiñjalān ālabhate grīṣmāya kalaviṅkān varṣābhyas tittirīn iti teṣām v evoktam //
ŚBM, 13, 5, 1, 14.0 athaitān ekaviṃśataye cāturmāsyadevatābhya ekaviṃśatim ekaviṃśatim paśūn ālabhata etāvanto vai sarve devā yāvatyaś cāturmāsyadevatāḥ sarve kāmā aśvamedhe sarvān devān prītvā sarvān kāmān āpnavānīti na tathā kuryāt //
ŚBM, 13, 5, 1, 16.0 atha purā bahiṣpavamānāt aśvaṃ niktvodānayanti tena pāvamānāya sarpanti tasyoktam brāhmaṇaṃ stute bahiṣpavamāne 'śvam āstāvam ākramayanti sa yady ava vā jighred vi vā vartet samṛddho me yajña iti ha vidyāt tam upākṛtyādhvaryur āha hotar abhiṣṭuhīti tam ekādaśabhir hotābhiṣṭauti //
ŚBM, 13, 5, 1, 18.0 ete uddhṛtya mā no mitro varuṇo aryamāyur ity etat sūktamadhrigāvāvapati catustriṃśadvājino devabandhor ity u haika etām vaṅkrīṇām purastād dadhati ned anāyatane praṇavaṃ dadhāmety atho ned ekavacanena bahuvacanam vyavāyāmeti na tathā kuryāt sārdhameṣa sūktam āvaped upa prāgācchasanam vājyarvopa prāgāt paramaṃ yat sadhastham iti //
ŚBM, 13, 5, 2, 2.0 niṣṭhiteṣu pānnejaneṣu mahiṣīm aśvāyopanipādayanty athaināvadhivāsena saṃprorṇuvanti svarge loke prorṇuvathām ity eṣa vai svargo loko yatra paśuṃ saṃjñapayanti nirāyatyāśvasya śiśnam mahiṣyupasthe nidhatte vṛṣā vājī retodhā reto dadhātviti mithunasyaiva sarvatvāya //
ŚBM, 13, 5, 2, 4.0 athādhvaryuḥ kumārīm abhimethati kumāri haye haye kumāri yakāsakau śakuntiketi taṃ kumārī pratyabhimethaty adhvaryo haye haye 'dhvaryo yako 'sakau śakuntaka iti //
ŚBM, 13, 5, 2, 5.0 atha brahmā mahiṣīm abhimethati mahiṣi haye haye mahiṣi mātā ca te pitā ca te 'gram vṛkṣasya rohata iti tasyai śataṃ rājaputryo 'nucaryo bhavanti tā brahmāṇam pratyabhimethanti brahman haye haye brahman mātā ca te pitā ca te 'gre vṛkṣasya krīḍata iti //
ŚBM, 13, 5, 2, 6.0 athodgātā vāvātām abhimethati vāvāte haye haye vāvāta ūrdhvām enām ucchrāpayeti tasyai śataṃ rājanyā anucaryo bhavanti tā udgātāram pratyabhimethanty udgātar haye haya udgātar ūrdhvam enam ucchrayatāditi //
ŚBM, 13, 5, 2, 7.0 atha hotā parivṛktām abhimethati parivṛkte haye haye parivṛkte yad asyā aṃhubhedyā iti tasyai śataṃ sūtagrāmaṇyāṃ duhitaro 'nucaryo bhavanti tā hotāram pratyabhimethanti hotar haye haye hotar yad devāso lalāmagumiti //
ŚBM, 13, 5, 2, 8.0 atha kṣattā pālāgalīm abhimethati pālāgali haye haye pālāgali yaddhariṇo yavam atti na puṣṭam paśu manyata iti tasyai śataṃ kṣāttrasaṃgrahītṝṇāṃ duhitaro 'nucaryo bhavanti tāḥ kṣattāram pratyabhimethanti kṣattar haye haye kṣattar yaddhariṇo yavam atti na puṣṭam bahu manyata iti //
ŚBM, 13, 5, 2, 9.0 sarvāptir vā eṣā vācaḥ yad abhimethikāḥ sarve kāmā aśvamedhe sarvayā vācā sarvān kāmān āpnavāmety utthāpayanti mahiṣīṃ tatastā yathetam pratiparāyanty athetare surabhimatīm ṛcam antato 'nvāhur dadhikrāvṇo akāriṣamiti //
ŚBM, 13, 5, 2, 13.0 athādhvaryur hotāram pṛcchati kiṃ svit sūryasamaṃ jyotiriti tam pratyāha brahma sūryasamaṃ jyotiriti //
ŚBM, 13, 5, 2, 14.0 atha brahmodgātāram pṛcchati pṛcchāmi tvā citaye devasakheti tam pratyāhāpi teṣu triṣu padeṣvasmīti //
ŚBM, 13, 5, 2, 15.0 athodgātā brahmāṇam pṛcchati keṣv antaḥ puruṣa āviveśeti tam pratyāha pañcasvantaḥ puruṣa āviveśeti //
ŚBM, 13, 5, 2, 18.0 athādhvaryur hotāram pṛcchati ka īm are piśaṅgileti tam pratyāhājāre piśaṅgileti //
ŚBM, 13, 5, 2, 19.0 atha brahmodgātāram pṛcchati katy asya viṣṭhāḥ katy akṣarāṇīti tam pratyāha ṣaḍasya viṣṭhāḥ śatam akṣarāṇīti //
ŚBM, 13, 5, 2, 20.0 athodgātā brahmāṇam pṛcchati ko asya veda bhuvanasya nābhimiti tam pratyāha vedāhamasya bhuvanasya nābhimiti //
ŚBM, 13, 5, 2, 21.0 athādhvaryuṃ yajamānaḥ pṛcchati pṛcchāmi tvā paramantam pṛthivyā iti tam pratyāheyam vediḥ paro antaḥ pṛthivyā iti //
ŚBM, 13, 5, 2, 23.0 udite brahmodye prapadyādhvaryur hiraṇmayena pātreṇa prājāpatyam mahimānaṃ grahaṃ gṛhṇāti tasya purorugghiraṇyagarbhaḥ samavartatāgra ity athāsya puronuvākyā subhūḥ svayaṃbhūḥ prathama iti hotā yakṣat prajāpatimiti praiṣaḥ prajāpate na tvad etānyanya iti hotā yajati vaṣaṭkṛte juhoti yas te 'hant saṃvatsare mahimā saṃbabhūveti nānuvaṣaṭkaroti sarvahutaṃ hi juhoti //
ŚBM, 13, 5, 3, 1.0 athāto vapānāṃ homaḥ nānaiva careyur ā vaiśvadevasya vapāyai vaiśvadevasya vapāyāṃ hutāyāṃ tad anv itarā juhuyur iti ha smāha satyakāmo jābālo viśve vai sarve devās tad enān yathādevatam prīṇātīti //
ŚBM, 13, 5, 3, 6.0 atha hovāca yājñavalkyaḥ sakṛdeva prājāpatyābhiḥ pracareyuḥ sakṛd devadevatyābhis tad evainān yathādevatam prīṇātyañjasā yajñasya saṃsthāmupaiti na hvalatīti //
ŚBM, 13, 5, 4, 8.0 atha dvitīyayā sahasram āsannayutā śatā ca pañcaviṃśatiḥ diktodiktaḥ pañcālānāṃ brāhmaṇā yā vibhejira iti //
ŚBM, 13, 5, 4, 12.0 atha dvitīyayā trayastriṃśaṃ śataṃ rājāśvānbaddhvāya medhyān saudyumnir atyaṣṭhād anyān amāyān māyavattara iti //
ŚBM, 13, 5, 4, 13.0 atha tṛtīyayā śakuntalā nāḍapityapsarā bharatam dadhe paraḥsahasrān indrāyāśvān medhyān ya āharadvijitya pṛthivīṃ sarvāmiti //
ŚBM, 13, 5, 4, 14.0 atha caturthyā mahad adya bharatasya na pūrve nāpare janāḥ divam martya iva bāhubhyāṃ nodāpuḥ pañca mānavā iti //
ŚBM, 13, 5, 4, 17.0 atha dvitīyayā ṣaṭ ṣaṭ ṣaḍvā sahasrāṇi yajñe kokapitus tava udīrate trayastriṃśāḥ ṣaṭ sahasrāṇi varmiṇāmiti //
ŚBM, 13, 5, 4, 18.0 atha tṛtīyayā sātrāsāhe yajamāne pāñcāle rājñi susraji amādyadindraḥ somenātṛpyanbrāhmaṇā dhanair iti //
ŚBM, 13, 5, 4, 22.0 atha dvitīyayā śvetaṃ samantāsu vaśaṃ carantaṃ śatānīko dhṛtarāṣṭrasya medhyam ādāya sahvā daśamāsyamaśvaṃ śatānīko govinatena heja iti //
ŚBM, 13, 5, 4, 23.0 atha caturthyā mahadadya bharatānāṃ na pūrve nāpare janāḥ divam martya iva pakṣābhyāṃ nodāpuḥ sapta mānavā iti //
ŚBM, 13, 5, 4, 24.0 athāto dakṣiṇānāṃ madhyam prati rāṣṭrasya yadanyadbhūmeśca puruṣebhyaśca brāhmaṇasya ca vittāt prācī digghotur dakṣiṇā brahmaṇaḥ pratīcy adhvaryor udīcy udgātus tadeva hotṛkā anvābhaktāḥ //
ŚBM, 13, 5, 4, 26.0 atha yadekaviṃśatirbhavanti ekaviṃśo vā eṣa ya eṣa tapati dvādaśa māsāḥ pañcartavastraya ime lokā asāvāditya ekaviṃśa etām abhisampadam //
ŚBM, 13, 5, 4, 28.0 athottaraṃ saṃvatsaram ṛtupaśubhir yajate ṣaḍbhir āgneyair vasante ṣaḍbhir aindrair grīṣme ṣaḍbhiḥ pārjanyair vā mārutair vā varṣāsu ṣaḍbhir maitrāvaruṇaiḥ śaradi ṣaḍbhir aindrāvaiṣṇavair hemante ṣaḍbhir aindrābārhaspatyaiḥ śiśire ṣaḍ ṛtavaḥ saṃvatsaraḥ ṛtuṣveva saṃvatsare pratitiṣṭhati ṣaṭtriṃśad ete paśavo bhavanti ṣaṭtriṃśadakṣarā bṛhatī bṛhatyām adhi svargo lokaḥ pratiṣṭhitas tad v antato bṛhatyaiva chandasā svarge loke pratitiṣṭhati //
ŚBM, 13, 6, 1, 8.0 tasyāgniṣṭomaḥ prathamam ahar bhavati athokthyo 'thātirātro 'thokthyo 'thāgniṣṭomaḥ sa vā eṣa ubhayatojyotir ubhayataukthyaḥ //
ŚBM, 13, 6, 1, 8.0 tasyāgniṣṭomaḥ prathamam ahar bhavati athokthyo 'thātirātro 'thokthyo 'thāgniṣṭomaḥ sa vā eṣa ubhayatojyotir ubhayataukthyaḥ //
ŚBM, 13, 6, 1, 8.0 tasyāgniṣṭomaḥ prathamam ahar bhavati athokthyo 'thātirātro 'thokthyo 'thāgniṣṭomaḥ sa vā eṣa ubhayatojyotir ubhayataukthyaḥ //
ŚBM, 13, 6, 1, 8.0 tasyāgniṣṭomaḥ prathamam ahar bhavati athokthyo 'thātirātro 'thokthyo 'thāgniṣṭomaḥ sa vā eṣa ubhayatojyotir ubhayataukthyaḥ //
ŚBM, 13, 6, 1, 9.0 yavamadhyaḥ pañcarātro bhavati ime vai lokāḥ puruṣamedha ubhayatojyotiṣo vā ime lokā agnineta ādityenāmutas tasmād ubhayatojyotir annam ukthya ātmātirātras tad yad etā ukthyāvatirātram abhito bhavatas tasmād ayam ātmānnena parivṛḍho 'tha yad eṣa varṣiṣṭho 'tirātro 'hnāṃ sa madhye tasmād yavamadhyo yute ha vai dviṣantam bhrātṛvyam ayam evāsti nāsya dviṣan bhrātṛvya ity āhur ya evaṃ veda //
ŚBM, 13, 6, 1, 11.0 athādhyātmam pratiṣṭhaivāsya prathamam ahaḥ pratiṣṭho asya vasanta ṛtur yad ūrdhvam pratiṣṭhāyā avācīnaṃ madhyāt tad dvitīyam ahas tad v asya grīṣma ṛtur madhyam evāsya madhyamam ahar madhyam asya varṣāśaradāvṛtū yad ūrdhvam madhyād avācīnam śīrṣṇas tac caturtham ahas tad v asya hemanta ṛtuḥ śira evāsya pañcamam ahaḥ śiro 'sya śiśira ṛtur evam ime ca lokāḥ saṃvatsaraś cātmā ca puruṣamedham abhisaṃpadyante sarvaṃ vā ime lokāḥ sarvaṃ saṃvatsaraḥ sarvam ātmā sarvaṃ puruṣamedhaḥ sarvasyāptyai sarvasyāvaruddhyai //
ŚBM, 13, 6, 2, 1.0 atha yasmāt puruṣamedho nāma ime vai lokāḥ pūr ayam eva puruṣo yo 'yam pavate so 'syām puri śete tasmāt puruṣas tasya yad eṣu lokeṣv annaṃ tad asyānnam medhas tad yad asyaitad annam medhas tasmāt puruṣamedho 'tho yad asmin medhyān puruṣān ālabhate tasmād v eva puruṣamedhaḥ //
ŚBM, 13, 6, 2, 1.0 atha yasmāt puruṣamedho nāma ime vai lokāḥ pūr ayam eva puruṣo yo 'yam pavate so 'syām puri śete tasmāt puruṣas tasya yad eṣu lokeṣv annaṃ tad asyānnam medhas tad yad asyaitad annam medhas tasmāt puruṣamedho 'tho yad asmin medhyān puruṣān ālabhate tasmād v eva puruṣamedhaḥ //
ŚBM, 13, 6, 2, 2.0 tān vai madhyame 'hann ālabhate antarikṣam vai madhyamam ahar antarikṣam u vai sarveṣām bhūtānām āyatanam atho annam vā ete paśava udaraṃ madhyamam ahar udare tad annaṃ dadhāti //
ŚBM, 13, 6, 2, 12.0 niyuktān puruṣān brahmā dakṣiṇataḥ puruṣeṇa nārāyaṇenābhiṣṭauti sahasraśīrṣā puruṣaḥ sahasrākṣaḥ sahasrapād ity etena ṣoḍaśarcena ṣoḍaśakalam vā idaṃ sarvaṃ sarvam puruṣamedhaḥ sarvasyāptyai sarvasyāvaruddhyā ittham asīttham asīty upastauty evainam etan mahayaty evātho yathaiṣa tathainam etad āha tat paryagnikṛtāḥ paśavo babhūvur asaṃjñaptāḥ //
ŚBM, 13, 6, 2, 13.0 atha hainam vāg abhyuvāda puruṣa mā saṃtiṣṭhipo yadi saṃsthāpayiṣyasi puruṣa eva puruṣam atsyatīti tān paryagnikṛtān evodasṛjat taddevatyā āhutīr ajuhot tābhis tā devatā aprīṇāt tā enam prītā aprīṇant sarvaiḥ kāmaiḥ //
ŚBM, 13, 6, 2, 17.0 atha yad ekādaśa bhavanti ekādaśākṣarā triṣṭub vajras triṣṭub vīryaṃ triṣṭub vajreṇaivaitad vīryeṇa yajamāno madhyataḥ pāpmānam apahate traidhātavy udavasānīyāsāv eva bandhuḥ //
ŚBM, 13, 6, 2, 18.0 athāto dakṣiṇānām madhyam prati rāṣṭrasya yad anyad bhūmeś ca brāhmaṇasya ca vittāt satpuruṣam prācī digghotur dakṣiṇā brahmaṇaḥ pratīcy adhvaryor udīcy udgātus tad eva hotṛkā anvābhaktāḥ //
ŚBM, 13, 6, 2, 19.0 atha yadi brāhmaṇo yajet sarvavedasaṃ dadyāt sarvam vai brāhmaṇaḥ sarvaṃ sarvavedasaṃ sarvam puruṣamedhaḥ sarvasyāptyai sarvasyāvaruddhyai //
ŚBM, 13, 6, 2, 20.0 athātmannagnī samārohya uttaranārāyaṇenādityam upasthāyānapekṣamāṇo 'raṇyam abhipreyāt tad eva manuṣyebhyas tirobhavati yady u grāme vivatsed araṇyoragnī samārohyottaranārāyaṇenaivādityam upasthāya gṛheṣu pratyavasyed atha tān yajñakratūn āhareta yān abhyāpnuyāt sa vā eṣa na sarvasmā anuvaktavyaḥ sarvaṃ hi puruṣamedho net sarvasmā iva sarvam bravāṇīti yo nv eva jñātas tasmai brūyād atha yo 'nūcāno 'tha yo 'sya priyaḥ syān net tv eva sarvasmā iva //
ŚBM, 13, 6, 2, 20.0 athātmannagnī samārohya uttaranārāyaṇenādityam upasthāyānapekṣamāṇo 'raṇyam abhipreyāt tad eva manuṣyebhyas tirobhavati yady u grāme vivatsed araṇyoragnī samārohyottaranārāyaṇenaivādityam upasthāya gṛheṣu pratyavasyed atha tān yajñakratūn āhareta yān abhyāpnuyāt sa vā eṣa na sarvasmā anuvaktavyaḥ sarvaṃ hi puruṣamedho net sarvasmā iva sarvam bravāṇīti yo nv eva jñātas tasmai brūyād atha yo 'nūcāno 'tha yo 'sya priyaḥ syān net tv eva sarvasmā iva //
ŚBM, 13, 6, 2, 20.0 athātmannagnī samārohya uttaranārāyaṇenādityam upasthāyānapekṣamāṇo 'raṇyam abhipreyāt tad eva manuṣyebhyas tirobhavati yady u grāme vivatsed araṇyoragnī samārohyottaranārāyaṇenaivādityam upasthāya gṛheṣu pratyavasyed atha tān yajñakratūn āhareta yān abhyāpnuyāt sa vā eṣa na sarvasmā anuvaktavyaḥ sarvaṃ hi puruṣamedho net sarvasmā iva sarvam bravāṇīti yo nv eva jñātas tasmai brūyād atha yo 'nūcāno 'tha yo 'sya priyaḥ syān net tv eva sarvasmā iva //
ŚBM, 13, 6, 2, 20.0 athātmannagnī samārohya uttaranārāyaṇenādityam upasthāyānapekṣamāṇo 'raṇyam abhipreyāt tad eva manuṣyebhyas tirobhavati yady u grāme vivatsed araṇyoragnī samārohyottaranārāyaṇenaivādityam upasthāya gṛheṣu pratyavasyed atha tān yajñakratūn āhareta yān abhyāpnuyāt sa vā eṣa na sarvasmā anuvaktavyaḥ sarvaṃ hi puruṣamedho net sarvasmā iva sarvam bravāṇīti yo nv eva jñātas tasmai brūyād atha yo 'nūcāno 'tha yo 'sya priyaḥ syān net tv eva sarvasmā iva //
ŚBM, 13, 7, 1, 13.1 athāto dakṣiṇānām /
ŚBM, 13, 8, 1, 1.1 athāsmai kalyāṇaṃ kurvanti /
ŚBM, 13, 8, 1, 1.2 athāsmai śmaśānam kurvanti gṛhān vā prajñānam vā /
ŚBM, 13, 8, 1, 5.5 tasmād yā daivyaḥ prajāś catuḥsraktīni tāḥ śmaśānāni kurvate 'tha yā āsuryaḥ prācyās tvad ye tvat parimaṇḍalāni /
ŚBM, 13, 8, 1, 6.1 athāto bhūmijoṣaṇasya udīcīnapravaṇe karoti /
ŚBM, 13, 8, 1, 10.2 atho śamvati śam me'sad iti /
ŚBM, 13, 8, 1, 11.3 atha yad avatāpy asau vā ādityaḥ pāpmano 'pahantā /
ŚBM, 13, 8, 1, 11.4 sa evāsmāt pāpmānam apahanty atho ādityajyotiṣam evainaṃ karoti //
ŚBM, 13, 8, 1, 15.3 atho agham eva tad baddhṛ karoti //
ŚBM, 13, 8, 1, 17.1 athāta āvṛd eva agnividhayāgnicitaḥ śmaśānaṃ karoti /
ŚBM, 13, 8, 1, 20.1 athoddhantavā āha /
ŚBM, 13, 8, 1, 20.5 atho oṣadhiloko vai pitaraḥ /
ŚBM, 13, 8, 1, 20.6 oṣadhīnāṃ ha mūlāny upasarpanty atho ned asyā antarhito 'sad iti //
ŚBM, 13, 8, 2, 1.4 tasmād yā daivyaḥ prajā anantarhitāni tāḥ śmaśānāni kurvate 'tha yā āsuryaḥ prācyās tvad ye tvad antarhitāni te camvāṃ tvad yasmiṃs tvat //
ŚBM, 13, 8, 2, 2.1 athainat pariśridbhiḥ pariśrayati /
ŚBM, 13, 8, 2, 3.1 athainat palāśaśākhayā vyudūhati /
ŚBM, 13, 8, 2, 5.1 atha dakṣiṇataḥ sīram yunakti /
ŚBM, 13, 8, 2, 8.1 athātmānam vikṛṣati /
ŚBM, 13, 8, 2, 9.1 athainad vimuñcati kṛtvā tat karma yasmai karmaṇa enad yuṅkte vimucyantām usriyā iti /
ŚBM, 13, 8, 3, 1.1 atha sarvauṣadham vapati /
ŚBM, 13, 8, 3, 2.1 athainan nivapati /
ŚBM, 13, 8, 3, 4.1 atha kaṃcid āha etām diśam anavānant sṛtvā kumbham prakṣīyānapekṣamāṇa ehīti /
ŚBM, 13, 8, 3, 5.1 athainaṃ yathāṅgaṃ kalpayati śaṃ vātaḥ śam hi te ghṛṇiḥ śaṃ te bhavantv iṣṭakāḥ /
ŚBM, 13, 8, 3, 6.1 atha trayodaśa pādamātrya iṣṭakā alakṣaṇāḥ kṛtā bhavanti /
ŚBM, 13, 8, 3, 10.1 atha pradarāt purīṣam āhartavā āha /
ŚBM, 13, 8, 3, 10.3 atho agham eva tad baddhṛ karoti /
ŚBM, 13, 8, 4, 1.1 athainacchaṅkubhiḥ pariṇihanti /
ŚBM, 13, 8, 4, 2.1 atha dakṣiṇataḥ parivakre khananti /
ŚBM, 13, 8, 4, 6.2 atha yadi vahanti vahanty evaiṣām pāpmānam /
ŚBM, 13, 8, 4, 6.6 atho agnir vai patho 'tivoḍhā /
ŚBM, 13, 8, 4, 8.1 atha gṛheṣv agniṃ samādhāya vāraṇān paridhīn paridhāya vāraṇena sruveṇāgnaya āyuṣmata āhutiṃ juhoti /
ŚBM, 13, 8, 4, 9.1 atha juhoty āyuṣmān agne haviṣā vṛdhāno ghṛtapratīko ghṛtayonir edhi ghṛtam pītvā madhu cāru gavyam piteva putram abhirakṣatād imānt svāheti /
ŚBM, 13, 8, 4, 11.1 athānagnicitaḥ /